Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 42765
. I . ;, ,.. cnv SEC~TARY " SPECIFICATIONS o.o.E. FlE . AND CONTRACTOR'S BONDI 'G ~TRACT DOCUMENTS CONSTRUCTION'S COPY FOR CITY SECRETARY · CONTRACli NO. . 41-Tb 'S ~•n1tWAY DESIGN AND TAXIWAY REHABILITATION PAPl-4 REHABILITATION MISCELLANEOUS AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REJ:1Ap1LITATION Betsy Price Mayor AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 File Number: M---C.P.M.S. NUMBER: 1588 T n Interim City Manager Kenneth L. Penney, A.A.E. Director, Department of Aviation Timothy D. Ward President, Alliance Air Services PREPARED BY: AECOM TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. TBPE REG #F-3580 1200 SUMMIT AVE, ST. 600 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 698-6800 September, 2011 01-09-2 °C?:36 I OFFICIAL 0 Cl Y SECRETARY • WORTH, TX _____ __. M&C Review Page 1 of 2 Official site of the City of Fort Worth , Texas CITY COUNCIL AGENDA fORT\VORTH ~ COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 12/13/2011 DATE: 1211312011 REFERENCE NO.: 55AFW_PHASE 7 **C-25355 LOG NAME: REHAB_CONSTRUCTION (1588) CODE: C TYPE: PUBLIC CONSENT HEARING: NO SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of a Contract in the Amount of $699,657 .25 with EAS Contracting , L.P ., for Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport (COUNCIL DISTRICT 2) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize execution of a contract with EAS Contracting , L.P., in the amount of $699 ,657 .25 for Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport. DISCUSSION : This Construction Project recommended by this Mayor and Council Communication is needed to allow further development at Alliance Airport through airfield pavement rehabilitation and improvements , runway guard light rehabilitation and precision approach path indicator rehabilitation at Fort Worth Alliance Airport. This Proj ect was advertised for bid in the Fort Worth Star-Tele ram on September 22 , 2011 and September 29 , 2011 . On October 20 , 2011 , the following bids were received: Bidders Base Bid Alternate Bid Total EAS Contracting, L.P . $615,957 .25 $ 83,700 .00 $ 699,657.25 Silver Creek Construction , Inc. $696 ,464.00 $ 83,700.00 $ 780 ,164.00 Vendigm Construction, LLC $782 ,669 .00 $156,937.50 $ 939,606 .50 Omeoa Contractino , Inc. $951 ,234.00 $ 83 ,700.00 $1 ,034,934.00 Time of completion: 300 calendar days. Staff recommends that the bid submitted by EAS Contracting , L.P ., be selected and that the contract be awarded to EAS Contracting , L.P . The City reserves the right to increase or decrease quantities of individual pay items within the contract provided that the total contract amount remains within plus or minus 25 percent of the contract award . This Project will be paid for with 95 percent FAA Airport Improvement Program Grant funds and the five percent match is provided through land credits , therefore requiring no local dollar match . DBE -EAS Contracting , L.P ., is in compliance with City's DBE Program by committing to 20 percent DBE participation on this project. The City's DBE goal on this project is 15 percent. Alliance Airport is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2 . FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: http ://apps.cfwnet.org/council_packe t/mc _rev ie w.asp?ID=l61 22 &councildate=l 2/13/2 011 12/2 7/2 011 M&CReview Page 2 of2 The Financial Management Services Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Airport Grants Fund. TO Fund/Account/Centers Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: ATTACHMENTS FROM Fund/Account/Centers GR14 541200 055218452800 $323 .342.47 GR14 539120 055218517810 $311.421.63 GR14 539120 055218266800 $51 .244 .54 GR14 539120 055218186800 $11 .806.45 GR14 539120 055218317800 $1 .842 .16 Fernando Costa (6122) Kent Penney (5403) Ruseena Johnson (5407) http://apps.cfwnet.org/council _packet/mc _ review.asp?ID= l 6 l 22&councildate= 12/11/?011 1 'J /?7 /?fl 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING ADDENDUM NO. 1 To the Plans, Specifications & General Contract Documents PHASE 7 RUYNWtW DESIGN AND T AXIWAY REHABILITATION PAP1~4 REHABILITATION MISC E LLANEOUS AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REHABILITATION AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA GRANT NUMBER: 3-48-0296 -38-2 009 C.P.M.S NUMBER: 1588 Bid Date: October 20, 2011; 1 :30 PM Addendum No . 1 ; Issued October 17, 2011 -· ~-·.-·· .. · · ... ~ .... This Addendum, form s part of the Plans, Contract Documents & Sp eci ficati ons for the abov e referenced Project and modifies the original Sp ecif ica t ions and Contract documents. Bidder shall . acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the space provid ed below, in th e propo sa l (pag e P-10) and ack now ledge receipt on the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge rece ipt of this adde ndum could subject th e bidder tb disqualification . The plans and specifications documents for Phase 7 Runway Design and Tax iwa y Reh ab ilita tion, PAPl -4 Rehabilitation, Mi sce llaneous Airiield Pavement R ehabili tation at Allian ce Airport are · here by revis ed by Addendum No. 1 as follows: SPECIFICATIONS & CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. BID PROPOSAL The following items in the Bid Proposal have been revised or added to the previous Bid Proposal. • Bid Proposal has been deleted in its entirety and Replaced with the attached new Bid Proposal. Addendum No. l, Page I 2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The following it ems in the T echn ica l Specifications have been revi se d or added to th e previous Technical Specifications . • Technical Specification Item G-700, Demolition has been deleted in its entirety and Replaced with the attached new Technical Specification Ite m G-700, D emolitio n 0 Technical Specification Item P-620, Runway and Taxiway Paint ing has bee n d eleted in its entirety and Rep laced with th e attached new Technical Specification Item P-620, Flunway and Taxiway Painting . • Technical Specificat ion Item 16031, Airfield Electrical In stallat ion Testing (Item L- 111) has be en add ed. • Technical Specification Item 16461, Special Provis ions to Item SP-L-109, In stallation of Powe r Di st ribution Equipment for Airfield Circuits has been deleted in its entirety and Replaced with the attached new Technical Specification Item 16461, Special Provisions to Item SP-L -109, Installation of Power Distribution Equipment for Airfield Circuits. • Technical Specification Item 16530, Installation of Airport Lighting Systems (It em L-125) has been add ed. p Technical Sp ecificat ion Item 16536 Alterations, Removal and Demolition (L-10 5), h as been deleted in it s entirety and Replaced with the attached new Technical Sp eci fi ca tion It em 16536, Alterations, Removal and Demolition (L-105). 3. MINUTES OF THE PRE-BID CON FERENCE Minutes of the Pre-Bid Conference held on October 05, 2011, are attached . The Pre-Bid Conference Minutes are a record of th e conf erence and are issued for Bidder's info rmation. Included in the Minutes of the Pre -Bid Conference are questions present ed during the meeting, and subsequent to the Pre-Bid Conference meeting with responses. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The following item in the Contract Documents have been revised or added to the previous contract documents. • Sheet G-002, Summary of Quantities and Index of Drawings: Del et e Drawing Sheet G-002 and replace with the attached. • Sheet C-102, Phase B, ARFF Station Staging Apron Pavement Repairs: Delete Drawing Sheet C102 and replace with the attached. • Sheet C-107, Pavement Paint Striping Plan & Details, Add new attached sheet C- 107. • Sheet C-108 , Runway Ho ld Position Sign and Pavement Striping Plan & Details, Add new attached sheet C-108. Addendum No. 1, Page 2 ~-·'-···---__ .-··--·· --.. ----· -··-·· ~----,_,._--------~ ~--~--··. ·-· ·--·---· ... _..,. .... ·,·-..-·-.,.~-.,. .......... -.--~ _,__...._. ~- • Sheet C-111, Pavement Details : Dele te Drawing Sheet C-111 and replace with the attached. • Shee t C-·1 ·12, Pavement Details: Del ete Drawing Sheet C--112 and replace with the atta ch ed. • Sheet E-3.1, Exi st ing Elect rical Vault and 1 -Line Diagram , Add new attached sh ee t E-3 .1. • Sheet E-3.2, Proposed Elect rica l V ault a nd 1-Line D iagram, Add new attached shee t E-3 .2. • Sheet ME-1 :t , Electrica l Fl oo r Pl an -New Work: De lete D rawing Sheet ME-1.1 and rep lace w ith t he attac hed. A sig ned copy of thi s Ad dendu m s ho ul d b e in clud ed i n t he sea led bid enve lope al th e ti me of bid subm itt al. Failure to acknowl edg e the rec eipt of this Add endum cou ld cau se the sub jec t bidd er to b e con sidered "NO N RESPO N SIVE," resulting in disqu alifi cat ion . By:----=~~----- Comp an y: E..t\S ["-C.-\.:."'\1 IP Ad dress: J'\,Y,\ 1raJ.s, C£.rd·er'D~.1S-te;}OO City : C'-4-<rodttVl Sta te: T{ Addendum No. I, Page 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CON°TRACT DOCUMENTS FOR PHASE 7 RUNWAY DESIGN AND TAXIWAY REHABILITATION PAPl-4 REHABILITATION . MISCELLANEOUS AIRFIELD PAVEMENT REHABILITATION Betsy Price Mayor AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 File Number: M---C.P.M.S. NUMBER: 1588 Tom Higgins Interim City Manager Kenneth L. Penney, A.A.E. Director, Department of Aviation Timothy D. Ward President, Alliance Air Services ................ ,:,;1,.~1111\\ .,,.= ... s OF r ~oo ~~"\_ ......... J'.f.OOD :~/ * ···.:J)t"" :J,t ; •.•"A -* : : • ~ .................................. ~ ~ JAMES G. KIRSCHBAUM ~ /':···-······ ................. ·-... .,, 1-D ·.. 83583. ..· Q;:~ 11"1)···,lfc,~ ~~ciiii)·~~ I "'f~ll1111w"'"'"'"'"" PREPARED BY: AECOM TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC . TBPE REG #F-3580 1200 SUMMIT AVE, ST. 600 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 698-6800 September, 2011 INDEX OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOTICE TO BIDDERS COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS . NOTICE TO BIDDERS -BUY AMERICAN SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS (DOT) DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS MWBE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MWBE SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERS UTILIZATION FORM MWBE PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM MWBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT MWBE JOINT VENTURE ELIGIBILITY FORM WAGE RATE DETERMINATION PROPOSAL BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE PRE-QUALIFIED SUB-CONTRACTOR LIST CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXPERIENCE RECORD Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. i-1 BONDS PERFORMANCE BOND PAYMENT BOND MAINTENANCE BOND CONTRACT PART I -SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART II -WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART Ill -GENERAL PROVISIONS PART IV -TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . i-2 INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NO. G-300 G-700 P-100 Description Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control Demolition Mobilization SP-P-P-152 Special Provision to Excavation and Embankment P-152 Excavation and Embankment SP-P-P-156 Special Provision to Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion and Siltation Control P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion and Siltation Control SP-P-P-501 Special Provision to Portland Cement Concrete Pavement P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement SP-P-P-602 Special Provision to Bituminous Prime Coat P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat SP-P-P-605 Special Provision to Joint Sealing Filler P-605 Joint Sealing Filler SP-P-P-610 Special Provision to Structural Portland Cement Concrete P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete SP-P-P-620 Special Provision to Runway and Taxiway Painting P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting P-621 Saw-Cut Grooves SP-T-901 Special Provision to T-901-Seeding T-901 Seeding TxDOT-672 Raised Pavement Markers 16010 General Provisions -Electrical (Item L-100) 16013 Recommended Lockout Procedure for Airfield Lighting Circuit Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. i-3 16031 16060 16070 16075 16080 16091 16111 16113 16115 16116 16120 16130 . 16140 16150 16411 16461 16536 230529 230553 230593 238126 260500 260519 260529 260533 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Electrical Installation Testing (L-111) (Non-Standard FAA Specification) Grounding and Bonding Systems Supporting Devices Electrical Identification Electrical Testing (600V) Work in Existing Buildings Conduit Installation of Underground Cable for Airports (L-108) Electrical Manholes and Junction Structures (Item L-115) Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits (L- 110) Wire and Cable Boxes Wiring Devices Wire Connections and Devices Disconnect Switches Special Provisions to Item SP-L-109 Installation of Power Distribution Equipment for Airfield Circuits Alterations, Removal and Demolition Hangers & Supports For HVAC Piping and Equipment Identification for :HVAC Piping and Equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC Split-System Air-Conditioners (Ductless Systems) Common work Results for Electrical Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables . Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. i-4 262416 262816 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Panel boards Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. i-5 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehabilitation FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 FILE NO.: CPMS#: 1588 Addressed to the: CITY OF FORT WORTH PURCHASING DIVISION 1000 THROCKMORTON STREET FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 Will be received at -the Purchasing Office until 1:30 P.M., October 20, 2011 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 PM in the Council Chambers. Contract Documents, including plans and specifications for this project may be obtained on-line by visiting the City of Fort Worth's Purchasing Division website at http://www.fortworthgov.org/purchasing/ and clicking on the project link. This link will take you to the advertised project folders on the City's BuzzSaw site, where the plans and contract documents may be down loaded , viewed, and printed by interested contractors and /or suppliers. Hard copies of plans and contract documents are available at the office of AECOM, 1200 Summit Ave,, Suite 600, Fort Worth, Texas,· 76102, at a cost of $75.00 per set (non-refundable). Please contact Ruseena Johnson, EIT (817) 3.92-5407 or Larry Gaines at (817) 698-6825 for as·sistance . This project includes, but is not limited to the following items: Demolition and replacement of existing runway and taxiway airfield pavement, demolition and replacement of existing apron airfield pavement, demolition of existing PAPl-4 system and installation of new PAPl-4 guidance system to include electrical vault modifications, modifications to existing Airfield Lighting Control and Management System (ACLMS), demolition of existing electrical vault air conditioning sy~tem and installation of new air conditioning system and demolition and replacement of miscellaneous vehicle pavement. Included in the above will be all other miscellaneous items of construction as outlined in the Plans, General Contract Documents and Specification. · Bid security is required in accordance with the Special Instructions to Bidders. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all Addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the Addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. All addenda will be made available on-line with the contract documents. Contractors and /or suppliers are requested to register as plan holders on-line (on Buzzsaw site) in order to receive notifications regarding the issuance of addenda. It shall be the bidding contractor's sole responsibility to verify they have received and considered all addenda, prior to submitting a bid. For additional information, please contact Ruseena Johnson, EIT with City of Fort Worth Aviation Department at (817) 392-5407 or by email:· Ruseena.johnson@fortworthgov.org, and or Larry Gaines at (817) 698-6825 or by email: larry.gaines@aecom.com. Rev 2-2-10_TPW NB-1 A pre-bid conference will be held on October 5. 2011 at 10:30 A.M. at Alliance Air Services Offices, 2221 Alliance Boulevard, Suite 100, Fort Worth, Texas 76177. Bidders are encouraged to review the plans and specification prior to the pre-bid conference. · Advertising Dates: September 22, 2011 September 29, 2011 Rev 2-2-10_TPW NB-2 COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: · Fort Worth Alliance Airport _Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehabilitation . FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-38-2009 FILE NO.: CPMS#: 1588 Addressed to the: CITY OF FORT WORTH PURCHASING DIVISION 1000 THROCKMORTON STREET FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 Will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1 :30 p.m .• Thursday October 20. 2011 and publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers. Plans, General ContractDocuments and Specifications for this project may be obtained in the office of AECOM, 1200 Summit Ave., Suite 600, Fort Worth, Texas, 76102. A seventy~five dollar ($75.00) non-refundable deposit is required for the first set of documents and additional sets may be purchased on a non-refundable . basis for seventy-five dollars ($75.00) for each set. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. Documents may also be obtained free of charge at the City of Fort Worth online bidding system (Buzzsaw) by visiting the City of Fort Wo_rth's Purchasing Division website at http://www.fortworthgov.org/purchasing/ and clicking on the Buzzsaw link to the advertized project folders on the City's Buzzsaw site. Major work will consist of the (approximate) following: This project includes, but is not limited to the following · items: Demolition and replacement of existing runway and taxiway airfield pavement, demolition and replacement of existing apron airfield pavement, demolition of existing PAPl-4 system and installation of new PAPl-4 guidance system to include electrical vault modifications, modifications to existing Airfield Lighting Control and Management System (ACLMS), demolition of existing electrical vault air conditioning system and installation of new air conditioning system and demolition and replacement of miscellaneous vehicle pavement. Included in the above will be all other miscellaneous items of construction as outlined in the Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications. NOTICES ALL BIDDERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH Provision 5159a of''V ernon's Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City of Fort Worth Ordinances no. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-221 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in the employment practices. Bid security may be required in accordance with Special Instruction to Bidders. The City of Fort Worth reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and /or all formalities. Rev 2-2-10_TPW NB-3 No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date bids are opened. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after the opening of bids, but in no case will the award be made until all the necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the Contract. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda .by initialing the appropriate spaces on the Addenda Index and Receipt form(s). Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Aviation Department at (817) 392-7910. Bidders, using the printed copy, shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Bidders must complete the proposal section(s) and submit the complete specification book or face rejection of the bid as non-responsive. It is recommended that the bidder make a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Women Business Enterprise section for submittal within the time deadline stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the City ofFort Worth Project Manager named in this solicitation. Bidders, using the electronic bidding system (Buzzsaw) and as outlined in the submission instructions, shall submit those documents electronically that are requesting information but do not require a signature. And for those documents that require signatures, print a copy of each document, complete, sign, and received at the Purchasing Office within the time deadline stated above. In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort .Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City of Fort Worth contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, FOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (with "Documentation") and/pr the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5 :00 p.m., five (5) City of.Fort Worth business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence thatthe City of Fort Worth received the ''Documentation. Failure to comply shall render the bid non- responsive. SUBMISSION OF BID AND AW ARD OF CONTRACT the proposal within this document is designed as a package. In order to be considered an acceptable bid, the Contractor is required to submit a bid for the complete proposal. A bid proposal submittal that is received with only a single proposal unit complete will be rejected as being non-responsive. The Contractor who submits the bid with the lowest price, will be the apparent successful bidder for the project. Bidders are hereby informed that the Director of the Aviation Department reserves the right to evaluate and · recommend to the City of Fort Worth City Council the bid that is considered to be in the best interest of the City of Fort Worth. The managing department for this project is the Aviation Department. Bidders must ensure that they are pre-qualified by the City of Fort Worth before bidding on a project. A failure to obtain prequalification may be grounds for rejection of a bid or cancellation of award of a contract. For additional information, please contact Larry Gaines at (817) 698-6825 or by email: larry.gaines@aecom.com and/or Ruseena Johnson, EIT with City of Fort Worth Aviation .Department at (817) 392-5407 or by email: Ruseena.johnson@fortworthgov.org. Rev 2-2-10_TPW NB-4 A Pre-Bid conference will be held on October 5, 2011 at 10:30 A.M. at Alliance Air Services Offices, 2221 Alliance Boulevard, Suite 100, Fort Worth, Texas 76177 . Bidders are encouraged·to revievv the plans and specifications prior to the Pre-Bid Conference. TOM HIGGINS INTERIM CITY MANAGER Advertising Dates: September 22, 2011 September 29. 2011 Rev 2-2-10_TPW NB-5 MARTY HENDRIX CITY SECRETARY Notice to Bidders Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts (July 1996) I. The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program. The following ·terms apply: · A.. 8. C. Steel and Manufactured Products. As ~sed in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its · components . and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs (ll)(A) or (8) shall be treated as domestic. · Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products . Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. II. The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Materialmen, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those - A. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonable available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; 8. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or · C. that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. FTW_Front_Ends .doc NB-6 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1. SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas. In addition, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein . 2. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a . contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded . In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, .the surety must ( 1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. The City will accept no sureties who are in default or delinquent on any bonds or who have an interest in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100 ,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed , in the amount of the contract conditioned on the faithful performance of t he work in accordance with the plans , specifications, and contract documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the City of Fort Worth . Rev 3-13-09 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. All contracts shall require a maintenance bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the original contract amount to guarantee the work for a period of two (2) years after the date of acceptance of the project from defects in workmansh ip and/or material. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Contractor's attention is called to the "General Provisions" concerning liquidated damages for late completion of projects . AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance NO. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A -21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. WAGE RATES: The Bidder also agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Highway Construction" as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision NO. TX100043. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by the Department of Transportation and Public Works if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required , is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. INSURANCE: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract , the Contractor must provide, along with executed contract documents and appropriate bonds , proof of insurance for Worker's Compensation and Comprehensive General Liability (Bodily lnjury-$500,000 each person j $1,000 ,000 each occurrence ($2,000,000 aggregate limit); Property Damage -$250,000 each occurrence). The City reserves the right to request any other insurance coverages as may be required by each individual project. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The City, its officers , employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation , non-renewal , and/or material change in policy terms or Rev 3-13-09 coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current · AM. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the · project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. hi the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. 10. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a non resident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. "Nonresident bidder'' means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. "Texas resident bidder'' means a bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. Rev 3-13-09 The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all non resident bidders in order for its bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 11. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance NO. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals fo r the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("with Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m ., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive . Upon request , Contractor agrees to provide to .owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or Women Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement. Further, any such misrepresentation facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participation in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years . 12 . AW ARD OF CONTRACT : Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1 which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The Bid Form must be completed and submitted in its entirety. Failure to complete the Bid Form will render the bidder as non-responsive. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities . No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM , PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM , GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM , and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. 13. PAYMENT: The Contractor will receive full payment (minus 5% retainage) from the City for all work for each pay period . Payment of the remaining amount shall be made with the final payment, and upon acceptance of the project. 14. ADDENDA: Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained on-line on City's Rev 3-13-09 15. Buzzsaw site or by contacting the City Project Manager at (817) 392-5407. Bids that so not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW: A. Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage a. Definitions: Certain of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory worker's compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project-includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons· providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or toner services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. b. The contractor shall provided coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) or all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. c. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. d. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended . e. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: Rev 3-13-09 Rev 3-13-09 (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. f. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. g. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. h. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and. stating how a· person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 1. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (6) notify the governmental entity in wiring by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) -(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. j. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. k. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. 8. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point nor:mal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language. common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE" The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker "compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Contact the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". 16. NON DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall not discriminate against any person or persons because of sex, race, religion, color, or national origin and shall comply with the provisions of City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City Ordinance 7 400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. Rev 3-13-09 17. AGE DISCRIMINATION: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, or employees, will engage in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against person because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, or employees, or person acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this Contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any and all claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 18. DISCRIMINATION DUE TO DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or current employees of Contractor. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal state and local laws concerning disability and will defend indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above-referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 19. PROGRESS PAYMENTS, FINAL PAYMENT, PROJECT ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY: a. The contractor will receive full payment (less retainage)from the City for each pay period. b. Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the project as being complete. c. The project shall be deemed complete and accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list has been completed, as evidenced by a written statement signed by the contractor and the City. d. The warranty period shall begin as of the date that the final punch list has been completed . e. Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due and payable. f. In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety have been delivered to the City and there is a dispute regarding (i) final quantities, or (ii) liquidated Rev 3-13-09 20. damages, City shall make a progress payment in the amount that City deems due and payable. g. In the event of a dispute regarding either final quantities or liquidated damages, the parties shall attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days. Safety Plan: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the contractor must provide a safety plan for approval of the owner or owners authorized representative . Rev 3-13-09 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS The following clauses are placed in every DOT assisted contract and subcontract: A. Non Discrimination Assurance During the performance of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor agrees that it will not discriminate on the basis ·of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out the applicable requirements of 49 PCFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the City of Fort Worth deems appropriate . The Contractor understands that it is required to insert the substance in this clause in all subcontracts and purchase orders. B. Prompt Payment The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than ten (10) [calendar] days from receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth . The prime contractor agrees further to release retainage payments (if applicable) to each subcontractor within ten (10) [calendar] days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactory completed and final payment has been made to the subcontractor. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. FORT WORTH .• ,-- City of Fort Worth Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is $25,000 or more, the DBE goal is applicable. If the total dollar value of the contract is less than $25,000, the DBE goal is not applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Disadvantage Business Enterprises (DBE) in th e procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. The objective of the Policy is to increase the use of DBE firms to a level comparable to the availability of DBEs that provide goods and services directly or indirectly to the City. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Disadvantage Business Enterprise Program apply to this bid . DBE PROJECT GOALS The City's DBE goal on this project is _______ 1"""5_% of the base bid value of the contract. COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of $25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's DBE program by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated DBE goal, or; 2. Good Faith Effort documentation , or ; 3. Waiver documentation, or; 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, within the following times allocated, in order tor the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. ~fie.ptter9rs.hali j:lelfveri11~:f5sEli2icumer.itatioitirl ---··-----.. -·-·---····--.-·--·---·--·-------···-·--.. -···---·-·---=--·-...,-,--.. --·-,,----,---------.. •, .. ·. . . ' .. . .' ' "' . . . ' . . ' · J 'persQn . to .th ~. appropriate ·employee of the n1anagin~ d~p~itrl113nt andQl:ltat~'J . dijte/time re~eipt :i. :Sue.ti rec~i/:>J.itia.Jl .. Q.~ ~vfdeh'ce'.that' the •cifr received tlie .d6cuinentat.iofi\n t he ti meallocated ... AJaxed .co·py\viil rifu be]ic_cept~ci.! 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if received by 5 :00 p.m ., five (5) City business d9ys after the bid goal is met or exceeded: opening date , exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontracto r received by 5:00 p .m ., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form , if participation is opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. less than stated goal: 3. Good Fa ith Effort Form, if no received by 5:00 p .m., five (5) City business days after the bid participation : opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date . 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form : received by 5:00 p .m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid openinQ date . 5. Joint Venture Form , if goal is met or received by 5:00 p .m ., five (5) City business days after the bid exceeded : opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date . FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S DBE PROGRAM, WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104. Rev. 11/11/05 FORT WORTH ..__ . --- PRIME COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NUMBER: I CITY'S DBE PROJECT GOAL: CITY OF FORT WORTH Disadvantaged Business Enterprise 15% Please read the following statements prior to executing this form. • -: l ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 3 Schedule of Subcontractors/Suppliers DDBE l Prime's DBE GOAL COMMITMENT: 213' % Bidders/Offerors must provide information on all prospective subcontractor(s)/suppliers who submit bids/quotations in support of this solicitation. Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bit opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to the bid specifications. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including DBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Prime contractors must identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor/consultant i.e. a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1st tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2°d.tier. The prime contractor is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors identified as a DBE and counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal. Prime contractors must also provide the previous year's annual gross receipts of all subcontractors/suppliers listed on the utilization form. This information may be expressed in the dollar ranges provided that column. Counting DBE Participation: If materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer, count 100 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies towards the goal. If the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE regular ·dealer, count 60 percent of the cost of the materials and supplies toward the DBE goal. When materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE neither a manufacture nor a regular dealer, count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of the materials or supplies delivered to the job site. In all cases, the prime contractor is responsible to identify the amounts to be used toward the committed DBE goal. If hauling services is utilized, separation of dollars for haul-in and haul out is required. In addition, the prime will be given credit for utilizing a DBE hauling firm as long as the DBE owns and operates a least one fully licensed and operational truck used on the contract. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including DBE owner- operated and receive full DBE credit. The DBE may lease trucks from non-DBEs, including owner-operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the DBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Note: Be mindful of the 60% rule. Rev. 5-30-03 FORT WORTH "-, •. --I :J -. CITY OF FORT WORTH _..>-I ' ~.., ATIACHMENT 1A Page 2 of 3 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPP LI ERS Check this box D if any subcontractor/supplier is a Sole Source and identify by writing sole source by the subcontractor/supplier name. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS I TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Name: c;:...,;r-5ed/1f1 L ~C,, Type of Work: Address: /tfo S ,#t?tJ-k~ /Iv/ Sed114 ~ ~ .#~ ;./e.rt'l, / '17( '7 tftP i 1' ../ Phone: 'f'/'7~~'1,, ~~w $AMOUNT: .d OS"t) f?O Fax: ?!'£' --;.,; v _ ~ ?.? 7/ / · · , Email: ;l]se 'll/JP ?:J y4'/Jp , ~ Contact Person: Name: Type of Work: Address: Phone: Fax: $AMOUNT: Email: Contact Person: Name: Type of .work: Address: Phone: Fax: $AMOUNT: Email: Contact Person: Spec ify Tier /sf- /st CERTIFIED DBE FIRM Yes K No_ Certifi ed By: NCTRCA )(_ TXDOT ;(_ Other pleas e attach DBE certificatio n Yes_ Nol( Certified By: NCTRCA --TXDOT -Other pleas e attach DBE certifi cati on Yes_ No_ Certified By: NCTRCA __ TXDOT PREVIOUS YEAR'S ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS ( check one) _ less than $SOOK '){ $SOOK to $2M ~ $2M to$SM _ more than $SM _ less than $SOOK )( $SOOK to $2M _ $2M to$SM _ more than $SM _ less than $SOOK _ $SOOK to $2M _ $2M to $SM Other __ p lease $ attach DBE certifi cation -more than SM Yes_ No_ Certified By: NCTRCA __ TXDOT Other_ pl eas e attach DBE certification _ less than $SOOK _ $SOOK to $2M _ $2M to $SM _ more than $5M Rev . 5-30-03 FORT WORTH '-, •. ~ NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Name: Address: Phone: Fax: Email: Contact Person: Name: Address: Phone: Fax: Email: Contact Person: I - CITY OF FORT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERS TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Specify CERTIFIED DBE Tier FIRM Type of Work: Yes -No - Certified By: NCTRCA --TXDOT -- $AMOUNT: Other __ pleas e a tta ch DBE certifi cation Type of Work: Yes No -- Certified By: NCTRCA -- $AMOUNT: TXDOT --Other __ pl ease attach DBE certifi cation ATTACHMENT 1A Page 3 of 3 PREVIOUS YEAR'S ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS ( check one) _ less than $SOOK _ $SOOK to $2M _ $2M to$5M _ more t han $SM _ less t han $SOOK _ $SOOK to $2M _ $2M to$SM _ more than $5M The undersigned bidder agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the DBE firms for work listed in this schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. ALL DBES MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH PRIOR TO A RECOMMENDATION FOR AWARD TO THE CITY COUNCIL. £d~~ /.t~L. ~ ~~ A~~tu~ PrinteSfif?" Titli/t-~'d ~ try'e? -C-on-t-ac_t_,(._a..:;..5:!-'e-:-n-: ..... T .... 1t-le-{-if-d-iff-e-re-n-t) __________ _ Pis v@Ude,zz?vc;: L/ F/7 -..<E -~5// ??:<-~@ ?~ Company Name I Phone Number 2'tf(/ ~ ~~ ,1/1/?I~ £.1Ye .2()(l L t2ht 2? t!M .r., hi _ tdMz Address EmaUcfdress ~ Fax Number ~1:~. Zif 7.s"c9p Z · 7 /1J-2?20// City/State/Zip Code Date Rev. 5-30-0 3 ' -, FORT WORTH /,_ "'--W a ,-, City of Fort Worth " . ATTACHMENT 18 Page 1 of 1 Disadvantage Business Enterprise Specification~ Prime Contractor Waiver ~d'/17~ L/ .&<e 7'~/e,.?_~~~#',/~~ Prime Company Name Project Name ~;;j,c/ k' .?j;f e.hi~Y,....-. ~.,v., #-~~~d/ -~/-~~'r?~------ Bid Opening Date ProjectNumber If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. If the answer to either question is NO , then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1C. This form is only applicable if ho.th answers are yes. Failure to complete this form in its entirety and be received by the Manag i ng Department on or before 5:00 p .m.1 five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of the bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? __ Yes If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of your business. / Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? __ Yes _VN_Noo If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including DBE(s) on this contract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the original DBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. ~~~ kihoridsignature ¥~ Titfe ~;fbt~ {~ Contact Name (if ctifferent) ELIS t:dlvl/A cT/AJ6t Lf? Company Name t'l7 2E -7f# ?2£-,~Sffb-o?ef Phone Number Fax Number o</ff';~,~~ '1~ Address ,.. L d2,d'Z? ~.eh;; eaJ~ .. C42 Em7Address &F'7~t?7 Rev . 5/30/03 FORT WORTH -......., w·,. . PRIME COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NUMBER: I CITY'S DBE PROJECT GOAL: CITY OF FORT WORTH Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Please read the following statements prior to executing this form. ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 3 Schedule of Subcontractors/Suppliers ! Prime's DBE GOAL COMMITMENT: 2 /% Bidders/Offerors must provide information on all prospective subcontractor(s)/suppliers who submit bids/quotations in support of this solicitation . Fa il ure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City busi ness days after bit opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to the bid specifications. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including DBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Prime contractors must identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor/consultant i.e. a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 151 tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2"d.tier. The prime contractor is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors identified as a DBE and counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal. Prime contractors . must also provide the previous year's annual gross receipts of all subcontractors/suppliers listed on the utilization form. This information may be expressed in the dollar ranges provided that column. Counting DBE Participation: If materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer, count 100 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies towards the goal. If the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE regular dealer, count 60 percent of the cost of the materials and supplies toward the DBE goal. When materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE neither a manufacture nor a regular dealer, count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of the materials or supplies delivered to the job site. In all cases, the prime contractor is responsible to identify the amounts to be used toward the committed DBE goal. If hauling services is utilized, separation of dollars for haul-in and haul out is required. In addition, the prime will be given credit for utilizing a DBE hauling firm as long as the DBE owns and operates a least one fully licensed and operational truck used on the contract. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including DBE owner- operated and receive full DBE credit. The DBE may lease trucks from non-DBEs, including owner-operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the DBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Note: Be mindful of the 60% rule. Rev. 5-30-03 FORT-WORTH .__ ·w· ,_ CITY OF FORT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS ATIACHMENT 1A Page 2 of 3 Check this box D if any subcontractor/supplier is a Sole Source and identify by writing sole source by the subcontractor/supplier name. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Name: G.:r Seee-lr11.t/ l-L C, Address: /l)f'o ..J ~Uf/t>f t/1 //vtJI //t.tl-/e.fth1 , rx . 7dt,Zf Phone: 8'/Jt .. y,t ~.., ?.:t~ Fax: ~>Jl .. 7~/_-;(I '77 Email: f'eP4i)z_f' o k~P, C~ Contact erson: .... .J2 Contact Person: TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Type of Work: ca,,tfl-v?/Ju,, ,. /Jr!#tf/t7me.r/r .Ye/-'/ c..e f $ AMOUNT : q ~ /~, PO Type of Work: . . ,./ r: ,1 seeqf'~I .>~~ • -k: ft,.;-//4 I I~ $ AMOUNT: i 9 /t,_ (?(,) Type of Work: Cvt1 Cl-~/l' UJ'h 'TJdt:ltt'/f .I' $ AMOUNT: ..J ~ ff~ tJ{:::I Specify CERTIFIED DBE Tier FIRM Yes X.. No_ Certified B=fy: NCTRCA TXDOT Other_ please attach DBE certifi cation Yes J{__ No_ Certified ByV NCTRCA -A- TXDOT Other_ please attach DBE cert ific ation Yes )(_ No_ Certified BY,: NCTRCA J(_ TXDOT _ Other_ please attach DBE certific ati on Yes ,)'{:. No_ Certified Byy NCTRCA -..Lf- TXDOT _ Other_ please attach DBE certific ation PREVIOUS YEAR'S ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS check one less than $SOOK ){ $SOOK to $2M $2M to $SM more than $SM X less than $SOOK $SOOK to $2M $2M to $SM more than $SM less than $SOOK A $SOOK to $2M $2M to $SM more than $SM less than $SOOK X. $SOOK to $2M $2M to $SM _ more than $SM Rev . 5-30 -03 FORT-WORTH '-, ·1t· __. CITY OF FORT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERS NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Specify CERTIFIED DBE SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Tier FIRM Name: Type of Work: Yes -No_ Address: Certified By: NCTRCA -- Phone: TXDOT -- Fax: $AMOUNT: Other please Email: attach DBE certification Contact Person: Name: Type of Work: Yes No - -Address: Certified By: Phone: NCTRCA -- Fax: $AMOUNT: TXDOT -- Email: Other please attach DBE certification Contact Person: ATTACHMENT 1A Page 3 of 3 PREVIOUS YEAR'S ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS ( check one) less than $SOOK - -$SOOK to $2M -$2M to $SM -more than $SM less than $SOOK - -$SOOK to $2M -$2M to$SM _ more than $SM The undersigned bidder agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the DBE firms for work listed in this schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. ALL DBES MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH PRIOR TO A RECOMMENDATION FOR AWARD TO THE CITY COUNCIL. L,d d::.~~ h/o/-~ /?z ?Rd/4,~L A~e -Printed Signature ~ ho )'e?r ,/b£/U44(&~ __ ____._(_u_n,,.....;;;e,""'"z ___________ _ Title~ I ~ Contact Name and Title (if different) 5£ C:#!V:zt1cr#lo-L/> iL7 -e?7f -70/ ~~-~r~-d?J?.5"' Con?'pany Name ' Phone Number .-Fax Number ~?& ~ c~ ~i-e Sh/4 20V 69#, d e<?I,/LJ, ?.ef?b Address Email Ad"cfress ;;z:- Ca:~//6,,/ zx: z ro~ z __ 4 ......... Y_-......... ?_-__.~~~ ....... ;; .......... Y ______ _ City/State/Zip Code Date Rev. 5-30-03 FORT WORTH ' , ATTACHMENT1B .....,, W City of Fort Worth ', _. Disadvantage Business Enterprise Specification~ Page 1 of 1 Pri me Contractor Waiver ~~ L/' ~.~'; ~/}:{1}1Z»~ /() ./ ,i?J _.,. .:Z.6 // __ /__,f',_~-= -"-------- Bid Opening Date Proje~t Number If both answers to this form are YES, do not compl ete ATTACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed expl anation provided, if applicable. If the answer to either question i s NO, then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1C. This form is only appli cabl e if .ilQ1h answers are yes. Failure to complete this form i n its entirety and be received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m.1 five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of the bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsi ve to bid specifications. Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? __ Yes No If yes, please provide a detailed expl anation that proves based on the s i ze and scope of th is project, this is your normal business practice and provi de an operational profile of your busi ness. / Will you perfor m this entire contract without suppliers? __ Yes _VN_Noo If yes, please p rovide a detailed explanati on that proves ba sed on t h e size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an invent ory profile of your business. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, i ncluding D8E{s) on this cont ract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the origina l DBE(s) arrangements submittecl wit h t his bid . The bidder also agrees to allow an audi t and/or exam ination o f any books, records and files held by their company that w ill s u bstantiate the actual work performed by t he DBE{s) on th is cont ract, by an authorized officer or empl oyee of t h e City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for term inating the contract or debarment f rom City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for i n itiati ng action under Federa l , State or Local l aws concerning fa l se statements. Any fai l ure to compl y with this ordi nance creates a materi al breach of contract may result in a determinati on of an Irresponsible offeror and barred from parti c i pating i n C ity work for a peri od of time not less than one (1) year. d Signature hfL/hfM?r PrintedSig~ture {~' Tifle Contact Name (i f different ) E_& ufl!¥~cT/N6t LE Company Name ef/2-27?-7.r// Phone Number ~;:e-.. 5$'-o?f7S Fax Number o</tf~~~~ Addressift-:;__ dZd'Z? ~~< City/State/Zip &f77~t?7 Rev. 5130/03 WAGE RATE DETERMINATION Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab GENERAL DECISION: TX20100043 08/27/2010 TX43 Date: August 27, 2010 General Decision Number: TX20100043 08/27/2010 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20080043 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Grayson, Johnson, Kaufman, Parker, Rockwall, Tarrant and Wichita Counties in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION -WICHITA COUNTY ONLY; HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION -ALL COUNTIES Modification Nurnber 0 1 Publication Date 03/12/2010 08/27/2010 * SUTX2004-004 11/09/2004 Rates Air Tool Operator ................ $ 10.06 Asphalt Distributor Operator ..... $ 13.99 Asphalt paving machine operator ......................... $ 12.78 Asphalt Raker ..............•..... $ 11.01 Asphalt Shoveler ................. $ 8.80 Batching Plant Weigher ........... $ 14.15 Broom or Sweeper Operator ........ $ 9.88 Bulldozer ·operator ............... $ 13.22 CARP~NTER ........................ $ 12. 80 Concrete Finisher, Paving ........ $ 12.85 Concrete Finisher, Structures .... $ 13.27 Concrete Paving Curbing Machine Operator.· ................ $ 12. 00 Concrete Paving Finishing Maching Operator ................. $ 13.63 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Operator ......... · ................ $ 12. 50 Concrete Paving Saw_ Operator ... · .. $ 13. 56 Concrete Paving Spreader Operator ......................... $ 14. 50 Concrete Rubber .................. $ 10.61 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Fringes 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 o·. oo 0.00 0.00 · Derrick, Draglinej Shovel Operator ......................... $ 14 .12 ELECTRICIAN ...........•.......... $ 18. 12 Flagger .......................... $ 8. 43 Form Builder/Setter, Structures ....................... $ 11 . 63 Form Setter, Paving & Curb ....... $ 11.83 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted ............... ~ .. $ 13.67 Foundation Drill Operator,· Truck Mounted .................... $ 16.30 Front End Loader Operator ........ $ 12.62 Laborer, common .................. $ 9.18 Laborer, Utility ................. $ 10.65 MECHANIC ......................... $ 16 •. 97 Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade ....................... $ 11.83 Mixer operator ................... $ 11.58 . Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade ............................ $ 15. 20 Motor Grader Operator, Rough ..... $ 14.50 Oiler ............................. $ 14. 98 Painier, Structures .............. $ 13.17 Pavement Marking Machine · Operator ......................... $ 10. 04 Pipelayer ........................ $ 11. 04 . Reinforcing Steel Setter, Paving ........................... $ 14.86 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Structure ........................ $ 16. 29 . Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self-Propelled ................... $ 11.07 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Flat Wheel/Tamping ............... $ 10.92 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Plant Mix Pavement ............... $ 11 .28 Scraper Operator ................. $ 11.42 Servicer ......................... $ 12. 32 Slip Form Machine Operator ....... $ 12.33 0 .00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 · 0. 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Spreader Box operator ............ $ 10.92 Tractor operator, Crawler Type ... $ 12.60 Tractor operator, Pneumatic ...... $ 12.91 Traveling Mixer Operator ......... $ 12.03 Truck driver, lowboy-Float ....... $ 14.93 Truck driver, Single Axle, Heavy ............................ $ 11.47 Truck driver, Single Axle, Light ............................ $ 10.91 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi-T~ailer ..................... $ 11.75 'Truck Driver, Transit-Mix ........ $ 12.08 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine, Post Hole Driller Operator ....... $ 14.00 WELDER.· .......................... $ 13. 57 Work Zone Barricade Servicer.: ... $ 10.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as .provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * * an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of ·Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2. ) If the answer to the question in 1. ) is yes, ·then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practic.e material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ============================================= ·================== END OF GENERAL DECISION TO: Mr. T om Higgins Interim City Manager Fort Worth, Texas PROPOSAL FOR: PHASE 7 RUNWAY DES IGN AND T AX IW AY REI-IABILITATION FAA GRANT NO. 3-48-0296-38-2009 FILE NO. C.M.P.S . Number: 1588 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", th e unders igned has thorou gh ly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all th e work and furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete all the work as provided in th e plans and specifications, and subject to the in spect ion and approval of the Department of Engineering Director of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Performance and Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and compl eting said work within the ti me stated an d for the following sums, to-wit: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab Addendum #1 October 17, 2011 P·1 BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: EAS Co~r-~l~1 LP8:!1 EA:S Ca::mac..~~ &~L.L.c.. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Reh abilitation Item Spec No. 00501 G-300.l 00501 G-300.2 00501 G-300.3 00080 G-700.1 00080 G-700.2 00080 G-700.3 00080 G-700.4 00080 G-700.5 00124· P-101 00065 P-152 .l Addendum #I October 17, 20 11 Item Description Signs-Barricades & Traffic Routing, Complete in Place Signs-Barricade & Traffic Routing, Portable Lighted Runway Closure Marker, Complete in Place Signs-Stop Sign, Contact ATC Sign, Runway Designation Sign, Incl. Post, Complete in Place Pavement Removal, 6-Inch PCC, Incl. Hauling (Vehicle Access Gates, ARFF Apron), Complete Pavement Removal, 14-Inch PCC, Incl. H auling (Airfield Pavement), Complete Pavement Removal, 18-Inch PCC, Incl. Hauling (Airfield Pavement), Complete Remove Existing top Sign, Contact ATC Sign and Post, Complete Remove Existing Airfield Paint Markings, Complete Mobilization, Complete Unclassified Excavation -Remove , Co m plete U n it Approximate Q uantity LS I EA 2 EA 8 SY 490 SY 815 S Y 3 EA 8 S Y 3,i52 LS 1 CY 8 P-2 Dat e: lQ -\\-\ \ Uni t Price Total Amount ~ (X) $ L/. a.v . $ 5 Lf. <XV. (P I $ "/ CD I .CXV . $ 22 oa).~c. $ i 5D.00 $ i 2 (XJ .. oo so 12-J: (;'C} $ ,2. $ &, 1$ 2S-1,C,. $ 23. gji . 7~ §CJ $ l/2. $ l 27 . s-o I So. 00 'foo. CP $ $ DD tu~3oL/. (P $ 2. $ J 5 . fJC(),00 • s 3-51 ()Ct}. ro .. OD oo s 24 . $ I '12. BID FORM B id der: Airpo rt N a me : E.AS. fo~ro.c..+·,V\..-"),LP e.!j EA:~ W!)lnTI:?4.li~~ 6'P. L.L.c. Fort Worth Alliance Airport 1 Proj ect D escrip tion : P hase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehabilitation Item Spec No. 01305 P-15 6 .1 004 59 TxDOT- 360 00459 TxDOT- 360 0045 9 T x DOT - 529 00459 P-5 0 1.1 0 045 9 P -5 01.2 00459 P-610 00047 P -602 Addendum #1 Oct ober 17 , 2011 Item Description E ro s ion C ontrol --Install, Silt Fence, Complete in Pl ac e P a ve m e nt ~ Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -In stall 6 -Inch Reinforced PCC, Complete in Place P avemen t -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -In s tall 8-Inch Reinforced PCC,. Complete'in Place P avement -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -In s t all 7-Inch PCC Curb, Complete in Place Pavement -Concrete Replacement on Ex isti ng Base -Ins ta ll , 14-Inch Reinforced PCC, Complete in Pl ace Pave m e nt -Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -Insta ll, 18-Inch Reinforced PCC, Complete in Place Concre te Maintenance Slab, 8-Inch Thick Incl. 2- Inch Sand Base & Reinforcing; Complete in Place Bitumino us Prime Coat on Existing Base, Complete i n P lace Unit Approximate Quantity LF 160 SY 130 SY 360 LF 120 SY I 815 I SY I 3 SY 30 GAL 850 P-3 Date: l lJ -l ~ -l \ ----~-- Unit Price Total A mount 2 . 00 ·3zo.o0 $ $ $ t-/ t; . (>0 5· ~.5·0.00 $ I $ 50. oo l ~(XL). Q,? $ I ~ /t.c,o . oo I ?5 , ()0 $ $ I $ ,, 00 L 0. $iJ_O J(/cp ro I 50,00 LfsD. co $ .~~ $~9'.# oo ,2. 2 I lo D .(JO $ $ I $ 'I. oo $ 3 Lfoo.ro I BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: EAS Coo:tro,c..~ i'fl ,U=> f:.'1 E f>o Ct:.~~ b\ P. LL .c. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehabilitation Item Spec No. 00430 --- 00038 P-620.l 00038 P-620.2 00038 P-620.3 00038 P-620.4 00459 P-621.1 00136 T-901.l -----TxDOT- 672.l -----TxDOT- 672.2 Addendum#! October 17, 20 11 Item Description Pavement -Install (SILSPEC FLEXP ATCH) Patch Material Pavement Rep a ir, Complete in Place Markings-Runwayffaxiway Markings -Install, (Yellow Reflectorized), Complete in Place Markings-Runway/faxiway Marki ngs -Install, (White Reflectorized), C o mplete in Place Markings, Red Fire Lane, NonReflectorized, Complete in Place Markings-Runway/faxiway Markings -Install (Black), Complete in Place Pavement-Concrete Repl acement on Existing Base - Install, (Saw-Cut Grooving), Complete in Place Seeding, Mulching and Fertilizer, Complete in Place Pavement Lane Marking -Lane Markers Type-II- AA-4, Complete in Place Pavement L ane Marking -Lane Markers Type Y-4, Complete in Place Unit Approximate I Quantity LS l $ SF 1,650 I $ SF 1,530 $ SF 1,080 $ SF 1,515 s SY 750 $ AC 3 Is EA 2 s I EA 8 i$ I I P-4 t-l : Date: _lC_-_l K_-_\...._\ _ Unit Price Total Am ount 5 OOD . cu $ ~&DO.co 3 . ()0 $ 1./ q_s oo j o. oo 3 OU!?. a, 2 . s J so 2. 2760.re $ I 7... 60 '3 {) 3(). oo $ 7 C,. 60 L/ 5{;(). OD $ J 3 3Cx:J .(Xi $ q q (fa). Cl:) , 20.00 '-lo . oo s 2D. C,0 i bO .oeJ $ BID FORM Bidder: Airport N a me: £AS U>l"\-ho...L\;"-5 , LP ~ E"\~ C,eniu,...L\;"-5 ~ L.L.C. Fort W orth Alliance Ai rport Project Description: Phase 7 R un way D esign an d Taxiway Re habilitation Item Spec No. -----16536-1 16536-2 00006 16536-3 00006 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -.---- 16536-4 16536-5 16113-1 16113 -2 16461 -1 16461-2 Addendum #I October 17, 2011 Item Description Remove PAPI-4 Including Foundations, Comp lete Remove No. 8 A W G , L-824C Cab le in Conduit, Including Dispo sal off A irport Property, Comple te Remove No. 6 A W G B a re Counterp ois e Wire, Direct Bury, Inclu d ing Di s p osal o ff A irport Property, Complete Remove 2 " Sche dul e 40 P VC Cond uit, Incl uding Disposa l o ff A irport Property , Complete R e move Pullbox/Hand ho le, Complete .. No. 8, 5KV, L-824C Cable inst alled in Condui t, Complete in Pl ace No. 6 , Cou n terpoise C able Installed in Trench, Complete in Place Regulators, 4KW, Complete in P l ace Modifications to A irfield Lighting C o nt rol Monitoring S ystem;·Complete . Unit Approximate Quan tity EA 2 LF 18 ,200 LF 4 ,400 LF 4,400 EA 13 LF 18,200 LF 4,400 EA .2 LS l P-5 Unit Price T otal Am ount 'I otn . 0 ~ /YY), t>O $ $ $ 0 ./0 $ /. 820 .0 0 $ 0 .D[ $ '/'/. Ob $ t'1 , Of $ ft/, OD 335. 60 1. .s S 5 _ 00 $ $ s (.'), 550 $ I 'I 5(DCJ , e>O , I I o. '15 3 :1 3ro,oo s $ $ IC/. il/2 .~0 $ 3 ~-2 <lL/, DCI $ Z 5 '-1 l 7. (...'IC) $ 25 427.~ BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: EA$ C:>n-\-r~t..~"3 ,U: B~&p C£.rrtrc..-L~~b(>1 LLC. Fort Worth Allia nce A iroor t Project Description: Phas e 7 R unwa y Des ign and T axiwa y Re habilitation Item Spec No. -----16461 -3 -----16116-1 -----16116-2 -----16115-1 -----16115-2 ----16530-1 -----16130 -----G-700 -----G -700 238126 ----- Addendum#! October 17,201 I Item Description Electrical V a ult D e molition, Complete 2" Schedule 40 PVC C o nduit, in Earth , Complete in Place Duct Markers, C ompl ete i n Place Junction Struct ure, L 8 67D, C omplete in P lace 4'x4'x4-Foot Manhole, Aircraft Rated, Complete in Place .. Install PAPI-4, L880B , Incl. Foundations, Complete in Plac e Install NEMA 3 12" x 12" Vented Enclosure , O ver Existing A utomatic Tran s fer S wit ch C o nt rol Panel Touch Pad, C o mplete in Place Remove E xisting E lectrical Vault Air-Conditioning System, Di spose off o f Airport Property, Complete Remove Exi sti ng Lo uv ers, Dispose of off Airport Property, Comple te in Place Ductles s Air C on di tion in g System, 3 -Ton, Complete in Pl ace . U n it Approximate Quantity L S l LF 4,400 EA 17 EA 13 EA I 1 EA 2 LS 1 ' LS I 1 I LS l EA 4 P-6 \ ~ ! ' r i r l Date: _l{)~-1~&---'--'\\_ Unit Price Total A m ount Is i5 5ol. "0 $ 15 Sol. 00 $ £00 $ I 7 .(pa), Oo $ b5 , 00 $ /,lbt;: 00 s .556, 00 s ? /50. 00 Is ~ qc;o,no $ t/ VCO , t:>o $ I <J ta'.J. oo $ 3h OCD . (JO $ 2.50.()0 $ 2.50. 00 2 I 50, OD 2) .S-0 , 00 $ $ , $ 75o .00 $ 75D.00 Is IC/. 5a>,oo 73'.~fJ . DO $ BID FORM Bidder: Airport Name: £ f\ S u, .rtt':a.L.\:i ~, LP ~ t~ ~ C.On 'lra.L \.;.,., G..~, L;L.C.. . Fort Worth Alliance Airport D ate : ----'-\D=---\_1;__-_\~\- Project Description: Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxi way Rehabil1tat10n Item Spec No. 238126 -----262816 -----262416 -----260519 ----260519 00459 P-605 Addendum #1 October 17, 20 11 Item Description Unit Approximate J Unit Price Tota! Amount --Quantity I Dry Well, Complete in Place EA 2 I Js f.pC(). tr> $ /2(XJ . ()0 Fused Disconnect Switch, 100A/3P/208V NEMA 1, EA 1 Complete in Place $ .350. oo $ .350, 00 Panel Board, 100A/3P/208V, Complete in Pl ace EA 1 "° I, 50D, 0 0 s I, RCXJ, $ Nonfused Disconnect Switch, 60A/3P/208V, EA 4 I Complete in Place /50 . bu 6C:0 , OG. IS $ Miscellaneous Wiring and Conduit, Complete in LS 1 I Place Is ·7 5co.00 7.. 5C.O .. e>o $ J TOTAL BASE BlD $_~-~~~---..---'-,----__.,,._-~~( Cleaning and Repair of Selected Concrete A irfie ld LF 41,850 Pavement Joints, Complete in Place $ 2. oo $ ?> 3. ·700,. CD 7 TOT AL AL TERNA TE BID #i $ ____ g_3_),__?;_r;c)_._60 __ P -7 . l ·•.. -~ ...... -------~--... __ ,, __ ·---,,.,. ____ .. ,.~_..,,.. . .., .. Th e Bidder s hall write out each bid in words on th e l ines provided be low: TOTAL BASE BID: J,,.,, f :ii.Ji! 11,V,.&J. I\ 2l %r1; fbre? 1tev$ad fl..tt ht;,.Jrc£1 f2.H, S&ea J.t'lc c, r _:;£.,,..,·,....,« ~4,-e,:l-c e J Ti Sr,r /1:-t ke) .-f;.{t?(1t ~~ scu1 j /1 ,; ft?-li (/J._/~ ti"'>'<) '(q;e,. !t :~ P, :.f.t-y 5't"v -ert ""ofl J -rw-~-1.-iy t::, c.1:'."' & .,.f .s TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 1: Lfh Ir flt re't!-±1,0J~a nJ ~ue#'\_-'1.Ll.4 J --~ d dolbr s ~~--// 0 t°•Pn.ls In case of a discrepancy, the amount shown in words sha ll govern. STATEMENT OF MATERIALS AND OTH E R CHARGES TOTAL BASE BID: *MATERIAL INC O RPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: ALL OTHER CHARGES : T OTAL BID: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No . 1: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: ALL OTHER CHARGES: TOTAL BID: $ __ 1-/i-=-{)--J-J _,_!-'-?-=-{,_. __ o_o _ $. 43 .52'1 .00 *These totals must agree with the total figure shown in the Proposal for the Total Base Bid, Total Alternate Bid No. 1 respectively. For purpos es of complying with the Texas Tax Code, the Contractor agrees that the charges for any material incorporated into the project in the · excess of the estimated quantity provided for here in will be no less than the invoice price for such material to the Contractor. The Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The Bid Form must be completed and submitted in its entirety. Failure to complete the Bid Form will render the bidder as non-responsive. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab Addendum #1 October 17, 2011 P-8 Tl1e Bidder agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rat es for Highway Constru ction " as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision NO. TX 100043 Issued by the U.S. Department of Labor. The Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the ri ght to reject any and all b ids and to wa ive any informalities in the bidding . Th e Bid der agrees thi s bid shall be good and m ay not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days after the schedul ed clo sing tim e for receiving bid s. With in ten (10) days of re ceip t of the written "Notic e of Award", th e bidd er will exec ute th e for mal contract agre ement and deliver a s urety bond or bonds as req uired und er th e contract documents. The bid security attached in the sum of 5 'f o Dollar s ($ ) is to become the property of the City cif Fort Worth in the ev ent th e contract is not executed as set forth in the contract documents as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense caused thereby. By : -Lo...v-)f¢n<.,,-«-1?,me.\ {Type or print name) Title : \/ite YftS\Q..eV\~ .. Address: ~a t\l ~ . (' \ ~ DY. \cti' ""O __ ri.Ct:1 -lL~-~"UC: -,-e Cl'--' C-o.-v~c) l He V\,JX 19:>o 1 Date: I O ·-\ i ~ f l Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1 \o -\:] -\ \ Addendum No. 2 ___________ _ Addendum No. 3. __________ _ Addendum No. 4 __________ _ Addendum No. 5 ___________ _ Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab Addendum #1 October17,2011 P-10 ~--·--~---·-··---~----·· -··-··-·------~---·-·-----~-'---------~--~·, .. ~~--------·--··--•... -. . --·. ~---·--. . .. ~--. . . __ ,.-..:.,..__,,_ ____ . __ ... ,_ .. .,, Complete the following statements by check ing the appropriate space. The Bidder (Proposer) ha s / has not __ part icipa ted in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive Orde r 109225, or Executive O rder 1111 4 , or Executive O rder 112 46. The Bidder (Propo ser) has ~as not __ submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due und er th e applicable filing requirements; and th at representations indicat ing submission of required compliance reports sign ed by propos ed subcontractors will be obtain ed prior to award of subcontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has pa11icipated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause and ha s not submitted complian ce re ports due und er applicable filin g requirements, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard form 1 00 "E mployee Inform ati on Report EEO -1" prior to the award of this contract. Standard form 100 is normally furnished to contractors annually, based on a mailing list currently ma in tained by the Joint Reporting Committee. In the event a contractor has not received the form, he may obtain it by writing to the Joint Reportin g Committee, 1800 G Street, Washington, DC, 20506. The Bidder assures that its employees and app li cants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractor or employment agency is either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited of the terms of City Ord inance NO. 7278, as amended by City _Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sectio ns 13-A-2 1 through 13-A-29), prohibiting di scrim ination in employment p ractices. Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" and to fully complet e the project within 120 Cal e ndar Days . Bidder furthe r agrees to pay liqu idated dam ages in the sum of $50,000.00/d ay for each consecutive day, or porti on of a day, that RW 16 U34R is not available for operations between the period of December 4, 2011 and December 25, 2011 . Bidder f urther agrees to pay liquidated damages in the sum of $10,000.00/day for each consecutive day, or portion of a day, that Runway 16U34R construction exceeds an aggregate calendar day construction duration of 18 calendar days . Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages in the sum of $5 ,000.00/d ay for each consecutive day, or portion of a day, that the inters ection of Taxiway 'A ' and Taxiway 'F' is not available for operations or exceeds the stated time duration. A duration of 1 O calendar day will be allowed for construction of the Taxiway 'A' panel replacement. The intersection of Taxiway 'A' and Taxiway 'F' cannot be closed for construction between December 4, 2011 and December 25, 2011. The contractor shall commence construction on a mutually agreed on date and construction will be complete and open for operations within 1 O calendar days. Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages in the sum of $1,000.00/day for each consecutive calendar day, or portion of a day, to complete the work beyond the allotted time or as extended by an approved Change Order. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Des ign and Taxiway Rehab Addendum #1 October 17, 2011 P-9 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION Section 1 605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act states that: "None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available bt; this Act may be used for a project for the const1uction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public building or public work unless all of the iron , steel, and manufactured goods us ed in the project are produced in the United States ." To meet thls r equirement, the undersigne d hereby certifies that all of the material, equipment and accessories which are to be incorporated into the (Name of Construction Contract) to be partially fund ed -by monies from the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, has been manufactured from domestic construction material as defined by 40 CPR 35.936-13(D). Date TiUe BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCES (a) The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produc ed in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program . The following terms apply : 1. Ste el and manufactured products. As used in th is claus e, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States , if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the I.Jnited States . Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs b. (1) or (2) shall be treated as domestic. 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, a nd supplies incorporated directly into steel and manu factured products. 3. Cost of Components . This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. (b) The succ essful bidd er will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by th e Contractor, sub contractors, materialmen and suppliers in the performance of this contract , except those : 1. that the US Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 199 0, are not produced in th e United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and ofa satisfactory quality; 2. that the US Department of Transportatio n has determined, under th e Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 , that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public in terest ; or 3. that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the offerer below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this bid/proposal, the offerer certifies that steel and each manufactured product, are produced in the United States , as defined in the clause Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) and that components of unknown o rig in are considered to have be e n produced or manufactured outside the United States. Offerers may obtain from the owner a listing of articles, materia ls and supplies excepted from th is provision . Product Country of Origin Application Incorporate into all construction and equipment procurements . Paragraphs (a) and (b) should be placed in the solicitation . The Buy American certificate should be placed in the contract documents. Reference Section 9129 of the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 Title 49 U.S.C. Chapter 501 AIP Program Guidance Letter 91-3 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S . Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality (Jal) 1991) Acetylene , black Agar, bulk Anise Antimony , as metal or oxide Asbestos , amosite, chrysolite and crodidolite Bananas Baux it e Beef, corned and canned Beef extract Bephenium Hydroxynapthoate Bismuth Books, trade, text , techn ical, scientific; newspapers ; pamphlets ; magazines; periodicals; printed briefs and films ; not printed in the United States and fo'r which domestic editions are not available Brazil nuts, unroasted Cadmium , ores and flue dust Calcium cyanamide Capers Cashew nuts Castor beans and castor oil Chalk, English Chestnuts Chicle Chrome ore or chromite Cinchone bark Cobalt, in cathodes , rondelles, or other primary ore and metal forms Cocoa beans Coconut and coconut meat, unsweetened, in shredded , desiccated or similarly prepared form Coffee, raw or green bean Colchicine alkaloid , raw Copra Cork, wood or bark and waste Cover glass, microscope slide Cryolite, natural Dammargum Diamonds , industrial, stones and abrasives Emetine, bulk Ergot, crude Erthrityl tetranitrate Fair linen , altar Fibers of the following types : abaca , abace , agave , coir, flax, jute, jute burlaps, palmyra and sisal Goat and kidskins Graphite, natural , crystalline crucibl e grad e Handsewing needles Hemp yarn Hog bristles for brushes Hyoscine , bul k Ipecac, root Iodine, crude Kaurigum Lac Leather, sheepskin, hair type Lavender oil Manganese Menthol , natural bulk Mica Microprocessor chips (brought onto a construction site as separate units for incorporation into building systems during construction or repair and alteration of real property) Nickel, primary, in ingots, pigs, shots, cathodes or similar forms; nickel oxide and nickel salts Nitroguanidine (also known as picrite) Nux vomica, crude Oiticica oil Olive oil Olives (green), pitted or unpitted, or stuffed, in bulk Opium, crude Oranges, mandarin, canned Petroleum, crude oil, unfinished oils, and finished products (see definitions below) Pine needle oil Platinum and related group metals , refined , as sponge, powder, ingots, or cast bars BAC-2 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S . Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality (Jan 1991) CONTINUED Pyrethrum flowers Quartz crystals Quebracho Quinidine Quinine Rabbit fur felt Radium salts, source and special nuclear materials Rosettes Rubber, crude and latex Rutile Santonin, crude Secretin Shellac Silk, raw and unmanufactured Spare and replacement parts for equipment of foreign manufacture , and for which domestic parts are not available Spices and herbs, bulk Sugars, raw Petroleum terms are used as follows : Swords and scabbards Talc, block, steatite Tantalum Tapioca flour and cassava Tartar, crude; tartaric acid and cream of tartar in bulk Tea in bulk Thread, metallic (gold) Thyme oil Tin in bars, blocks and pigs Triprolidine hydrochloride Tungsten Vanilla beans Venom , cobra Wax, canauba Woods; logs, veneer, and lumber of the following species : Alaskan yellow cedar, angelique, balsa, ekki, greenhart, lignum vitae , mahogany and teak Yarn , 50 Denier rayon "Crude Oil" means crude petroleum, as it is produced at the wellhead, and liquids (under atmospheric conditions) that have been recovered from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir and that are not natural gas products. "Finished products" means any one or more of the following petroleum oils, or a mixture of combination of these oils, to be used without further processing except blending by mechanical means: (A) "Asphalt" -a solid or semi-solid cementitious material that (1) gradually liquefies when heated, (2) has bitumens as its predominating constituents, and (3) is obtained in refining crude oil. (8) "Fuel oil" -a liquid or liquefiable petroleum product burned or lighting or for the generation of heat or power and derived directly or indirectly from crude oils, such as kerosene, range oil, distillate fuel oils, gas oil , diesel fuel, topped crude oil or residues. (C) "Gasoline" -a refined petroleum distillate that, by its consumption , is suitable for use as a carburant in internal combustion engines. (D) "Jet fuel" -a refined petroleum distillate used to fuel jet propulsion engines. BAC-3 (E) "Liquified gases" -hydrocarbon gases recovered from natural gas or produced form petroleum refining and kept under pressure to maintain a liquid state at ambient temperatures. (F) "Lubricating oil" - a refined petroleum distillate or specially treated petroleum residue used to lessen friction between surfaces. (G) "Naphtha" -a refined petroleum distillate falling within a distillation range overlapping the higher gasoline and the lower kerosenes. (H) "Natural gas products" -liquids (under atmospheric conditions) including natural gasoline, that (1) are recovered by a process of absorption, absorption, compression , refrigeration, cycling, or a combination of these processes, form mixtures oh hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir , and (2) when recovered and without processing in a refinery, definitions of products contained in subdivisions (B), (C), and (G) above . (I) "Residual fuel oil" -a topped crude oil or viscous residuum that, as obtained in refining or aftefblending with other fuel oil, meets or is the equivalent of MILSPEC Mil-F-859 for Navy Special Fuel Oil and any more viscous fuel oil, such as NO . 5 or Bunker C. "Unfinished oils" means one or more of the petroleum oils listed under "Finished products" above, or a mixture or combination of these oils, that are to be further processed other than by blending by mechanical means. BAC-4 VEAR 1999 1995 1999 1998 2005 2005 2005 2005 1988 20 0 5 2005 1999 1979 1978 2005 2005 2005 1992 1999 2001 1999 1999 2005 2000 2005 2000 2005 2000 2005 2005 2000 199 0 2001 2001 2000 2001 2006 1994 1989 200 1 200 0 2001 1996 2002 2002 1998 199 5 EAS CONTRACTING , LP V EHICLE/ EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MAKE DESCRIPTION GMC C5500 GMC C500 (HAYES) UD 1800CS 14' STAKEBED WEST . STAR 4964F T/A TRUC K TRACTOR W/ WATER TANKS CHEVY CC4500 Crew Cab CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHE VY 3/4 TON PU FOR D F800 DUMP TRUCK CHE VY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 3/4 TO N PU FREIGHT LI NER DUMP TRUC K FORD SAND SPREADER TRUCK FORD SAND SPREADER TRUCK CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 3/4 TON PU FORD STAKE BED TRUCK FORD HAUL TRUCK F5500 FORD EX PED ITI ON FO RD F350 TRU CK (COR E TRU CK ) CHE VY 3/4 TON PU CHE VY CC4500 Regu lar Cab FR EIGHTLINER CONCRETE BATCH TRUCK CHEVY EXPRESS G2500 VAN CHE VY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY EX PRESS G2500 VA N CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY EX PRESS G2500 VAN CHEV Y 3/4 TO N PU CHE VY 1/2 TON PU SAAB 900TURBO CHE VY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 3/4 TON PU INTER NATIO NAL DUMP TRUCK INTERNATIONAL DIGGER TRUCK CHEVY COLORA DO LT 4X4 CREW PA YSTAR Concrete Mixer Truck FORD SWE EPER TRUCK -F600 IN TERNATI O NAL DU MP T RUCK INTERN ATI ONAL DUM P T RUC K CHE VY 3/4 TON PU INTERNATIONA L DUM P TRUCK CHEVY 3/4 TO N PU CHEVY 3/4 TO N PU GMC STAKE BED INTER NAT IONAL DU M P TRUCK 1 of 6 YEAR 2006 2000 2000 2006 2006 2007 2007 2007 2006 2007 2007 2002 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2006 2008 2006 2007 2005 2008 2008 2005 2001 1997 2001 EAS CONTRACTING, LP VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MAKE DESCRIPTION CHEVY C4500 CHEVY 3500 VAN CHEVY 3500 VAN CHEVY SILVERADO 3500 CHASSIS CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 1 TON PU KENWORTH T800 TRACTOR TRUCK CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 3500 SERVICE TRUCK CHEVY 3/4 TON PU CHEVY 1500 PU DODGE-RS RAM CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-REG CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-REG CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-REG CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-REG CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-REG CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-REG CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-EXT CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB CHEVY 1500 PU-CREW CAB FORD F450 INTERNATIONAL FUEL TRUCK CHEVY 4500 CHEVY 3500 PETERBILT 335 HAUL TRUCK INTERNATIONAL DIGGER TRUCK INTERNATIONAL DIGGER TRUCK PETERBILT 335 HAUL TRUCK KENWORTH WATER TRUCK FORD BOOM TRUCK INTERNATIONAL BOX VAN 2 of 6 YEAR 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2000 2001 2008 2005 2006 2006 2006 2009 2008 2010 2011 2011 2005 1999 1990 1999 2005 1900 1900 1992 EAS CONTRACTING, LP VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MAKE DESCRIPTION FORD F150 PICKUP FORD F150 PICKUP FORD F150 PICKUP FORD F150 PICKUP FORD F150 PICKUP FORD F450 PICKUP GMC 1500 PICKUP GMC 1500 PICKUP KENWORTH CONCRETE MIXER TRUCK FORD WATER TRUCK FORD F250 FORD E450 BUS CHEVY C6500 DUMP TRUCK FORD F550XL MECHANICS TRUCK FORD F550XL MECHANICS TRUCK FREIGHTLINER CEMENT TRUCK CHEVY EXPRESS VAN FORD F250 PICKUP GMC SILVERADO 1500 CHEVY STAKE BED TRUCK (SHOP) INTERNATIONAL BUCKET TRUCK INTERNATIONAL DIGGER TRUCK INTERNATIONAL DIGGER TRUCK INTERNATIONAL SWEEPER TRUCK TYMCO TRAILERS/ EQUIPMENT DITCH WITCH TRENCH VERMEER TC4 TAMPER SWEEPSTER 9772 CASE FORKLIFT 584E HOME MADE TRAILER JOHN DEERE SKID STEER LOADER JOHN DEERE SKID STEER LOADER FONTAINE TB50NGB 50 TON TRI/LOWBOY TRAILER STONE MORTAR MIXER VERMEER V5750 FONTAINE ELITE STEPDECK TRAILER VERMEER V6500 INGERSOLL RAND 185 AIR COMPRESSOR INGERSOLL RAND 185 AIR COMPRESSOR WAR WAGON SHOP MADE TRA ILER TRAILER SHOP MADE TRAILER VERMEER TC4 TAMPER INGERSOLL RAND 185 AIR COMPRESSOR PERO UTILITY TRAILER WATER TRAILER WATER TRAILER 3 of 6 YEAR 1993 1993 1989 1991 1993 1994 1994 1999 2003 2003 2003 2002 2001 2001 2002 2002 2002 2000 2003 2003 2005 2002 1999 1999 1999 1999 EAS CONTRACTING, LP VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MAKE DESCRIPTION PERO UT TRAILER PERO TRAILER TRLR TRAILER SHOPMADE TRAILER PERO TRAILER WINS GOOSE NECK DIAM TRAILER INGERSOLL RAND 185 AIR COMPRESSOR VERMEER TRENCH CEMENT TECH MT200LP SILO DITCH WITCH 7610 ROCK SAW JOHN DEERE 230LC JOHN DEERE 410 HEAVY VERMEER TRENCH BIG TEX TRAILER BIG TEX TRAILER BIG TEX TRAILER JOHN DEERE 310SG JOHN DEERE 410G CASE 860 ROCK SAW JOHN DEERE TC44H INGERSOLL RAND 185 AIR COMP S#308239UAK22 1rn VERMEER RT650 TRENCHER INGERSOLL RAND 185 AIR COMP S#317698UKK221 CAT D4C DOZER KOMATSU PC200 EXCAVATOR PARI TRAILER PARI TRAILER PARI TRAILER PARI TRAILER WATER TRAILER WATER TRAILER HD WIRE TRAILER HD WIRE TRAILER HD WIRE TRAILER HD WIRE TRAILER WYLIE WATER TRAILER BIG TEX GOOSE NECK Lay-Mor Sweeper RDCL FLAT BED TRAILER LDTR AC TRAILER BIG TEX 24' w 5' dove tail trailer C&S TRAILER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER 4 of6 YEAR 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 2003 2006 2005 2005 2006 2006 2006 2006 2006 1999 2003 2003 2006 1981 2007 2007 2006 2003 2001 2007 2007 2000 2007 2008 2008 2008 2006 2003 2005 2002 2002 2005 2006 2005 2008 EAS CONTRACTING, LP VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MAKE DESCRIPTION COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER COLEMAN LIGHT TOWER BIG TEX TRAILER VIKING TRAILER W/ PIPE RACKS WANCO TRAFFIC DIRECTION TRAILER WANCO TRAFF IC DIRECTION TRAILER WANCO TRAFF IC DIRECTION TRAILER WANCO TRAFFIC DIRECTION TRAILER KEARNEY 16' TRAILER WANCO TRAFFIC DIRECTION TRAILER KEARNEY 16' TRAILER SOLAR TECH MESSAGE BOARD CROWN MESSAGE BOARD TEXM 12 ' TILT TRAILER WYLIE WATER TRAILER TWF FLAT BED TRAILER VERMEER NAVIGATOR DIRECT BORING MACHINE VERMEER VACTRON / TRAILER KEARNEY TRAILER PARI TRAILER CHAMPION TRAILER VERMEER VACTRON / TRAILER CAT 430EBACKHOELOADER VERMEER V8550A ROCK SAW JOHN DEERE 310SJ WHEEL LOADER BACKHOE LIGHTED X TRAILER (OLD) PRESSURE WASHER TRAILER TRAIL BOSS LOW BOY TRAILER TRAIL BOSS GOOSE NECK-TILT TOP TRAIL BOSS GOOSE NECK JOHN DEERE 110 LOADER BACKHOE CAT 12H MOTOR GRADER JOHN DEERE 450H LT CRAWLER TRACTOR MANITOU MT523 TELESCOPIC FORLKIFT BIG TOW CAR HAULER TRAILER WACKER RD25 (ROLLER) FONTAINE TRAILER JOHN DEERE 240DLC EXCAVATOR KEARNEY GOOSENECK TRAILER SHOP MADE 2-REEL CABLE TRAILER CARRY-ON LANDSCAPE TRAILER 5 of 6 YEAR 2004 2002 2003 2005 2005 2005 2006 2006 2006 2009 2009 2005 2007 1999 2003 2004 2002 2002 2004 2005 2004 2001 2002 2006 2008 2008 1998 2001 2002 2002 2002 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2007 2007 EAS CONTRACTING, LP VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MAKE DESCRIPTION CIRCLE C CARGO TRAILER BOBCAT SKID STEER LOADER BOBCAT SKID STEER LOADER BOBCAT MINI EXAVATOR BOBCAT MINI EXAVATOR TERRAMITE T5C LOADER BACKHOE CASE 650K LGP SERIES 2 DOZER GROVE 28 TON ROUGH TERRAIN CRANE CAT 2368 SKID STEER LOADER CAT 416D LOADER BACKHOE CAT 420D LOADER BACKHOE CAND??? TRAILER JOHN DEERE COMPACT EXCAVATOR JOHN DEERE 450J DOZER VERMEER WOOD CHIPPER MULTIQUIIP GENERATOR MULTIQUIIP GENERATOR -25KVA SULLAIR AIR COMPRESSOR NORTH STAR AIR COMPRESSOR INGERSOLL RAND AIR COMPRESSOR SKYTRAK TELESCOPIC FORKLIFT SKYTRAK TELESCOPIC FORKLIFT SKYT RAK TELESCOPIC FORKLIFT SKYTRAK TELESCOPIC FORKLIFT CAT TELESCOPIC FORKLIFT GRADALL TELESCOPIC FORKLIFT RAMMAX TRENCH COMPACTOR RAMMAX TRENCH COMPACTOR HUSQVARNA CONCRETE SAW AUSA ALL TERRAIN VEHICLE OFFICE MASTER DOUBLE WIDE OFFICE TRAILER INDICOM BLDGS OFFICE TRAILER 12X56 MOBILE HOME W/ CONTENTS (MEADOWBROO K) MOBILE HOME W/ CONTENTS (HOBBY) LEASED EQUIPMENT JOHN DEERE TC54H CAT 430D CAT 430D EXT HOE CAT LOADER IT28G JOHN DEERE 310G 24" BKT JOHN DEERE 310G 24" BKT JOHN DEERE 310G 24" BKT JOHN DEERE 310G 24" BKT JOHN DEERE 310G 24" BKT JOHN DEERE 310J JOHN DEERE 310SJ 6 of 6 PRE -QUALIFIED SUB-CONTRACTOR LIST SUB-CONTRACTOR Indicate Detail Company Name Unit(s)/Section(s) Subcontracting Address Working Work Telephone/Fax CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 49 CFR PART 29 The Bidder certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presentiy debarred, suspended , proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations , proposals, contracts , and subcontracts . Where the Bidder or any lower tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this · solicitation/proposal . By: Title : V..,___;;_i tf.-=-~~~'-'-------- Address: @9L\\Tro.de. Lth°ttr Dr. ,Ste;Jt,D Q.a.cro\. \:?:\ T'(. ,~1 -I Date: _\O_-_l t_-_l_\ ____ _ CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 41 CFR 60-1.8 The Federally Assisted construction Contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide, for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained . The federally-assisted construction Contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in this Contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms , work areas, restrooms, and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas , transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom , or any other reason. The federally-assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that he will retain such certification in his fi s. By: · ___ _::=::::::11.c._ _____ _ Title: V,c.e. Pre~,d-e.j- Address : d4L\\ \Y~ e.e.n\-e..-'Dc,~;-e dDU ~ccol~;r'/ -ZStb1 Date: lD -\ 'K-\ \ VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed House Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-State contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required too underbid a nonresident b idder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all out-of-State or nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out-of-State -or nonresident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident vendors in (give State), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State law. A copy of the Statute is attached . Nonresident vendors in (give State), our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas . BIDDER: £A~ C.O"'-\,~\-w~,Lf !ss tffi ~1Io.c.\;~ C::>.f, u..c:. City State Zip By: \_ru..)(~ p,t'\1.:e \ (Please print) ~ Signature:·----~----+----- < Title : V, Le Pve s~,ded: (Please print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR QUOTATION TO: --.-. - CITY OF FORT WORTH C~RTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Dated 1-\L\"' \ \ NAME OF PROJECT: Phase 7 RcbabilUatlon and Improvements al Fort Worth Alliance Airport {Council Dlstrld 21 PROJECT NUMBER: FAA Grant J-4S..Ol96-38-2009 IS TO CERTIFY THAT: EAS Contracting, LP is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and accordance wi1h provisions of the standard policies used by this Company,_and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TVPI= ru: IN.SI IR A 'IIJrP Policy Effective Exoircs Limits ofLiabilitv Worker's Comocnsation WC2065633 11/20/11 11/20/12 $1,000 ,000 Comprehensive General $Im eac h occur/S2m aggregate S2 m prod/comple ted ops Liability Insurance (Public CPP2065636 11/20/11 11/20/12. Si m personal/adv injury Liability) $300,000 fire domoge $5 ,000 med expense Blas1inR Included 11/20/11 11/20/12 Included Collapse ofBuilding or _ ---5truc:tun:,.adjacent lo --. __ . Jnclnded ________ _ .. W20/1L .. ----.. .11/20/12--------·--Includ ed excavations Damage to Underground Included 11/20/11 11/20/12 Included Utilities ' Builder's Risk Comprehensive Automobile Liability 11/20/11 . CSL $1,000 ,000 CA2065634 11/20/12 I ·-· -. -11/20/11 Contractual Liability -Included 11/20/12 In clud ed General Liability Other Locations covered: _________________________________ _ Description of oper11tions covered :---------------------------- The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that lhey may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (S) days after lhe insun:d has received written notice of such change/or cancel lat ion . Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies conlain such special n:quiremenl!I, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached _ The Cily, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed os an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. rAJ1:gue...;n!::!cyJ:!I.!.!!.IMJ:.llAi!lioilfLT...;e::.x=as::, ::.ln:!.c_. =.::..::=-------By_lns:s:-mpanJ< .. · ~tuzsu:zre Company PdrtWatttll\gent Nancy Bertel ~J ~ Ul_J/ Address 14185 Dallas Pkw y, Sui te 800 Dallas ,TX 75154 Title Account Manager ... 1 I .. -1 I .. - CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH Date~ NAME OF PROJECT: Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport (Council District 2) PROJECT NUMBER : FAA Grant 3-48-0296-38-2009 IS TO CERTIFY THAT : EAS Contracting, LP is , at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described . Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker 's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury : Liability Insurance (Public Ea. Occurrence : $ Liability) Property Damage : Ea. Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence : $ Collapse of Building or structures adjacent to Ea . Occurrence : $ --- excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea . Occurrence : $ Builder's Risk Comprehensive Bodily Injury : Automobile Liability Ea. Person: $ Ea . Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea . Occurrence: $ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage : Ea. Occurrence : $ Other Locations covered :----------------------------------- Description of operations covered :----------------------------- The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached . The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer 's liability insurance coverage under Contractor 's workers' compensation insurance policy. Agency Insurance Company: ___________ _ Fort Worth Agent By _________________ ~ Address ________________ _ Title ________________ _ CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C .A. Labor Code §406.96 (2000), as amended , Contractor certifies that it provides workers ' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No._ and City of Fort Worth Project No. FAA Grant 3-48-0296-38-2009. STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § § § CONTRACTOR . By EAS C ontractin g GP, EAS Contracting, LP L LC, G e ner a l Partn e r By : __ ____._,==---=+------ Name : L=-o....L:.......J==--=-i-=-c...:.,e..J...::...::.. __ Title : \h:ct: ffl.e.s-z::;-:o,=,.;r Date : I 2. -IS" -fl Before . me , the undersigned authority , on this day personally appeared L4wt:eM~,e.., Pm?.£.( , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of EAS Contracting, LP for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this /51'-day of Dec£mb:er: , 20~"- EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE List of Equipment owned by Bidder that is in serviceable condition and available for use: Portions of work Bidder proposes to sublet in case of Award of Contracts including amount and type: / EXPERIENCE RECORD L' t f . t · r h 1s o proJec s your organiza 10n f II I t d as success u 1y comp e e : Amount Of Contract Type of Work Date Accepted Name and Address of Owner Award ¥-see Cl. t\-a-~aJ List of projects your organization is now engaged in completing: Amount Of Contract Type of Anticipated Name and Address of Owner Award Work Date of Completion ~~e(_ Q \t~.,,t List Surety Bonds in force on above incomplete work: Date of Contract Award Type of Work Amount of Name and Address of Bond Bond Surety *StL ~~L\M'A EAS CONTRACTING , LP Proj ect H istory EAS Job Name & Location of Project Contract Description of Work Project Owner (Owners Rep) & Compl etion Date Contract Va lue Contract Performed as No . Type Contact Name /Phone Number Prime or Subcontractor 1001 Bush IAH Project #555 Unit Pr ice Construction of Termi nal B & C City of Houston A irport Systems 2004 $ 2,841,000.00 Subcontractor Ramp Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 1002 Bu sh IAH Project #522 H Unit Price Construction of North Runway 8-26 City of Houston Ai rport Systems 2004 $ 4,373 ,000 .00 Subcontractor Complex Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 1003 Bush IA H Project #558B Unit Price Construction of Taxiway SD Bridge City of Houston A irport Systems 2004 $ 1,303 ,823.00 Subcontractor Rainer Will (28 1) 233-1958 1004 Bush IAH Project #522G Unit Price Construction of North Runway Bridge City of Houston A irport Systems 2004 $ 3,115 ,000 .00 Subcontractor and Taxiway Golf Rainer Will (28 1) 233 -1958 1005 Fort Worth A lliance A irport Unit Price Construction of West Cargo A pron City of Fort W orth 2004 $ 402,752 .00 Subcontractor and Taxiway Gopal Sahu (817) 871-7949 1007 Dallas Love Fiel d Business Jet Ramp & Unit Price Construction of Apron Expansion & Business Jet/ City of Dallas 2003 $ 234 ,407 .00 Subcontractor T /VV Expansion Relocation of Taxiway Delta Terry Mitchell (214) 67 0-6073 1009 Bush IAH Project #549 Unit Price Rehabilitate T N\/ SA & TN\/ SB City of Houston A irport Systems 2004 $ 3,524 ,223.00 Subcontractor Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 10 13 DF W Runway Status Lig hts -REL Fixt ures Lu mp Sum Installation of Expe rimen tal FAA R & D -W as hingto n D.C. 2004 $ 550 ,000 .00 Subcontractor Li ghting /Control System V incent Chu (202) 267-5381 1014 DFW PA PI -Phase II Unit Price Installa tion of (7) Owne r Furnished 4-DFW A irport Board 2004 $ 740 ,000 .00 Prime LH A PAPI Units Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8 033 1015 DFW SMGCS Unit Price Furnish & Install SMGCS Lighting & DFW Airport Board 2004 $ 3,800,000.00 Subcon tractor Monitoring System Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8033 1016 DFW RN\/ 18R Extension Un it Price Extension to RN\/ 18 R, T N\/ Echo DFW Airport Board 2004 $ 3,084 ,000 .00 Subcontractor and Constructio n of HS E E3. Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8033 1017 Bus h IAH Project #556 Unit Price Construction of New RN\/ 15R/33 L City of Houston A irport Systems 2003 $ 13 ,500 ,000 .00 Subcontractor Ra iner Will (281) 233-1958 1024 DF W RN\/ Grinding & Groovi ng Unit Price Profile Grind & Re-Groove TD Zones DFW A irport Board 2004 $ 1,423 ,000 .00 Prime of Selected Runways Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8033 1031 Bush IAH Project #491 B Unit Price Complete Rehabilitation of Runway 8-City of Houston Airport Systems 2005 $ 5,517,249 .00 Subcontractor 26 Ra ine r Will (281) 233-1958 1035 Bush IAH Project #5588 Un it Price Ta xiway & Bridge Rehabi litation and City of Houston Airport Systems 2005 $ 2,434 ,000 .00 Subcontractor Control System Upgrade Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 1039 Houston Hobby Airport T&M GIS Mapping Project Carter & Burgess 2005 $ 352 ,251 .00 Prime Steve Clark 1044 DFW Rehabilitate A ircraft Pa rking Aprons Unit Pric e Shallow & Full Depth HMAC & DFW Airport Board 2004 $ 164 ,969 .00 Prime FY-03 Concrete Repair Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8033 EAS CONTRACTING , LP Project History EAS Job Name & Location of Project Contract Description of W o rk Project Owner (O wners Rep) & Completion Date Contract Value Contract Performed as No . Type Contact Name/Phone Number Prime or Subcontractor 1046 Tyler Pounds Regional A irport '04 Lighting Unit Price Taxiway Lighting & Vault City of Tyler 2005 $ 569 ,161 .00 Prime Improvements Improvements Davis Dickson (903) 531-9825 City Of El Paso 1048 El Paso Internatio nal Airport Unit Price Upgrade Airfield Lighting & Controls Roberto Bustamantes (915) 541 -Nov-05 $ 6 ,027 ,665.00 Prime 4907 1050 Houston Hobby A irport ALSF II Lump Sum Installation of ILS/ALSF II for Runway FAA -Southwest Reg ion Sep-05 $ 3,855,543 .00 Subcontractor 4-22 George Ramsey (817) 222-4664 1051 Houston Hobby Airport SMGCS Un it Price In stallation of SMGCS Lighting and City of Houston Airport Systems Dec-05 $ 9 ,252 ,990 .00 Subcontractor Control Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 1057 Dallas Hensley Field Unit Price Airfield Pavement, Lighting and Vault City of Da llas Sep-05 $ 4 ,678 ,332 .00 Prime Improvements C indy Alvarad o (214) 948-4085 1062 Tyler Pounds Regional A irport '05 Lighting Un it Price Taxiway Lighting & V ault City of Tyler 2005 $ 317 ,569 .00 Prime Improvements Improvements Davis D ickson (903) 531 -9825 TXDOT IH 10 Bexar County TXDOT 1063 Project STP 2005(375) SFT Un it Price Installation Median Barrier Carl Friesenhahn (210)-615-Dec 06 $ 10 ,666 ,891 .51 Prime CSJ No . 0025-02-168 1110 1065 DFW Runway Status Lights -THL Fixtures Lump Sum 2nd Ph ase of Experimental FAA R & D -Washington D .C . 2005 $ 395 ,485 .00 Prime Lighting/Control System Vincent Chu (202) 267-5381 1067 Bush IAH Project #603 Unit Price Rehabilitatio n of Runway 15L-33R City of Houston Airport Systems Jun-06 $ 2 ,270 ,502 .00 Subcontractor Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 Reconstruction of Runway 4 -22 , C ity of Houston Airport Systems 1068 Houston Ell ington Field #606 Unit Price Drainage Improvements & Jan-07 $ 1,592 ,695 .00 Subcontractor Storage/Maintenance Fa cility Ra iner Will (281) 233-1958 1069 Houston Ellington Field #5 88 Unit Price Airfield Lighting Improvements, City of Houston Airport Systems Jan-07 $ 6 ,905 ,428 .0 0 Prim e Generators & Generator Build ings Rainer Will (281 ) 233-1958 1071 Sugarland Regional Airport TxDoT Unit Price Airport Improvements KSA Engineers , Sugarland , TX Sep-06 $ 511 ,267 .00 Subcontractor CSJ No. 0512SGRLD Cra ig Ph ipps (281 )-494-3252 2n d Ph ase of Expe rimental FAA R & D -Washington D .C . 1073 DFW Runway Status Lights -THL Fi xtures Lump Sum Lighting/Control Syste m (Design & 2005 $ 83 ,6 10.00 Prime Pre-Construction Services) V incent Chu (202) 267-5381 Installation of PAPI -R/W 04 William P . Parsons Infrastructure & 1074 Hobby Airport, Houston , TX Unit Price Installation of Owner Furn ished 4 -T echnology Group In c . Jan-05 $ 75,178 .13 Subcontractor Parsons No. RFO SW 47 :10 LHA PAPI Units EAS Subcontract No . SW 7 41343-30023 Gail Sagouspe 8 17 -759-48 61 Installatio n of PAPI R/W 12R William P . Parsons Infrastructure & 1075 Hobby Airport, Houston , TX Un it Price Installation of Owner Furnished 4-Technology Group Inc. Nov-05 $ 72 ,430.43 Subcontractor Parsons N o . RFO SW 47:11 LH A PAPI Un its EAS Subcontract No . SW 7 41343-30020 Gail Sagouspe 817-759-4862 1076 DFWAirport Un it Price Rem ove & Replace Full Strength DFW Airport Board Feb-07 $ 1,025 ,514 .00 Subcontractor Rehabilitate Ta xiway Kilo Pavement @ T/W Ki lo Don Both e (972) 57 4-8033 2 EAS CONTRACTING, LP Project History EAS Job Name & Location of Project Contract Description of Work Project Owner (Owners Rep) & Completion Date Contract Value Contract Performed as No . Type Contact Name/Phone Number Prime or Subcontractor 1077 DFW Airport Rehabilitate Airfield Lighting Unit P rice Replace Airfield Lighting Series DFW Airport Board Sep-06 $ 965 ,01 2 .00 Prime Systems FY-05 Circuit M a in Duct Bank & Cabling Don Bothe (972) 574-8034 1078 DFW Airport Rehabilitate Airfield Unit Pri ce Repair/Replace Pavement and Edge DFW Airport Board Nov-07 $ 3,519,860 .00 Prime Pavements FY-04 Drainage Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 1079 DFW A irport Rehabilitate Airfield Lighting Unit Price Replace Isolation Transformers & DFW Airport Board Oct-07 $ 2 ,787,020.00 Prime Systems FY 0 3-04 Phase II Fixtures Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8036 TXDOT IH 35 W Johnson County TXDOT 1081 Project SFT 14-3-83 Un it Price Installation Median Barrier Richard Sessums (817)-821-May-07 $ 2,363 ,578 .00 Prime CSJ No . 0014-03-083 2627 1082 Sugarland Regional Airport East Complex Un it Price Airport Improvements KSA Eng ineers , Sugarland , TX May-08 $ 632 ,041 .00 Subcontractor TxDoT CSJ No. 0512SUGAR Craig Phipps (281)-494-3252 Fiber Optic Duct Bank & Cables George Parsons Infrastructure & 1083 Bush IAH , Houston , TX Unit Pri ce Du ct bank & Install / Terminate Fiber Technology Group In c . Dec-06 $ 297 ,558.00 Pri me Pa rsons No. RFO SW 61:10 Optic Cable EAS Subcontract No. SW741343-30033 Ga il Sagouspe 817-759-4861 Denton Municipal Airport Construct Parallel Taxiway & In stall KSA Engineers , Longview, TX 1084 T xDot CSJ No . 00518DENTO Unit Price MITL Fixtures and Guidance Signage Steve Creamer (903)-236-7700 Jan-08 $ 545 ,188.00 Subcontractor Denton , TX 1085 DFW Airfield Pavements FY06 Contract Unit Price Repair/Replace Pavement and E dge DFW Airport Board May-08 $ 2 ,901,361 .00 Prime No. 9001779 Drainage Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 1086 DFW Perimeter Taxiway SE Quadrant Unit Price Construction of New Taxiway @ DFW Airport Board Oct-08 $ 4 ,443 ,461 .00 Subcontractor Contract No. 9500258 Southeast Quadrant of AOA Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 1087 Lonestar Executive Airport Unit Price Reconstruct RM/ 1-19 & Crossing Carter & Burgess, Inc. Houston , Dec-07 $ 468,726 .00 Subcontractor TxDot CSJ No. 0612CONRO Conroe, TX Taxiways TX Lisa Oliver (713)-803-2113 MALSR Runway 36 A.L. Mangham Parsons Infrastructure & 1088 Regional Airport, Nacadoches , TX Lump Sum Installation of New MALSR and Technology Group Inc . Feb-07 $ 570 ,991 .00 Prime Pa rsons No . RFO SW 59 :10 Support Structures & Facil ities Gail Sagouspe 817 -7 59-4861 EAS Subcontract No. SW741343-30031 1089 DFW Rehabilitate Airfield Lighting Unit Price Replace CCR's ; IRMS@ Northeast DFW Airport Board Oct-07 $ 1,735 ,382 .00 P rime FY-06 Contract No . 9001777 Airfield Lighting Vault Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 Dallas Army Airfield Support Facility Maintenance, Repair and Minor Adjutant General's Dept -State 1090 Project No. AGD-20061989 Lump Sum Construction of Ta xiway Aviation of Texas Larry Werner (512)-Feb-08 $ 2,116,296 .00 Prime Lighting System 782-6243 DFW Perimeter Taxiway SE Quadrant Construction of High Visibility Visual DFW Airport Board 1091 Contract No. 9500258 Lump Sum Sept-08 $ 1,318,917 .00 Subcontractor V isual Screen Screens for RM/ 35L & RM/ 35C Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 DFW Rehabilitate Lighting System Agg . Rdwys to Windcones; GenSet DFW Airport Board 1093 FY-03 04 Phase Ill U nit Price Radiator Replacement; Repla ce Jan-08 $ 455 ,230 .00 Prime Contract No. 9001784 Circuit Selector Switches Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 Fiber Optic Cable and CCTV Harris County Toll Road 1094 Hardy-Greens Bayou (HCTRA 210) Unit Price Monitoring Installation Authority Richard Goodman Dec -08 $ 5,944 ,658 .00 Prime (713) 881-3187 3 EAS CONTRACTING , LP Project History EAS Job Name & Location of Project Contract Description of Work Project Owner (Owners Rep) & Completion Date Contract Value Contract Performed as No . Type Contact Name/Phone Number Prime or Subcontractor EFD Taxiway H Pavement Rehab Structural Replacement of Electrical City Of Houston 1095 GOH 614 Unit Price Manhol e Top Sections Mohammad Zaheri (713) 847-Oct-08 $ 1,341,008 .00 Subcontractor 4218 Hobby Airport Rehabilitation of RW 12R/30 L City of Houston 1097 and Miscellaneous Electrical Repairs COH Unit Price Rehabilitatio n of Runway 12R-30L Jun-OB $ 14 ,296 ,239 .00 Prime 619 Dale Wright (713) 859-9830 In stall Runway Status Lights 17R-35L Veracity Engineering , LLC 1100 DFW Eastsi de Runway Status Lights Lump Sum & 17C-35C Peter Nguyen (202) 488-0795 July-08 $ 2,258 ,849 .00 Subcontractor Ext. 116 Lonestar Executive Airport 14-32 Reconstruction and New PBS&J , Houston , TX 1102 TxDot CSJ No . 0712CONRO Unit Price Access Taxiway L Harold vande Meerakker Mar-OB $ 403 ,457 .00 Subcontractor Conroe , TX (281) 590-4555 Harri s County Be ltway 8 Installation Computerized TXDOT 1104 TxDot Project NO . CM 2007 (830) Un it Pri ce Transportation Management System Dock Gee (713)-802-5405 Mar-11 $ 25,228,999 .00 Prime from l-45N to l-45S 1105 Dallas Love Field Runway 13R/31 L Sa fety Unit Price Runway 13R-31 L Safety Are a City of Dallas Mar-09 $ 3,825 ,644 .00 Prime Area En hancements Enhancements Bill Morris 214-948-4526 1107 DFW Rehabilitate A irside Bridges FY07 Un it Price Demo & Place CTB & PCC Pav't, DFW Airport Board Oct-09 $ 958,651 .00 Pri me Contract No . 9001797 Polymer Cone . Repair, Crack Seal Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 DFW Rehabilitate Airfield Pavements FY0 7 PCC & HMAC Pav 't Demo & DFW A irport Board 1108 Dallas , TX Un it Price Replacement. Joint & Crack Jan-09 $ 3,821 ,069 .00 Prime Contract No. 9001796 Repair/Sealing. Pavement Markings Don Bothe (972) 574-8035 Austin-Bergstrom lnt'I Airport Demo & Place PCC & HMAC Pa v't, 1109 Airfie ld Lighting Improvements & A irfield Un it Price Crack/Spall/Joint Repa ir , Airfi eld City of Austin, TX Public Works Mar-09 $ 6 ,040 ,697 .00 Prime Pav't Rehab Markings . Airfield Signage / Lighting Tony Krauss (512) 974-7138 Austin , TX Automated People Mover Phase 3, Pa ckage Removal and/or relocation of existing 1110 1 -Utilities Relocation@ George Bush IAH , Lum p Sum roadway lighting, security gates and City of Houston Airport Systems 2nd Qtr-08 $ 162,658 .00 Subcontractor Hou ston , TX COH Rainer Will (28 1) 233-1958 536F signage for new APM foundations . Fiber Optic Cable Duct Ban k & Local izer Installation of ductbank for future fiber Parsons Infrastructure & 1111 Shelter for R/W 9/27@ George Bush IAH, Lump Sum optic communications cable project. Technology Group Inc . Sept-OB $ 1,991 ,837 .00 Prime Houston , TX Parsons No . RFO SW 61 :10 Prepare site and install new Localizer EAS Subcontract No. SW-10080 Antenna Shelter for future use . Gail Sagouspe 817-759-4861 1112 Rehabilitation of R/W 9-27 @ George Bush Un it Price Electrical & NAVAIDS Re habilitation City of Houston Airport Systems Feb-09 $ 9,241 ,257 .00 Subcontractor IAH, Houston , TX GOH 423 of R/W9-27 Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 Automated People Mover Phase 3, Package Install roadway lighting , future 1113 2 -Utilities Relocation@ George Bush IAH , Lump Sum electrical feeder duct banks , PDS City of Houston Airp ort Systems 2nd Qtr-09 $ 1,384 ,299 .00 Subcontractor Houston , TX COH 536J Building for future APM system and Rainer Will (281) 233-1958 roadway signage DFW Rehabilitate Airfield Lighting Systems Install new electrical vault feeder bus, DFW Airport Bo ard 1114 FYOB Unit Price remove/repair/install T/W series June-09 $ 906,165 .00 Prime Contract No . 9500334 circuitry . Don Bothe (972) 57 4-8035 4 EAS CONTRACTING, LP Project History EAS Job Name & Location of Project Contract Description of Work Project Owner (Owners Rep) & Completion Date Contract Value Contract Performed as No . Type Contact Name/Phone Number Prime or Subcontractor DFW AOA Physical Perimeter Security Install / Modify Gates . Fence, Security DFW Airport Board 1115 Upgrades Un it Pri ce Cable Barrier, Delta & GRAB July-09 $ 7,794,629 .00 Prime Contract No. 9500329 Systems and Concrete Mow Strip Devon Tiner (972) 57 4-6707 DFW North Airfield Drive Expansion & Install roadway lighting and traffic DFW A irport Board 1116 Mustang Drive Extension Unit Price signals. Relocate utility company Aug-09 $ 1,612 ,514 .00 Subcontractor Contract No. 9500345 service and underground feeder. Lynn Pool (972) 586-5822 For the City of Fort Worth 1118 TXDOT-Meacham Field Unit Pri ce Renovation R/W 16-34 Edge Lights Tx DoT -Aviation Division July-09 $ 1,035 ,615 .00 Subcontractor CSJ No . 0702MEACH and NAVAIDS Alan Schmidt 800-687 -4568 Dallas Love Field Pack age 68 Relocation of Airfield Lighting Vau lts , City of Dallas 1119 Dallas . TX Lump Sum Replacement of A irfield Lighting Dec-09 $ 3 ,610 ,663 .00 Prime Contract No. 9820960 Systems Wade Ell ison 214-948-4526 Fort W orth Alliance Airport For the City of Fort Worth 1121 Electrical Improvements Project Unit Price Airfield Signage Improvements; DMJM Aviation , Inc Sep-09 $ 736 ,800 .00 Prime C .P.M .S . Number 1136 ALCMS ; A irport Beacon Relocation James Kirschbaum 817 -698-6800 Port of Houston-Bayport Terminal Complex Loops/Switchgear; Communications Port of Houston 1122 Phase I-Sta ge 2 Container Yard CSP Unit Price Duct bank / Cabling and H ig h Mast Ken Norsworthy July-10 $ 7 ,351 ,729 .00 Subcontractor No.:5283 Lighting 28 1-29 1-7860 1123 DFW Rehabilitation Lighting FY09 Unit Price Rehabilitate Lighting , Replace Airfield DFW Airport Board Dec-10 $ 501,357 .00 Prime Contract No. 9500378 Signs, and Repla ce One Windcone Lynn Pool 972-586-5822 TxDOT Sugarland Regional Airport T xDOT, Aviation Department 1126 Sugarland , TX Unit Price Installation of Complex GA Generator Amy Slaughter 512-416-4519 Mar-10 $ 456,969.00 Prime TxDOT CSJ. No. 0912SGRLAN TxDOT Scholes International A irport Airfield Lighting Rehabilitation and TxDOT, Aviation Department 1127 Galveston , TX Unit Price June-10 $ 1,900 ,969 .00 Prime TxDOT CSJ . No . 0912GLVST Vault Replacement Sheri Quinlan 512-416-4517 TxDOT Brazoria County Airport Tx DOT, Aviation Department 1128 Angelton / La ke Jackson , TX Unit Price Runway 17 -35 Reconstruction June-10 $ 168 ,397 .00 Subcontractor TxDOT CSJ No. 0912ANGLE Sheri Quinlan 512-416-4517 Dallas Love Fie ld-Taxiway L Extension City of Dallas 1129 Dallas, TX Unit Price Taxiway 'L' Extension Jan-11 $ 1,784 ,969 .00 Subcontractor PN P438 & P439 Wade Ellison 214-948-4526 TxDOT Mid-Way Reg ional Airport Runway I Ta xiway Extensions and TxDOT, Aviation Department 1130 Midlothian , TX TxDOT Unit Price Feb-11 $ 345 ,829 .00 Subcontractor CSJ No . 0918WAXCH Pavement Rehabilitation Amy Slaughter 512-416-4519 Rehabilitation of R/W 422 -COH 462 City of Houston 1131 William P. Hobby Airport Unit Price Rehabilitate Runway 422 Aug-10 $ 1,830 ,260 .00 Subcontractor Houston , TX Raymond Nutall 713-845-6634 190 Tracon Relocate @ George Bush IAH Install Complete Electrical System for FAA-Central Log isti cs Service 1132 Houston , TX Lump Sum New Tra con Fa cility , Install & Furnish Area A cquisition Group , Jan-12 $ 4 ,045 ,000 .00 Subcontractor JCN : 9704242 26 ,000ft Communication Duct Bank, ASW-52 and Site Lighting fo r Parking Lot Rose Mendoza 817-222-4338 5 EAS CONTRACTING , LP Project History EAS Jo b Na me & Location of Project Contract Description of W ork Project Owner (Owners Rep) & Completion Date Contract V alue Contract Performed as No. Ty pe Contact Name/Pho ne N umber Prime or Subcontra ctor Tx DOT A rlington Municipal Airport Tx DOT, A viation Department 11 33 A rlington , TX U ni t Price Terminal A pron Expansion A my S laughter 512 -416-4 519 Aug-10 $ 913 ,220 .00 Prime TxDOT CSJ No . 0902ARL NG D FW Re habi litate Ai rfie ld Pavements Full & Rep lace an d In sta ll Runway Panels, D FW A irpo rt Board 1134 Shall ow Depth Repairs , Runway 18R/36L U nit Price Jo int Seals, A irfie ld M a rkers , Li ght Devo n Ti ne r (972) 57 4-6707 Nov-1 0 $ 1,598 ,769 .00 Prime Contract Number 9500388 Fixtures, and Ca ns In stall ation o f Security Ca me ra Houston Sh ip Channel Sec urity System PO System along Houston Sh ip C ha nnel Harris County and roadside, incl udes PTZ cameras, 1135 # P1 69266 Lump Sum tilt zoo m , ra dar, th erma l a na lytic Maurice Lamontg ne Sept-10 $ 9 ,556 ,563 .00 Prime Houston , TX cameras , concrete poles a nd co ntrol 713-755 -5693 boxes. Tx DOT Denton Municipal A irpo rt Year 2009 Runway/ Taxiway TxDOT, Aviation Department 1138 Denton , TX Unit Price Extension Edie Stimach 512-416-4518 May-11 $ 633,000 .00 Subcontractor CSJ No. 0918 D NTON Houston Airport Systems Project 64 8 @ Rehabilitate of Taxiways 'WA' & 'WB' City of Houston 1139 George Bush Intercontinental A irport Unit Price and new west vault Bill Gaw 281-233-1932 Aug-12 $ 12 ,463 ,569 .00 Subcontractor Houston , T X Runway Sta tus Lights Construction @ Installation of new FAA shelters with FAA service and communication services. Dick Popp 202-498-8540 1140 George B ush Intercontinental A irport U nit Price In stalla tio n of new pa ve me nt THL & Se nsis Corp. Feb-11 $ 3,310 ,569 .00 Subcontractor Housto n, TX REL fixtures . Todd Stevener 315-634-5938 CT J A ir / Lan d Improvements Construction Construction of Taxi lan e a nd Access City of Fort W o rt h 1141 @ M eacham A irport Un it Price Road Ruseena Joh nson 817-392-5400 Jan -11 $ 1,231,205 .00 Prime Fo rt W o rth , TX D FWRunway 13U31RARFF Road Construction of ARFF Road DF W Airport Board 11 42 Extension Contract N umber 9500435 U nit Price Jan-11 $ 1,107 ,0 11 .00 Prime D FW A irport, TX Extension Robert Hernandez 972-973-1870 Da llas Love Field A irsid e A pron Southwest A irli nes 1145 Improvement Unit Price Revising A irfield and Fuel System Bruce McDonald (MCM Corp) Oct-15 $ 2 ,712,569 .00 Subcontractor Modernization Program Project AAP025 Electrical Wi ring Dall a s, TX 305-970-1211 Installation of New A irfield Lighting 114 6 DFW W estsi de Ca bl ing , M ilestone II Unit Price Cabl ing from SW V a ult to New DFW A irport Board Sept-11 $ 28 ,305 .00 Subcontracto r Junction Can Plazas . Remove a nd Devo n T iner (972) 57 4-67 07 Re pl ace R/W 18L-36 R Ed ge Lights . LBJ -T rinity Infrastructure Remove and Relocate CCTV for Trinity In frastructu res 11 4 8 U nit Price Roadway Traffic Ma nagement June-11 $ 94 ,500 .00 Subcontractor Dal las , TX System. Ramon Fabrega 972-239-2471 TxDOT A ddison Municipal A irport Reconstructio n of Runw ay , including Town of Ad d ison 11 49 Addison , TX CSJ U nit Price Paving , Drai nage , A irfie ld Lighting (Airport Rep) Joel Jenkinson 972 Jul-11 $ 10,169 ,295 .65 Prime No. 1118ADISN and Control System . 392 -4850 6 EAS CONTRACTING , LP Project History EAS Job Name & Location of Project Contract Descriptio n of Work Project Owner (Owners Rep) & Completion Date Contract Value Contract Performed as No. Type Contact Name/Phone Number Prime or Subcontractor DFW Rehab Airfield Pavement FY 20 11 Full and Shallow Depth Concrete DFW A irport Board 1151 DFW Airport , TX Un it Price Repai r, Asphalt Shoulder Repair, Devon Tin er (972) 57 4-6707 De c-12 $ 6 ,194,167 .00 Prime CN 9500452 Airfield Electrical ABIA Airfield Lighting Control & Monitorin g Upg rade Existing ALMCS-New 1152 System (ALCMS) Upgrade Unit Price Un interrupted Power Supply System , Austin Bergstrom Intl Airport Apr-1 2 $ 631 ,690 .00 Prime CID #6000.47 lmpavement Runway Guard Light Dale Thompson 512 -530 -5544 Installation , Minor Vault Work 1153 Austin F1 Track-Circuit of Americas Lump Su m Ra ce Track Electronics UG Au stin Commercial , LP (rep) Feb-12 $ 4,333,690 .00 Subcontractor Austin , TX Pathways . RFP Pa ckage #70 Chris Brandt 512-538-2450 Construction of two 2-lane veh iclular Wellborn Road Grad Separations@ Te xas roadways and two 30-foot wide Te xas A&M -McCarthy (rep) 1154 A&M , College Station , TX Un it Price pedestrian pathways , which will 2013 $ 4 ,447 ,469 .00 Subcontractor CSJ 0540-04 -062 transverse under the existing Wellborn Fitz O 'Donnell 972-991-5500 Rd and th e Un io n Pacific Railroad. 7 EAS Contracting , LP Current Surety Bond List Date of Contract Award Dallas Love Field Airside Apron Improvement Modernization Program Project AAP025 Dallas , TX March 2011 DFW Rehab Airfield Pavement FY2011 DFW Airport , TX CN 9500452 May 2011 ABIA Airfield Light ing Control & Monitoring System (ALCMS) Upgrade CID #6000.47 September 2011 Type of Work Bond Build ing / Construction Build ing / Construction Bu ild ing / Construction Amount of Bond Name and Address of Surety Hartford Fire Insurance Company $ 2 ,712 ,569 .00 3000 Internet, Sui te 600 Frisco , TX 75034 Hartford Fi re Ins urance Company $ 6 ,194 ,167 .00 3000 Internet, Suite 600 Frisco , TX 75034 Hartford Fire Insurance Company $ 631 ,690.00 3000 Internet , Suite 600 Frisco , TX 75034 TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE 49 CFR PART 30 The Contractor by submission of an offer and or execution of a contract, certifies that it: a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; c. has not procured any product or subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17 , no contact shall be awarded to a Contractor of Subcontractor who is unable to certify the above. If the Contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. Further, the Contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely o the certification of a prospective Subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous . The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the Owner if the Con.tractor learns that its certification or that of a Subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances . The Subcontractor agrees to provide written notice to the Contractor if at any time it learns that its certification has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances . This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance as placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or Subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the forgoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under · 18, United States Code, Section 1001. By: Title : v\~ Prc<W Address : d: '\L\\ 1f a.6.€.. Ce_n_,\ e_r l]r.~~;,xo c__~<ro\lh,'\ JY '1SDo7 Date : \O-\'b-\\ " PERFORMANCE BOND '&>"~ No. l-\ lo BLSG B 2.JoSY THE STATE OF TEXAS § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : COUNTY OFT ARRANT § ~(,t-wJ f,(.e. That we (1) EAS Contractin LP as Principal herein, and (2)10St.tVtlnlf ComP'1 ~. a corporation organized under the laws of the State of (3 ' nt ~ 1,t,,r-, and who is authorized to issue surety ~nds in the State of Texas , Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth , a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties , Texas, Obligee herein , in the sum of: Six Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-seven and 25/100 ......................................... .. ($699,657.25) Dollars for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs , executors, administrators , successors and assigns , jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. DEC 13 20\\ WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain contract with the Obligee dated the of ------"-=20"-1::..:1::...a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, for the construction of: Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport (Council District 2) NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such , if the said Principle shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's default, and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended , and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this __ of (SEAL) (Surety) Secretary DEC 13 201 01 1. EAS Contracting, LP By EAS Contracting GP, LLC, General Partner 2944 Trade Center Dr., Suite 200 Carrollton, TX 75007 -----,.. (SEAL) (Address) NOTE : Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract ....._ .... "' ... -, .... (Address) 011vt£ts, n-,sz-sy (I) Correct Name of Contractor (2) Correct name of Surety (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. ··' _ ...... THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OFT ARRANT § § § PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : That we , (I) EAS Contracting, LP, as Principal herein , and (2) ~<1-furJ hYe... ~Sv\.1'~.Yl l{ U)Mp:-t.n~ ___ , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of(3)CO\'\(\.t(.,-¥1t~.lr , as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas , Obligee herein , in the amount of Six Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-seven and 25/100 ........................................... Dollars ($699,657.25) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs , executors, administrators , successors and assigns , jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS , the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee d ~~th\ 3 20JJy of ------' 2011, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport (Council District 2) NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code , as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code , as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute , to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this_ day of, DEC 1 3 201 011. (SE AL) Suite 200 EAS Contracting, LP ~[~AS C on t racting GP, PRINCIPAL , General Partner By '?z_;// I Name : h::Aw(W.JJ~ /Jz:A;2€t- Title : th:u P~s-di>£1.1', ~~--MOM~ \/Wnesst~ rincip Address : 2944 Trade Center Dr., Carrollton, TX 75007 ATIEST: ~ G7~ Secretary (SE AL) NOTE: (1) (2) (3) Telephone Number: 4/lf, 2<67-1 DOlo Correct name of Principal (Contractor). Correct name of Su rety. State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition , an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OFT ARRANT § That EAS Contracting, LP ("Contractor''), as principal, and ~t\:brJ.. fue__ 1X\SIAXllt'\le_ l.O'\V\~Y\i , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of (JJ0)'.'(CQ(µ.,,,t , ("Surety"), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, ("City") in Tarrant County, Texas, the sum of Six Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-seven and 25/100 ..................................................................................................................................... Dollars ($699,657.25), lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors, said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors , jointly and severally . This obligation is conditioned, however, that: WHEREAS, said Contractor has this day entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the __ of DEC 13 2011 , 2011 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the performance of the following described public improvements: Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport (Council District 2) the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number(s) FAA Grant 3-48-0296-38-2009 and said contract , including all of the specifications, conditions, addenda , change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and being made a part hereof; and , WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City ; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of Two (2) years; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering , it be necessary; and, • • q WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said Work as herein provided . NOW THEREFORE , if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain , repair or reconstruct said Work in accordance with all the te rms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise , this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the City shall have and recover from Contractor and Surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be a continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in~ counterparts , each of which shall be deemed an original , this __ day of DEC 13 2011 , A.D .2011. ATTEST : ~----- 8ec1 detf'Y ATTEST: ~~ Secretary EAS Contracting, LP By EAS Contracting GP, ::,ntract~c, G'""'' p.,, .. , Name: ~}J'Ltc:L. Title : \/,z:r4. Pus -;::pcµ.,- Address IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a compla int: You may contact your agent. You may call Hartford Insurance Group at the toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-392-7805 You may also write to The Hartford : The Hartford Hartford Financial Products 2 Park Avenue, 5th Floor New York, New York 10016 1-212-277-0400 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies , coverages , rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin , TX 78714-9104 Fax Number (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mai I: ConsumerP rotection @tdi. state . tx. us PREMIUM OR CLAIMS DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for your information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. F-42 75-1, J TX42 75-1 HR 42 H006 00 0807 AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja . Puede comunicarse con su agente . Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis de The Hartford Insurance Group para indormacion o para someter una queja al 1-800-392-7805 Usted tambien puede escribir a The Hartford. The Hartford Hartford Financial Products 2 Park Avenue, 5th Floor New York, New York 10016 1-212-277-0400 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companfas , coberturas , derechos o quejas al : 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 Austin , TX 78714-9104 Fax Number (512) 475-1771 Web: http ://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: Consume rP rotection @tdi. state. tx . us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con su agente primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. .... I Producer Compensation Notice You can review and obtain information on The Hartford's producer compensation practices at www.thehartford.com or at 1-800-592-5717 . HR 00 H093 00 0207 © 2007, The Hartford Page 1 of 1 POWER OF ATTORNEY Direct Inquiries/Claims to: THE HARTFORD BOND, T-4 One Hartford Plaza Hartford, Connecticut 06155 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: call: 888-266-3488 or fax : 860-757-5835 Agency Code: 46-506046 II] Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a corpor atio n duly organi zed und er the laws of th e State of Co nn ec ti c ut II] Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, a corporati on dul y organi zed under the laws of the State of In diana II] Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, a corpor ati on duly organized under the laws of th e S tate of Connecticut C:=J Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, a corporati o n duly orga ni zed under the laws of th e State of Connec ti cut C:=J Twin City Fire Insurance Company, a corporati on duly orga ni zed under the laws of the State of Indi ana C:=J Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois , a corporati on dul y orga ni zed und er th e laws of th e State of Illin o is c::::J Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, a co rp oration dul y organi zed under the laws of the State of Indi ana C:=J Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corp orati on dul y orga ni zed und er the laws of th e State of Florida having their home office in Hartford , Connecticut , (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make , constitute and appoint, up to the amount of unlimited: Darrin J. Weber, April R. Michaelis, George Schneller, Nancy Bertel, Jackie Smithson, Amber Jones, Paulette Konrad of Dallas, TX their true and lawful Attorney (s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above , to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by [8:1 , and to execute , seal and acknowledge any and all bonds , undertakings , contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof , on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons , guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof , and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Compan ies on January 22 , 2004 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed , duly attested by its Ass istant Secretary . Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies , the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. Wesley W . Cowling , Assistant Secretary STATE OF CONNECTICUT} ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD M. Ross Fisher, Assistant Vice President On this 3rd day of November, 2008 , before me personally came M . Ross Fisher, to me known , who being by me duly sworn , did depose and say : that he resides in the County of Hartford , State of Connecticut ; that he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument ; that he knows the seals of the said corporations ; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals ; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority . CERTIFICATE Sco tt E. Paseka Notary Public My Commission Expires October 3 1, 20 12 I, the undersigned , Assistant Vice President of the Companies , DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies , which is still in full force effective as of . Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford . DEC 13 2011 & .. ~~ a 1 .· (;f?f!r=) (fr,u:"~'i!\ ,{ ~ \\\ t111~.1fi ·~t\._1111'.;jf/•,1.f 'z. ? ,. ~'-. ...... >··••"'4 ·,: .. ~ ~~~..... ·.·~ ....... ''•1't 11to1 '\ f., •• .,,,· 'X.!,:.~· fJ0~f:~_;_ Gary W. Stumper , Assistant Vice Pfo sl~en --r_ -----........ ~ -,,.: ...... ... ,-"'" ,,' .,· THE STATE OF TEXAS CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONTRACT CITY SECRETARY 4 1..-::J-l.t>S CONTRACT NO.----- KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS COUNTY OF TARRANT This Contract made and entered into this the __ day of DEC 13 20110., 20!!, by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a home-rule municipal corporation situated in Tarrant County, Denton, Parker, and Wise Counties, Texas, by an through its duly authorized Assistant City Manager, ("Owner"), and EAS Contracting, LP, ("Contractor"). Owner and Contractor may be referred to herein individually as a "Party" or collectively as the "Parties." WITNESS ETH: That said parties have agreed as follows: 1. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows : Phase 7 Rehabilitation and Improvements at Fort Worth Alliance Airport (Council District 2) 2. That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents prepared by the Department of Engineering for the Transportation and Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. 3. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten ( I 0) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth. 4. The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to full y complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period of 120 calendar days. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the plans an ~~G-l+l~;wi;~w.a.--, Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowe rc Y General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may th . rea er e o u RD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX him, the sum of $1000.00 per calendar day, not as penalty but a s liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. 5. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 6 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition , Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death , arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees .. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved , or (b) provides O w ner w ith a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. 7. The Contractor agrees, upon the ex ecution of this Contract, and before beginning work, to make, execute and deliver to City of Fort Worth the following bonds in the name of the City of Fort Worth in a sum equal to the amount of the Contract. All bonds furni s h hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended . A. If the total contract price is $25 ,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sum . Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the Owner. B . If the contract amount is in exces s of $25 ,000, a Pay ment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the Contract, solely for the protection of all claimants s upplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work. C. If the Contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the Contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Contract Documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the Owner. D. A Two-year Maintenance Bond in the Name of the Owner is required for all projects to insure the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guarantee contained in the Contract Documents. 8. Said City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount (including/excluding) alternates n/a, shall be Six Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-seven and 25/100 .................................................................................................................... Dollars, ($699,657.25). 9. It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of the Department of Engineering. 10. The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 11. It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with references to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in ~ counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached . The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in~ counterparts with its corporate seal attached . . D., 201.L APPROVAL RECOMMENDED: JL-<1(2 ~ DIRECTOR, CITY OF FORT WORTH AVIATION DEPARTMENT APPROVED ATTEST : EAS Contracting, LP Hy EAS Contracting GP, LLC, General Partner 2944 Trade Center Dr., Suite 200 Carrollton, TX 75007 CONTRACTOR BY: ____ _.__ _____ _ j__~<::~/:sft ~jrtL TITLE ~ qq.J '1tAv£ Grt .DR-t ,-:IF J JO C A~LL'IJV,T)D 75'oD 7 ) ADDRESS November 1960 Revised May 1986 Revised September 1992 CITY OF FORT WORTH FERNANDO COST A, ASST CITY MANAGER Mf-C c -Z-5"3 55' r2 . (3 .11 APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LE GALITY : ASST. CITY ATTORNEY OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX PART I -SPECIAL PROVISIONS FlW _Front_Ends.doc PARTI SPECIAL PROVISIONS General Scope. It is the intent that the work included in the contract shall include Shoulder Rehabilitation Project -Phase 2, and related work, at the Airport. 1. Amount of Liquidated Damages. The amount of liquidated damages determined in accordance with Section 80-08 "Failure to Complete On Time" shall be $1,000.00 per calendar day. 2. Warranty of Construction. In addition to any other warranties set out elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect of equipment, material or design furnished, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Suppliers at any tier. Such warranty shall continue for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance of the work, but with respect to any part of the work which warranty shall continue for a period of two years from the date City of Fort Worth takes possession. Under this warranty, the Contractor shall remedy at own expense any such failure to conform or any such defect In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at his own expense any <;lamage to City of Fort Worth owned or controlled real or personal property, when that damage is the result of the Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements or any such defect of equipment, material, workmanship or design. The Contractor shall also restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced hereunder will run for two year from the date of such repair or replacement. The City of Fort Worth shall notify the Contractor in writing within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure, defect or damage. Should the Contractor fail to remedy any failure, defect or damage described in (a) above within reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, the City of Fort Worth shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy such failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. In addition to the other rights and remedies provided by this clause, all subcontractors', manufacturers' and suppliers' warranties expressed or implied, respecting any work and materials shall, at the direction of the City of Fort Worth, be enforced by the Contractor for the benefit of the City of Fort Worth. In such case, if the Contractor's warranty under (a) above has expired, any suit directed by the City of Fort Worth to subcontractor's, manufacturer's or supplier's warranty shall be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall obtain any warranties which the subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers would give in normal commercial practice. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall require any such warranties to be executed in writing to the City of Fort Worth. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, unless such a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or suppliers at any tier, the Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defects of FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1--1 material or design furnished by the City of Fort Worth for t he repair of any damage which results from any such defect in the City of Fort Worth furnished material or design. Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy of the premises by the City of Fort Worth , shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of orie year from the date of final acceptance of the work. The City of Fort Worth will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 3. Parking of Construction Equipment. At night and during all other periods of time when equipment is not being actively used on the construction work, the Contractor shall park the equipment at locations which are approved by the Engineer and/or as directed by the Airport Manager. The Contractor shall provide adequate barricades, markers and lights to protect the City of Fort Worth, Texas , Alliance Airport, the public and the other work. All barricades, lights and markers must meet the requirements of these specifications and must be approved by the Engineer. 4 . Access Routes, Staging Areas and Storage Areas . The staging area will be as shown on the construction plans. All haul roads and access routes and the location of any additional staging areas and storage areas will be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and repairing all roads . and other facilities used during construction. Upon completion of the project, all existing roads shall be left in a condition equal to that at the time the Contractor commences work on this project. 5.. Water for Construction. Water for construction will be obtained from the City of Fort Worth. The· Contractor shall provide a meter to measure water consumption and shall pay the City of Fort Worth for water consumed . 6. Coordination of Work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his work with any public or private utility engaged in the installation of new or adjustment of existing facilities on or adjacent to the project site. 7. Work Hours and Closure. Work hours wiil be as follows: a. All work shall be performed during daylight hours. b. Work will be suspended between December 7, 2011 and December 25, 2011 due to the increased aircraft traffic by FedEx Christmas rush. Contractor to clean and secure site, fill all ruts, grade site smooth and clean up debris to the satisfaction of the owner and owner's authorized representative. 8. Airfield Operations. This Project is located within the active air operations area (AOA) of the Airport. 9. Protection of Existing Utilities and Improvements. The Contractor shall take adequate measures to protect all existing structures, improvements and utilities which may be encountered. FTW_Front_Ends.doc 1--2 The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the Owner to be accurate as to location and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities and conduct his work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them . The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of any utility damaged by him and shall likewise be responsible for losses to the utility owner due to any disruption to the service of the utility caused by the Contractor. 10. Sanitary Facilities. The Contractor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of his employees and inspection personnel. Such facilities , temporary or permanent, shall meet local sanitary codes, and may not contribute untreated sewage to any dry or flowing watercourse . There will be no separate payment for this item . 11 . Insurance Required. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved . All insurance policies must show the Owner as additional insured (General Liability, auto, etc.). a. Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of his employees at the site of the project; and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employee engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the project is not protected under Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected . The minimum amounts of such insurance shall be as follows : ( 1 ) State -Statutory (2) Applicable Federal -Statutory (3) Employer's Liability -$500,000 b. Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract such Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work covered by this contract from claims for damages or personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damages which may arise from operations under this contract, and . including explosion , collapse and underground coverage, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, and the amounts of such insurance shall be as follows : FTW _Front_Ends .doc 1--3 Bodily Injury. (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 Property Damage Insurance. (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 Property damage liability insurance providing Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverage. c. Comprehensive Automobile Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Person -$500,000 (2) Each Accident -$1,000,000 Property Damage (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 d. Contractual Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000,000 Property Damage (1) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 e. Such insurance will be subject to the following deductible amount: $250 .00. The City of Fort Worth, Texas and Alliance Airport shall be named as additional insured parties for the project. The Contractor's general liability carrier shall issue a separate Protective Liability Policy covering Owner and Engineer providing coverage for not less than the amounts listed above. f. Proof of Carriage of Insurance. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of carriage of the insurance required. All the certificates of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the contractor will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner by certified mail. FlW_Front_Ends.doc 1--4 12 . Award of Bids. The Owner may reject any or all bids. The Project will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. 13. Construction Time. The Owner reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the Owner. 14. Retainage on Partial Payments. For this contract, the Owner will deduct and retain Five (5) percent of the total amount of the partial payment until the final payment is made. 15. Final Acceptance and Payment. Final payment, including retainage, will be made upon acceptance of the completed project by the Owner. · 16. Construction Record Drawings. A. The contractor shall keep a complete and accurate record of all changes or deviations from the Contract Documents. This record set of prints of the Contract Drawings and Specifications shall be kept on site. The Owner or Owners Authorized representative (OAR) shall at all times have access to review record drawings for completeness and accuracy. B. The Owner may withhold the 5% retainage if the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this Article. C . The Contractor shall provide to the Owner or Owners Authorized Representative one ( 1) complete record set of Red Line record documents of Contract Drawings and Specifications modified to reflect all changes made by Addenda , Contract Change Order and field Modifications, on the date of Substantial completion of the entire work. The Engineer shall incorporate changes noted and produce a set of mylars to be delivered to the Owner. The mylars of the Contract documents and the cover sheet of the Contract specifications to be stamped with a "RECORD DRAWINGS" stamp and dated. 17. The General Provisions are hereby replaced or amended as follows by General Provision paragraph designated: 10-27 Shall be modified as follows : MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 5 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 20-03 Contents of Proposal Forms. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: ADDENDA. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid FTW _Front_Ends .doc 1-5 receipt on the proposal form. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at (817) 392-7910. Bids that do not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. 20-07 Preparation of Proposal. The following paragraph shall be added to this section : Bidders shall not separate, detach, or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract documents at any time. Failure to bid fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as onon- responsiveo and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate and as determined by City Engineer. 20-08 Irregular Proposals. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal , the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. · 20-09 Bid Guarantee. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5) percent of the Total Base Bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded . To be an acceptable surety on the bond, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list and the amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the U.S. Treasury list for that company. 30-02 Award of Contact. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 90 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opened proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by Director of the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 30-05 Requirements of Contract Bonds. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond as well as a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1--6 hereunder shall meet the requirements of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list (Circular 570) of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the contractor and the surety company. No sureties will be accepted by the City which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that ~ffect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract to be awarded is less than $100,000, the performance and payment bonds are not required if the successful bidder states in its bid that payment is not due until the work is completed and is accepted by the City. Provided, however, that this paragraph does not affect the furnishing of a maintenance bond, if same is required by the specifications. It is presumed that the successful bidder agrees to provide performance and payment bonds unless the bidder, on the bid proposal, states qtherwise. 40-01 Intent of Contract. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The contractor shall provide all utility services required to construct the project, including , but not limited to, electrical service, water service and telephone service. The contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of Two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of this project by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of the project which becomes defective due to these causes. 40-02 Alteration of Work and Quantities . The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: All Supplemental Agreement shall require consent of the Contractor's Surety and Separate Performance and Payment Bonds. The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, an part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. 40-04 Extra Work. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The quantities shown in the proposal are approximate. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to verify all the pay item quantities prior to submitting a bid. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is more than 125% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1--7 upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of the work above 125% of the quantity stated in the contract. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is less than 75%of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work below 75% of the quantity stated in this contract. This paragraph shall not apply in the event Owner deletes a pay item in its entirety from this contract. A major pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to greater than 5 percent of the original contract. A minor pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost less than 5 percent of the original contract. In the event Owner and Contractor .are unable to agree on a negotiated price, Owner and Contractor agree that the consideration will be the actual field cost of the work plus 15 percent as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Director of the Department of Engineering and approved by the City Council after said work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. As used herein, field cost of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, time keepers, mechanics and laborers; all materials, supplies, trucks, equipment rental for such time as actually used on such work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable portion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, Workers Compensation and all other insurance required by law or by ordinance . The Director of the Department of Engineering will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used, but such work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent Contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City. The 15 percent of the actual field cost to be paid to the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein specified. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide the Director of the Department of Engineering access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto . 40-05 Add: The cost of maintaining vehicular traffic shall not be measured directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. 50-16 Claims for Adjustment and Disputes. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1-8 conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. (8) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books , documents, papers, and records of such subcontractor involving transactions to this subcontract, ~nd further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. 60-09 SUBSTITUTIONS : The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term Dor equalD or Dor approved equal D is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished it will be approvable , as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use , the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Where the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" is not used in specifications , this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions . The provisions of this sub-section as related to DSubstitutionsD shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. 70-01 Laws to be Observed : The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance NO. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices . WAGE RATES : All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vernons Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates as established by the City of Fort Worth , Texas and set forth in Contract Documents for this project. FTW _Front_Ends .doc 1-9 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) in City contracts. In order for a bid to be considered responsive, the compliance statement, Attachments "IA", "18", and/or "IC", contained in the proposal must be completed and submitted to the bid contracting officer no later than 5:00 p.m., three (3) business days after the bid opening date. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN THE PROPOSAL BEING NON-RESPONSIVE. 70-19 Environmental Protection. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill materials, the contractor shall advise the Director of Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator''), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such materials until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance NO. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain . Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at contractor's expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material in a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of the Department of Engineering, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at it's expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. 80-05 Add: The Owner and/or the Engineer may require the replacement of any employee, including supervisors, of the Contractor or Subcontractors found to be unsuitable or unqualified. 80-06 Add: The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to safety-related reasons . 80-07 Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered and included in the planning and scheduling of all work influenced by high or low ambient temperature, precipitation and/or saturated soil to ensure completion of all Work within the Contract Time. Average historical climatic conditions for the preceding ten (10) years are pµblished by the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and entitled "Local Climatological Data -Dallas/Fort Worth , Texas." For planning purposes, the following shall be considered average work days lost per month due to weather conditions: FTW_Front_Ends.doc 1--10 LOST MONTH TIMEIN WORK DAYS Januarv 5 Februarv 4 March 5 April 6 May 6 June 4 July 4 Auaust 4 September 5 October 4 November 4 December 4 Contract time extensions for abnormal weather will be granted only to the extent that the actual time lost during a particular month exceeds the average lost time indicated in the above table. Time extensions granted for abnormal weather are not compensable. 90-07 Add: Payment for materials on hand shall be limited to materials required for incorporation into the work within a maximum of 30 days. FTW_Front_Ends.doc 1--11 PART II -WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1--12 PART II WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Requirements A-1 Airport and Airway Improvement Program Project. The work in this contract is included in FAA Grant Number GR14 531350-030218034100 which is being undertaken and accomplished by Alliance Airport, in the City Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), and the United States under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (P .L. 97-248) as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987 (P.L. 100-223) and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof or to any rights granted to the FAA or any representative thereof or the United States by the contract makes the United States a party to this contract. A-2 Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 520. The Contractor assures that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive orders and such rules as are promulgated to assure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision obligates the Contractor or its transferee for the period during which Federal assistance is extended to the airport program, except where Federal assistance is to provide, or is in the form of personal property or real property of interest therein or structures or improvements thereon. In these cases the provision obligates the party of any transferee for the longer of the following periods: (a) the period during which the property is used by the airport sponsor or any transferee for a purpose for which Federal assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits or (b) the period during which the airport sponsor or any transferee retains ownership or possession of the property. In the case of Contractors, this provision binds the Contractor form the bid solicitation period through the completion of the Contract. A-3 Consent to Assignment. The Contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the City of Fort Worth and Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), to any proposed assignment of any interest in or part of this contract. A-4 Rights to Inventions {49 CFR Part 18). All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject the regulations issued by the FAA and the Owner of the Federal Grant under which this contract is executed. Information regarding these rights is available from the FAA. A-5 Convict Labor. No convict labor may be employed under this contract. A-6 Veterans Preference {Airport & Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 515). In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515(c)(1) and (2) of the Act. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates . FTW_Front_Ends .doc 11-1 A-7 Withholding: Owner from Contractor. Whether or not payments or advances to the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), are withheld or suspended by the FAA, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-8 Nonpayment of Wages. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may after written notice to the Contractor take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. A-9 Inspection of Records {49 CFR Part 18). The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Owner, the FAA and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, paper, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purposes of making an audit, examination, ~xcerpts, and transcriptions. The Contractor shall maintain all required records for three years after the Owner makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. A-10 Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6 and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts, which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. A-11 Breach of Contract Terms Sanctions ( 49 CFR Part 18). Any violation or breach of the terms of this contract on the part of the contractor or subcontractor may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. · FTW_Front_Ends.doc 11-2 SECTION B (Davis-Bacon Act Requirements -29 CFR Part 5) B-1 Minimum wages. 1. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account ( except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination(s) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. For the purpose of this paragraph, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph ( d) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are de~med to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(i)). Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage skill, except as provided in paragraph B-4 of this clause. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, however, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination(s) (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under subparagraph (b) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and readily accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. 2. (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination(s) and which is to be employed under this contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination(s). Approval will be given for an additional classification and wage rate, and fringe benefits therefore, only when the following criteria have been met: i. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and ii. The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and iii. The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-3 (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be representatives, and the City of Fort Worth Texas agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a . report of the action of the action taken shall be sent by the City of Fort Worth, Texas to the FAA for tentative approval and transmittal to the Department of Labor, Employment Standards Administration, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Washington, D.C . 20210. The Department of Labor will approve, modify or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the FAA or will notify the FAA within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1215-0140.) (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(i)). (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, to be employed in the classification or their representatives and the City of Fort Worth, Texas do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the City of Fort Worth, Texas shall send the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the sponsor, to the FAA to be referred, with the recommendation of the FAA, to the Department of Labor for final determination. The Department of Labor will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt or provide notification within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (b )(2) and (3) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)). 4. If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program. Provided, however, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0140.) FTW_Front_Ends.doc 11-4 B-2 Withholding: FM from Owner. Pursuant to the terms of the grant agreements between the United States and the City of Fort Worth, Texas relating to Airport Improvement Project N_O. 3-48-0296-1100 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), the FM shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor may withhold or cause to be withheld from the City of Fort Worth , Texas sp much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics ,· including apprentices and trainees, employed by the Contractor or · any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of the work all or part of the wages required by this contract, the FM may after written notice to the City of Fort Worth, Texas take further action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have ceased (29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)). B-3 Payrolls and basic records . 1. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address and social security number of each such employee, his correct classification , rates of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1 (b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph B-1 above), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1 (b )(2)(8) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the ContraGtor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to prov ide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) 2. (a) The Contractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City of Fort Worth, Texas for availability to the FM as required by paragraph 152.59(a). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained by paragraph B-3 (a) above . This information may be submitted in any form desired ; The contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0149.) FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-5 (b) Each payroll shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the employer or his agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following : i. That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph 8-3 (a) above and that such information is correct and complete; ii. That each laborer and mechanic, including each helper, apprentice and trainee, employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; iii. That each laborer or mechanic has been pajd not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the · classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. · (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3-8 (2) of this section. ( d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States code. 3. The contractor will make the records required under the labor standards clause of the contract available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the sponsor, the FAA and the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. 4. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FAA may, after written notice to the sponsor or contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)). · B-4 Apprentices and trainees. 1. Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S . Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program , but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in FTW_Front_Ends .doc 11-6 any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage rate determination for the work actually performed . In addition , any apprentice performing work on . the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed . Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed . Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of the fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of the apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)). 2. Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5. 16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal cert ification by the U.S . Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination . Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at the trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed . In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-7 no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined . rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(iii)). 3. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30 (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(iii)). 4. Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2 ,000, the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(c) shall be subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraphs B-4(a), (b) and (c) above). 5 ; Enforcement. (a) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures for federally assisted construction programs for which it does not contract directly necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifications thereof which have been approved by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the Contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions (29 CFR 5.6(a)(1 )). (b) Enforcement activities, including the investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its efforts with the FAA as may be necessary to ensure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these provisions. Enforcement of these provisions shall be hi accordance with 29 CFR 5.6. B-5 Compliance with Copeland Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference in this contract (29 CFR 5.5(a)(5)). B-6 Subcontracts. The Contractor of Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts . The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. B-7 Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the Contract clauses in this section (B) and in Section C may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a Contractor and a Subcontractor as provided in 92 CFR Part 5.5. FTW_Front_Ends .doc 11-8 B-8 Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Acts Requirements . All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts conta ined in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. B-9 Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 , and 7 . Disputes w ithin the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the FAA, the sponsor, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. B-1 O Certification of Eligibility. 1. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1 ). 2. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 3. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 8-11 Wage Rates In Effect for This Project U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Wage Determination Number TX020045 , reproduced in this specification , provides the required minimum wages and fringe benefits to be paid to all laborers and mechanics employed to work on this contract throughout its duration, either under this contract or under a related subcontract. The Contractor and all subcontractors are required to report the actual wages paid to laborers and mechanics doing work under this contract by filing certified weekly payrolls. The reported wages will be verified by review of the weekly payroll reports and by periodic on-site interviews conducted by the Owner or his designated repr~sentative. In the event that the work specified in this contract requires work to be done by laborers or mechanics whose job classification is not listed in the attached Wage Determination, the Contractor is responsible for preparing the attached Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate form. The Contractor must complete Items 3 through 15 and submit the request to the Owner's representative prior to issuance of the Contractor's Notice to Proceed or as soon as the need for the additional classification or rate is identified (if the work has been authorized to begin). FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11 -9 CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX D SERVICE CONTRACT REQl)EST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE D CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 1S AND SUBMIT THE REQUEST IN QUADRUPLICATE. TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. I. TO: ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration 2. FROM (REPORTING OFFICE) WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WASHINGTON, D.C . 20210 3. CONTRACTOR 14. DATE OF REQUEST S. CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED (SEALED BIDDING) 7. DATE OF AWARD 8. DATE CONTRACT WORK STARTED DATE OPTION EXERCISED (IF APPLICABLE) (SCA ONLY) 10. SUBCONTRACTOR (IF ANY) 11. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NEEDED) 12 . LOCATION (CITY, COUNTY AND STATE) 13 . IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE ABOVE CONTACT, IT IS NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH THE FOLLOWING RATE(S) FOR THE INDICATED CLASSIFICATION(S) NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION NUMBER :----------------------- a. LIST IN ORDER PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLE(S), JOB DESCRIPTION(S), DUTIES AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION (SCA ONLY) (Use reverse of attach additional schedules, if necessary) DATED: _______________ _ b. WAGERATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS 14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE (IF ANY) 15 . SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE 16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX - D AGREE D DISAGREE TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE-SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (OBA) D . THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AV Ail,ABLE INFORMATION AND AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE A'ITACHED. D THE INTERESTED PARTms CANNOT AGREE ON nns PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE . A DETERMINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AV Ail,ABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE NO. DATE SUBMI'ITED DEPARTMENT OF LABOR LOCAL REPRODUCTION -STANDARD FORM 1444 (10-87) SECTION C (Contract Workhours and Safety Standards Act Requirements -29 CFR Part 5) C-1 Overtime Requirements. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. C-2 Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, the Contractor or any Subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above. C-3 Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from· any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor of Subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same rime Contractor, or any other . Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor of Subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clauses set forth in paragraph C-2 above. C-4 Subcontractors. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor o~ lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4. C-5 Working Conditions. No Contractor or Subcontractor may require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by the Department of Labor. FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-11 SECTION D (Equal Employment Opportunity -41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: D-1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin . Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising ; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause . D-2 The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. D-3 The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. D-4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. D-5 The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended ; and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor or pursuant thereto and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and others. D-6 In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor or as otherwise provided by law. D-7 The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph C- 1 and the provisions of paragraph C-1 through C-7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 .of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administrating agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-12 provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 0-8 Notice to be Posted per Paragraphs (1} and (3} of the EEO Clause (41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)). Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law -Discrimination is Prohibited by the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and by Executive Order NO. 11246. Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -Administered by: The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Prohibits discrimination because of Race, Color, Religion , Sex, or National Origin by Employers with 25 or more employees, by Labor Organizations with a hiring hall of 25 or more members, by Employment Agencies, and by Joint Labor-Management Committees for Apprenticeship or Training. Any Person who believes he or she has been discriminated against should contact: FTW _Front_Ends.doc The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 11-13 SECTION E (Air and Water Quality Standards) E-1 Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state or federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with all directives given by the Engineer in implementation of temporary air and water pollution, soil erosion and siltation control measures. Such measures shall not be paid for directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the contract. E-2 Contractors and subcontractors agree: 1. That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. 2 . To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. 3. That as a condition for award of a contract, he will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. 4. To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-14 SECTION F (Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications -41 CFR 60 ... 4.3) F-1 As used in these specifications: 1. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; 2. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; 3. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; 4. "Minority" includes: (a) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (b) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South America or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (c) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands); and (d) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). F-2 Whenever the Contractor or any subcontractor at any tier subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract is excess of $10,000, the provision of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. F-3 If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area, either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the plan area (including goals and time tables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have unions participating in the plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse any efforts to achieve the plan goals and time tables. FTW_Front_Ends.doc 11-15 F-4 The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7(a) through (p) of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization; the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress towards its goals in each craft during the period specified. F-5 Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, as amended, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. F-6 In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. F-7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure EEO. · The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: 1. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation and coercion at all sites and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. 2. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. 3. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union, or if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. 4. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-16 Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. 5. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7(b) above . 6. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at le~st once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed . 7. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on-site supervisory personnel, such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter. 8. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. 9. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and commun ity organizations; to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source , the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations , such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. 10. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women , and where reasonable , provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force . FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-17 11. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 12. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. 13. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. 14. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated, except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities, shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. 15. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction Contractors and suppliers including circulation of solicitations to minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. 16. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. F-8 Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations [7(a) through (p)]. The efforts of a Contractor association, joint Contractor-union, Contractor-community or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participated, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7(a) through (p) of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and time tables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. F-9 A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide EEO and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women; generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). F-10 The Contractor shall not use the goals and time tables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-18 F-11 The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-12 The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations by the OFCCP. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-13 The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. F-14 The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep . records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. F-15 Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-19 SECTION G (Contractual Requirements Pursuant to Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VI -49 CFR Part 21) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor'' agrees as follows: G-1 Compliance with Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter "DOT} Title 49, Code of Federai Regulations, Part 21, as they maybe amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), whicti are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. G-2 Nondiscrimination. The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race , color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. G-3 Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. G-4 Information and Reports. The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive pO$Session of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Owner or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. G-5 Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 1. Withholding of payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies, and/or 2. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or part. G-6 Incorporation of Provisions. The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to and subcontract or procurement as the Owner or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-20 is threatened with litigation with a Subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Owner to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Owner and, in addition , the Contractor may reque~t the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States . SECTION H (Termination of Contract -49 CFR Part 18) H-1 The Owner may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Owner's convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations . Upon receipt of such notice, services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as ma have been accumulated in perform ing this contract, whether completed or in progress, delivered to the Owner. H-2 If the termination is for the convenience of the Owner, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. H-3 If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the Contractor's obligations, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any additional cost occasioned to the Owner thereby. H-4 If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations , it is determined that the Contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Owner. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph H-2 of this clause. H-5 The rights and remedies of the Owner provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-21 SE:CTION I (Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) 1-1 The Contractor agrees that on ly domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Materialmen, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, as defined in 1-2 below. 1-2 The following terms appiy to this clause: 1. 2. 3. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause , steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. FTW _Front_Ends .doc 11-22 SECTION J (DBE Required Statements -49 CFR Part 26) J-1 Contract Assurance. Draft AC 150/5370-1 OA Change 15 provides that each contract the owner signs with a contractor (and each subcontract the prime contractor signs with a subcontractor) must include the following clause: The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts . Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the ~ecipient deems appropriate. J-2 Prompt Payment. A prompt payment clause is required in each DOT-assisted prime contract. A sample follows below: The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives i from the City of Fort Worth. The prime contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. FlW_Front_Ends.doc 11-23 PART 111-GENERAL PROVISIONS FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-24 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 AIP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuyering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT . The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 GP-1 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposai, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employE:!es to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering inspection of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FM shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 FORCE ACCOUNT. Force account construction work is construction that is accomplished through the use of material, equipment, labor, and supervision provided by the Owner or by another public agency pursuant to an agreement with the Owner. 10-24 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-25 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-26 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. AC 150/5370-10E . 9/30/2009 GP-2 10-27 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or with in the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals , markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from , or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-28 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-29 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-30 NOTICE TO PROCEED . A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. · 10-31 OWNER. The term "Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For AIP contracts, the term "sponsor'' shall have the same meaning as the term "Owner." Where the term "Owner'' is capitalized in this document, it shall mean airport owner or sponsor only. 10-32 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-33 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-34 PERFORMANCE BOND . The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-35 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions wh ich show the location , character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and wh ich are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-36 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-37 PROPOSAL . The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form} to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-38 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposal is accepted by the Owner. 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS . A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the con t ract physically. 10-41 SPONSOR. See definition above of "Owner." 10-42 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges ; culverts ; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing ; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 GP-3 and, other manmade features · of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-43 SUBGRADE . The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-44 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction . 10-45 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering ( 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item , by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-46 SURETY. The corporation , partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-47 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-48 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-49 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. When work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as work ing days. AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 10 GP-4 SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). See Notice to Bidders at the beginning of these Contract Documents. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the Contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his/her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his/her (bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current .. bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner at the time of bid opening. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the Owner) at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. c. Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. d. Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-5 performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information , whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his/her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his/her proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign his/her proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown . If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his/her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation . 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: a. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind that make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. d. If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e. If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-6 20-09 BID GUARANTEE. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral , in the amount specified in the proposal form . Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the Owner. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS . A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS . Proposals shall be opened , and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend . Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the t ime specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. c. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 20 GP-7 SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS . After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the .summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown . in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within [ ] calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section . 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned . The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contracts bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section . 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds that have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection , the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-9 BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. · AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 30 GP-10 SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies require_d to complete the work _in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations that do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations that are for work within the general scope of the contract ~hall be covered by ··Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, iil the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion . 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS . The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK . Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called "Extra Work." Extra Work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such Extra Work. When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with Extra Work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled $UPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-11 Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagperson, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity. with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways . Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. · 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures· that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-12 the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her option either:. · a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or, d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., he shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid , at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his/her exercise of option a ., b., or c . The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition . Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property owner. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 40 GP-13 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requi rements. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furn ished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, ·grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements , and test ing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a fin ished product having a level of safety, economy, · durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Enginee r will document his/her determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good eng ineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If . the Engineer finds the materials furnished , work performed , or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resu lted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to ins ist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of th is subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA, to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 · COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract , plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-15 circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern . The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. SP-P-151 SP-P-152 SP-P-156 SP-P-304 SP-P-340 SP -T-901 SP-T-905 LIST SPECIAL PROVISIONS Special Provision to Clearing and Grubbing Special Provision to Excavation and Embankment Special Provision to Temporary Air and Water Pollution , Soil Erosion and Siltation Control Special Provision to Cement Treated Base Course Special Provision to Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Special Provision to Seeding Special Provision to Topsoiling 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with five copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction . The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with othe r contractors in every way possible. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized representative . 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let with in the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct his/her work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed . Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his/her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience , delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working with in the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join h is/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-16 The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The Contractor must give weekly copies of the survey notes to the Engineer so that the Engineer may check them as to accuracy and method of staking. All areas that are staked by the Contractor must be checked by the Engineer prior to beginning any work in the area. The Engineer will make periodic checks of the grades and alignment set by the Contractor. In case of error on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees , resu lting in establishing grades and/or alignment that are not in accordance w ith the plans or established by the Engineer, all construction not in accordance w ith the established grades and/or alignment shall be replaced without additiona l cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses therewith . The cost thereof shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking . Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot stations. Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot stations. Subgrade blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway -minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways-minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas -minimum 3 per station d. Roadways -minimum 3 per station Base Course blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway -minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways -minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas -minimum 3 per station Pavement areas: a . Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks (for stringline by Contractor) at 100 foot stations b. Between Lifts at 25 foot stations for the following section locations: (1). Runways-each paving lane width (2). Taxiways -each paving lane width (3). Holding areas -each paving lane width c. After finish paving operations at 50 foot stations (1). All paved areas -Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50 foot stations and at all break points with maximum of 50 foot offsets Fence lines at 100 foot stations Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures , signs, lights, VASl 's, PAPl 's, REIL's , W ind Cones, Distance Markers (signs), pull boxes and manholes. Drain lines, cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot stations , inlet and manholes. Painting and Striping layout (pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting) Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet per pass (i.e. paving lane). NOTE: Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. · 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-17 automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the Owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his/her decision. 50,.09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspect.ion . If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section . Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. . No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-18 Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS . The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. AU costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included -in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. · · 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. · If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-19 completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection . 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contracto r and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim . When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his/her wri tten claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances . Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations . 50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to contracts awarded to the lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. On projects with original contract amounts in excess of $100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Eng ineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the plans, specifications or other requirements of the contract for the sole purpose of reducing the cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the project, includ ing but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards. Th is provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for cons ideration as a value engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion of the comparative advantages and d isadvantages of each; b. An item ization of the contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted; c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing contract and under the proposed changes ; d. A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued; e. A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract; and f. The contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them . The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to cons ider any cost reduction proposal that may be submitted . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-20 The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued . If a change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be tlie sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgment such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted . The Owner may require the Contractor to share in the Owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal submitted by· the Contractor as a condition of considering such proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the Owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a contract change order that shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based . The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor's 50 percent share of the net savings shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the work. Acceptance of the cost-reduction proposal and performance of the cost-reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 50 GP-21 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-()1 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: No. 8, 5 KV L-824 Cable No. 6, Counterpoise Cable Constant Current Regulator -In-Pavement Guard Lights Constant Current Regulator -PAPl-4 Runway In-Pavement Guard Light, L-852G Electrical Light Cans, L-8688 PAPl-4 System, L880B 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, AASHTO, Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Engineer. The testing organizations performing on site field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his/her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Engineer, All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at his/her request. · The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-23 shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report to the Engineer showing all test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages, and corrective action taken on all failing tests. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to . the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. · The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal'' and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certifica~es of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any. specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished . c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-24 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE. The Contractor shall furnish for the duration of the project one building for the use of the field engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building meeting the current State Highway Specifications (for example, Class I Field Office or Type C Structure). This building shall be located conveniently near to the construction and shall be separate from any building used by the Contractor. A land line telephone and answering machine shall be provided . The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of the basic monthly charge and local calls only. Any Long Distance Tolls shall be the responsibility of the caller. The Contractor shall furnish [ FAX machine, photocopy machine, water, sanitary facilities , heat, air conditioning, and electricity ]. No direct payment will be made for this building or labor, materials, ground rental, or other expense in connection therewith. The cost hereof shall be included in the price bid for the various items of the contract. The Contractor and his/her superintendent shall provide all reasonable facilities to enable to the Engineer to inspect the workmanship and materials .entering into the work. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request , the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS . Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its used in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished material is used. After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to ·the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 60 GP-25 SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work , or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his/her officers , agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design , device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs, expenses , and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Owner (Utility or Other Facility) Location (See Plan Sheet No .) Person to Contact (Name , Title , Address and Phone) Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service , FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct , or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications . It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work . 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the United States Code (USC) and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-27 As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, FAA, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the USC, the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEAL TH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction . Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health or safety. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to . protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area shall be a maximum of 18 inches high . Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 25 feet apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under Section 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conform ing to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect , and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-28 Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked . Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m) from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the airport property. 70-10 'PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed . The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done , by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harm.less the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions, or claims of any character brought because of any· injuries or damage received or susta.ined by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts ~ecovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her contract as may be considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his/her surety may be held until such suit(s), action(s), or claim(s) for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public· or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-29 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such .. phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans . . When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described below: Phase or Description Required Date or Sequence of Owner's Beneficial Occupancy Work Shown on Plan Sheet Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that Is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards conta ined AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions.) Contractor shall refer to the approved safety plan to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work . The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously . n;,aintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material i n newly established planting, seedings, and soddings furnished under his/her contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-30 section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his/her operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: Utility Service or Facility Person to Contract (Name, Title, Address, & Phone) Owner's Emergency Contact (Phone) It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the owners assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shali be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONT ACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two day's notice here.inabove provided shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations . Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his/her surety. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-31 70-15.1 FAA FACILITIES AND CABLE RUNS. The Contractor is hereby advised that the construction limits of the project include existing facilities and buried cable runs that are owned, operated and maintained by the FAA. The Contractor, during the prosecution of the project work, shall comply with the following: a. The Contractor shall permit FAA maintenance personnel the right of access to the project work site for purposes of inspecting and maintaining all existing FAA owned facilities. b. The Contractor shall notify the above named FAA Airway Facilities Point-of-Contact seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of construction activities in order to permit sufficient time to locate and mark existing buried cables and to schedule any required facility outages. c. If prosecution of the project work requires a facility outage, the Contractor shall contact the above named FAA Point-of-Contact a minimum of 48 hours prior to the time of the required outage. d. If prosecution of the project work results in damages to existing FAA equipment or cables, the Contractor shall repair the damaged item in conformance with FAA Airway Facilities' standards to the satisfaction of the above named FAA Point-of-Contact. e. If the project work requires the cutting or splicing of FAA owned cables, the above named FAA Point-of-Contact shall be contacted a minimum of 48 hours prior to the time the cable work commences. The FAA reserves the right to have a FAA Airway Facilities representative on site to observe the splicing of the cables as a condition of acceptance. All cable splices are to be accomplished in accordance with FAA Airway Facilities' specifications and require approval by the above named FAA Point-of-Contact as a condition of acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor is hereby advised that FAA Airway Facilities restricts the location of where splices may be installed. If a cable splice is required in a location that is not permitted by FAA Airway Facilities , the Contractor shall furnish and install a sufficient length of new cable that eliminates the need for any splice. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contr~ct provis ions or in · exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives , or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act sole ly as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate , or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her surety , or both, such overpayment as may be sustained , or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach . The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor sha ll comply with all Federal , state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs w ith fuels , oils, bitumens , chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-32 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS . Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in .the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection· titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80 . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 70 GP-33 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified · superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, with his organization, an amount of work equal to at least 25 percent of the total contract cost. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 1 O days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient · materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee . the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AIP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the · Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-35 satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows: Coordinate with Airport Operations: AOA-Runway 34R-16L AOA-Runway 34L-16R AOA -Taxiway 'A' AOA -Taxiway 'E' Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions). 80-04.1 OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project safety plan and the provisions set forth within the current version of Advisory Circular 150/5370-2. The safety plan included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a plan that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the safety plan. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks of the safety plan measures to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the safety plan and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved safety plan unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80·05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications . All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to met requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-36 When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for · such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-37 The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Cond it ions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. (2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed . (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50 . (5) The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed w ith in such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION . OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20 . Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. b. CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays , and nonwork days. All calendar days el~psing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance . c. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his/her request. Requests for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded which could normally be expected during the contract period . The Contractor's plea that insufficient time AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-38 was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time . If the Engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract. SCHEDULE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES COST ALLOWED CONSTRUCTION TIME The maximum construction time allowed for Schedules will be the sum of the time allowed for ind ividual schedules but not more than 45 days. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d. Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or g. Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 1 O days, or h. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or i. For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-39 neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of sa id contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be requ ired for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES . The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units o r items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started . No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses , (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be pu rchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 WORK AREA, STORAGE AREA AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall obta in approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport. No operating runway , taxiway, or A ir Operations Area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered , or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his/her work in such a manner as to insure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or [ ] feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time. No equipment shall be within [ ] feet of an active runway at any time. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 80 GP-40 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his/her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures {or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet (0.8 square meter) or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds (907 kilograms) avoirdupois. All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard {cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards {cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon {liter) or ton {kilogram). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60 F (15 C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60 F (15 C) using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-43 Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted , or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities . Cement will be measured by the ton (kilogram) or hundredweight (kilogram). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M .F.B .M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the un it will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories . Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured · as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence , wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted . Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercia l scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale , but not less than 1 pound (454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted . Beams , dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 kilogram) weights for testing the we ighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equ ipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end . Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1 percent. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-44 In the event inspection reveals the ·scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded . All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. · When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted . No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled AL TERA TION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or cla imed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his/her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS . As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item . Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK . Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-45 prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for based on expended labor, equipment, and materials plus a negotiated and agreed upon allowance for overhead and profit. a. Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. b. Comparison of Record. The Contractor and the Engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and the Engineer or their duly authorized representatives. c. Statement. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has furnished the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. · (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workman's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by a receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his/her stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 1 O percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section . The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his/her option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 1 O percent retainage shall be deducted. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Engineer may, at the Owner's discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-46 done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section . The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the final retained percentage or final payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release in full, the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or claim. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid . d. The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection . 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may request that the Owner accept (in lieu of the 1 O percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-47 a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and mainta ining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and hav ing a value not less than the 1 O percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owne r. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT . When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50 , the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his/her objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period , a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50 . After the Contractor has approved , or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum , or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the prov isions of th is subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance w ith local laws or ordinances . Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 90 GP-48 SECTION 100 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM 100-01 GENERAL. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. c. Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, his/her understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. 100-02 DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM. a. General Description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off-site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least 10 (ten) calendar days before the start of construction. The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum, the following items: a. Quality control organization; b. Project progress schedule; c. Submittals schedule; AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-49 d. Inspection requirements; e. Quality control testing plan; f. Documentation of quality control activities; and g. Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met. The Contractor is encouraged to add any addition.al elements to the Quality Control Program that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or · construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization . An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and · testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be utilized for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of the following requirements: (1) Professional engineer with 1 year of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (2) Engineer-in-training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering, Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level Ill by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET). (5) Highway materials technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (6) Highway construction technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-50 and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within 2 hours after being notified of a problem . b. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided . These personnel shall be either engineers , engineering techn icians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions : (1) Inspection of all materials , construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications , and as required by Section 100-06. (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and Section 100-07. Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location . The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements . 100-04 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE . The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise spec ified in the contract. Subm ission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall respons ibility for scheduling , sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-05 SUBMITTAL$ SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (e.g., mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number; b. Item description ; c. Description of submittal; d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal; and e. Scheduled date of submittal. 100-06 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by Section 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements : AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-51 a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment utilized in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized . b. During field operations , quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment utilized in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades , and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. 100-07 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item , as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum , include the following: a. Specification item number {e.g ., P-401); b. Item description {e.g ., Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements); c. Test type {e .g., gradation, grade, asphalt content); d. Test standard {e .g., ASTM or AASHTO test number, as applicable); e. Test frequency (e .g., as required by technical spec ifications or minimum frequency when requirements are not stated); f. Responsibility {e.g., plant technician); and g. Control requirements {e.g., target, permissible deviations). The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section 100-08. 100-08 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall mainta in current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved ; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken . These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include , but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall , as a minimum, include the following: AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-52 (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Compliance with approved submittals; (3) Proper storage of materials and equipment; (4) Proper operation of all equipment; (5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications; (6) Review of quality control tests; and (7) Safety inspection . The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted , results of inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results. Daily test reports shall document the following information: (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Test designation; (3) Location; (4) Date of test; (S) Control requirements; (6) Test results; (7) Causes for rejection; (8) Recommended remedial actions; and (9) Retests. Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period . When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and utilize statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY THE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer . at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 GP-53 Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of . either on-site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may: . (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 100 GP-54 SECTION 110 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) 110-01 GENERAL. When the specifications provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average (X) and sample standard deviation (Sn) of the specified number (n) of sublots for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U for upper, for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index(s), QL for Lower Quality Index and/or Ou for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from Table 1 . All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a pay adjustment. The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted. IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS SECTION TO INFORM THE CONTRACTOR THAT, IN ORDER TO CONSISTENTLY OFFSET THE CONTRACTOR'S RISK FOR MATERIAL EVALUATED, PRODUCTION QUALITY (USING POPULATION AVERAGE AND POPULATION STANDARD DEVIATION) MUST BE MAINTAINED AT THE ACCEPTABLE QUALITY SPECIFIED OR HIGHER. IN ALL CASES, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PRODUCE AT QUALITY LEVELS THAT WILL MEET THE SPECIFIED ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA WHEN SAMPLED AND TESTED AT THE FREQUENCIES SPECIFIED. 110-02 METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: a. Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification . b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of the specification . c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d. Find the sample average (X) for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: Where: X = Sample average of all sublot values within a lot x1, x2 = Individual sublot values n = Number of sublots e. Find the sample standard deviation (Sn) by use of the following formula: Sn = [(d,2 + d/ + d/ + ... d/)!(n-1 )]112 Where: S 0 = Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set d1, d2, = Deviations of the individual sublot values x1, x2, ... from the average value X that is: d1 = (x, -X), d2 = (X2 -X) ... dn = (xn -X) n = Number of sublots AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 GP-55 f. For single sided specification lim its (i.e ., L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula : QL = (X -L) / Sn Where: L = specification lower tolerance limit Est imate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 w ith QL, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements . If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL. g. For double-sided spec ification lim its (i.e. L and U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and Ou by use of the following formulas : QL = (X -L) / Sn and Ou= (U -X) / Sn Where: L and U = specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Ou , using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements, and determ ining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or Pu . Determine the PWL by use of the following formula : PWL =(Pu+ PL) -100 Where : PL= percent within lower specification limit Pu= percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project: Example Project Test Item : Item P-401 , Lot A. A. PWL Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 96 .60 A-2 97 .55 A-3 99 .30 A-4 98.35 n=4 2 . Calculate average density fo r the lot. X = (x1 + x2 + x3 + ... xn) / n X = (96 .60 + 97 .55 + 99.30 + 98 .35) / 4 X = 97 .95 percent density 3. Calculate the standard dev iation for the lot. Sn = [((96 .60 -97 .95)2 + (97 .55 -97 .95)2 +(99 .30 -97 .95)2 + (98 .35 -97.95)2 )) / (4 -1 )]112 Sn= [(1 .82 + 0.16 + 1.82 + 0.16) / 3]112 Sn= 1.15 AC 150/5370-1 OE 9/30/2009 GP-56 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. {L=96.3} QL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (97.95 -96 .30) / 1.15 QL = 1.4348 5. Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.44 and n= 4 . PWL = 98 · B. PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1. Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 5.00 A-2 3.74 A-3 2.30 A-4 3.25 2. Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X = (x1 + x + x3 ... n) / n X = (5.00 + 3.74 + 2.30 + 3.25} / 4 X = 3.57 percent 3. Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot. Sn= [((3.57 -5.00)2 + {3.57 -3.74)2 + (3.57 -2.30)2 + (3.57 -3.25)2 ) / (4-1)]112 Sn = [(2.04 + 0.03 + 1.62 + 0.1 O ) / 3]112 Sn= 1.12 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L= 2.0) QL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (3.57 -2.00) / 1.12 QL = 1.3992 5. Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.41 and n = 4. PL =97 6. Calculate the Upper Quality Index Ou for the lot. (U= 5.0) Ou = (U -X) / Sn Ou = (5 .00 -3.57) / 1.12 Ou= 1.2702 7. Determine Pu by entering Table 1 with Ou= 1.29 and n = 4 . Pu =93 AC 150/5370-1 OE 9/30/2009 GP-57 8. Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL =(PL+ Pu) -100 PWL = (97 + 93) -100 = 90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION (Reference ASTM E 178) Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. arranged in descending order. A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 A-2 97.55 A-1 96.60 2. Use n=4 and upper 5 percent significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion = 1.463. 3. Use average density, standard deviation, and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. a. For measurements greater than the average: If: (measurement -average)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, Then : the measurement is not considered an outlier for A-3 Check if ( 99.30 -97.95 ) / 1.15 greater than 1.463 1.17 4 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier b. For measurements less than the average: If (average -measurement)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion , the measurement is not considered an outlier for A-1 Check if ( 97.95 -96.60 ) / 1.15 greater than 1.463 1.0 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier NOTE: In this example , a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density was: greater than (97 .95+1.463x1 .15) = 99.63 percent or, less than (97.95-1.463x1 .15) = 96 .27 percent AC 150/5370-1 OE 9/30/2009 GP-58 TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL) Percent Within Limits P and P 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 n=3 n=4 1 .1541 1.4700 1 .1524 1.4400 1 .1496 1.4100 1.1456 1.3800 1.1405 1.3500 1.1342 1.3200 1.1269 1.2900 1.1184 1.2600 1.1089 1.2300 1.0982 1.2000 1.0864 1.1700 1.0736 1.1400 1.0597 1.1100 1 .0448 1.0800 1.0288 1.0500 1.0119 1.0200 0.9939 0 .9900 0.9749 0.9600 0.9550 0.9300 0.9342 0.9000 0 .9124 0.8700 0.8897 0.8400 0.8662 0.8100 0 .8417 0.7800 0.8165 0.7500 0.7904 0.7200 0 .7636 0.6900 0 .7360 0.6600 0.7077 0.6300 0.6787 0.6000 . 0.6490 0.5700 0.6187 0.5400 ·o.5878 0.5100 0 .5563 0.4800 0.5242 0.4500 0.4916 0.4200 0.4586 0.3900 0.4251 0.3600 0.3911 0.3300 0.3568 0.3000 0 .3222 0 .2700 0.2872 0 .2400 0 .2519 0.2100 0 .2164 0 .1800 0 .1806 0 .1500 0.1447 0 .1200 0.1087 0 .0900 0.0725 0.0600 0 .0363 0.0300 0 .0000 0.0000 Positive Values of Q QL and Ou n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 1.6714 1 .8008 1.8888 1 .9520 1.9994 1'.6016 1 .6982 1.7612 1 .8053 1.8379 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993 1.7235 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 1.6313 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 1.5525 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4717 1.4829 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 1.4199 1.3088 1.3323 1.3461 1.3554 1.3620 1.2683 1.2860 1.2964 1.3032 1.3081 1.2290 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 1.2576 1.1909 1.1995 1.2043 1.2075 1 .2098 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 1.1630 1.1643 1.1173 1.1192 1.1199 1.1204 1.1208 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1 .0794 1.0791 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 1.0389 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 1.0000 0.9785 0.9715 0 .9671 0.9643 0 .9624 0.9452 0.9367 0.9315 0 .9281 0.9258 0 .9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 0.8901 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 0.8554 0 .8478 0.8360 0 .8291 0 .8245 0.8214 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915 0.7882 0 .7846 0.7716 0 .7640 0.7590 0.7556 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 0 .7236 0 .7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958 0.6922 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 0.6613 0 .6617 0.6477 0.6396 0 .6344 0.6308 0 .6316 0.6176 0 .6095 0.6044 0.6008 0 .6016 0 .5878 0.5798 0.5747 0 .5712 0.5719 0 .5582 0.5504 0.5454 0.5419 0 .5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 0 .5130 0 .5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 0.4844 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4545 0.4424 0.4355 0..4310 0.4280 · 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 0.4001 0.3967 0.3856 0 .3793 0 .3753 0 .3725 0.3679 0 .3575 0.3515 0.3477 0.3451 0.3392 0.3295 0 .3239 0.3203 0.3179 0.3107 0 .3016 0.2964 0.2931 0.2908 0 .2822 0.2738 0 .2691 0.2660 0.2639 0.2537 0 .2461 0.2418 0 .2391 0.2372 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 0 .2122 0.2105 0.1971 0 .1911 0 .1877 0 .1855 0.1840 0 .1688 0 .1636 0 .1607 0 .1588 0 .1575 0.1406 0 .1363 0 .1338 0 .1322 0 .1312 0 .1125 0.1090 0 .1070 0 .1057 0 .1049 0.0843 0 .0817 0.0802 0 .0793 0 .0786 0.0562 0 .0544 0.0534 0 .0528 0 .0524 0 .0281 0 .0272 0.0267 0.0264 0.0262 0 .0000 0 .0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 GP-59 n=10 2.0362 1.8630 1.7420 1.6454 1.5635 1.4914 1.4265 1.3670 1.3118 1.2602 1.2115 1.1653 1.1212 1.0789 1.0382 0.9990 0.9610 0.9241 0.8882 0.8533 0.8192 0.7858 0.7531 0.7211 0.6896 0.6587 0.6282 0.5982 0.5686 0.5394 0.5105 0.4820 0.4537 0.4257 0.3980 0.3705 0.3432 0.3161 0.2892 0.2624 0 .2358 0 .2093 0 .1829 0.1566 0.1304 0.1042 0 .0781 0.0521 0 .0260 0.0000 TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL) Percent Within Limits PL and Pu 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 ·12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 n=3 -0.0363 -0.0725 -0.1087 -0.1447 -0.1806 -0.2164 -0.2519 -0.2872 -0.3222 -0.3568 -0.3911 -0.4251 -0.4586 -0.4916 -0.5242 -0.5563 -0.5878 -0 .6187 -0 .6490 -0.6787 -0.7077 -0.7360 -0.7636 -0.7904 -0.8165 -0.8417 -0.8662 -0.8897 -0.9124 -0 .9342 -0 .9550 -0.9749 -0.9939 -1.0119 -1.0288 -1.0448 -1 .0597 -1.0736 -1.0864 -1.0982 -1 .1089 -1.1184 -1 .1269 -1 .1342 -1 .1405 -1.1456 -1 .1496 -1 .1524 -1 .1541 Ne ative Values of Q QL and Ou n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=B n=9 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0 .0272 -0.0267 -0 .0264 -0 .0262 -0.0600 -0 .0562 -0.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 -0.0524 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0 .0793 -0.0786 -0 .1200 -0.1125 -0 .1090 -0.1070 -0.1057 -0 .1049 -0.1500 -0.1406 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0.1312 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.2100 -0 .1971 -0.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0.2105 -0.2700 -0 .2537 -0 .2461 -0.2418 -0 .2391 -0.2372 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0 .2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 -0 .2639 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0 .3295 -0 .3239 -0.3203 -0.3179 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0 .3477 -0.3451 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0 .3753 -0.3725 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.413.9 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.5400 -0 .5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0 .5700 -0 .5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 -0.5130 -0 .6000 -0.5719 -0 .5582 -0.5504 -0.5454 -0.5419 -0 .6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0.5712 -0 .6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0 .6477 -0.6396 -0 .6344 -0.6308 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0 .6781 -0.6701 -0.6649 -0.6613 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 -0.6922 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0.7236 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590 -0.7556 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0 .7882 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0 .8360 -0 .8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.9000 -0 .8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0 .8554 -0 .9300 -0 .9123 -0 .9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0 .8901 -0.9600 -0 .9452 -0 .9367 -0.9315 -0.9281 -0.9258 -0 .9900 -0 .9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0 .9624 -1.0200 -1 .0124 -1.0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -1 .0500 -1 .0467 -1.0435 -1 .0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1 .0800 -1.0817 -1 .0808 -1 .0800 -1 .0794 -1 .0791 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1.1192 -1 .1199 -1.1204 -1 .1208 -1 .1400 -1..1537 -1.1587 -1 .1613 -1.1630 -1 .1643 -1 .1700 -1.1909 -1 .1995 -1.2043 -1.2075 -1 .2098 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 -1 .2576 -1.2300 -1 .2683 -1 .2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -1 .3081 -1.2600 -1 .3088 -1 .3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 -1.3620 -1.2900 -1 .3508 -1 .3810 -1.3991 -1.4112 -1.4199 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1 .3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1 .5525 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1 .5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1 .6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1 .7235 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1 .7612 -1 .8053 -1 .8379 -1.4700 -1 .6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 .-1 .9520 -1 .9994 END OF SECTl°ON 110 GP-60 n=10 -0 .0260 -0.0521 -0.0781 -0.1042 -0 .1304 -0 .1566 -0 .1.829 -0 .2093 -0.2358 -0.2624 -0 .2892 -0.3161 -0.3432 -0.3705 -0.3980 -0.4257 -0.4537 -0.4820 -0 .5105 -0 .5394 -0 .5686 -0.5982 -0 .6282 -0.6587 -0.6896 -0 .7211 -0 .7531 -0.7858 -0.8192 -0.8533 -0.8882 -0 .9241 -0.9610 -0 .9990 -1 .0382 -1.0789 -1.1212 -1.1653 -1 .2115 -1 .2602 -1.3118 -1.3670 -1.4265 -1.4914 -1 .5635 -1.6454 -1 .7420 -1 .8630 -2 .0362 SECTION 120 NUCLEAR GAGES 120-01 TESTING. When the specifications provide for nuclear gage acceptance testing of material for Items P-152 , P-154, P-208, and P-209, the testing shall be performed in accordance with this section. At each sampling location , the field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922 using the Direct Transmission Method .. The nuclear gage shall be calibrated in accordance with Annex A1 . Calibration and operation of the gage shall be in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer. The operator of the nuclear gage must show evidence of training and experience in the use of the instrument. Th~ gage shall be standardized daily in accordance with ASTM D 2922, paragraph 8. Use of ASTM D 2922 results in a wet unit weight, and when using this method, ASTM D 3017 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material . The moisture gage shall be standardized daily in accordance with ASTM D 3017, pa ragraph 7. The material shall be accepted on a lot basis. Each Lot shall be divided into eight (8) sublets when ASTM D 2922 is used . 120-02. When PWL concepts are incorporated, compaction shall continue until a PWL of 90 percent or more is ach ieved using the lower specification tolerance lim its (L) below. The percentage of material within specification limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 11 O of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit (L) for density shall be: Specification Item Number Item P-152 Item P-154 Item P-208 Item P-209 Specification Tolerance (L) for Density , (percent of laboratory maximum) 90.5 for cohesive material , 95.5 for non-cohesive· 95.5 97 .0 97 .0 If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the lot shall be reworked and recompacted by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. After reworking and recompaction, the lot shall be resampled and retested. Retest results for the lot shall be reevaluated for acceptance. This procedure shall continue until the PWL is 90 percent or greater. 120-03 VERIFICATION TESTING. (For Items P-152 and P-154 only.) The Engineer will verify the maximum laboratory density of material placed in the field for each lot.. A minimum of one test will be made for each lot of material at the site. The verification process will consist of; (1) compacting the material and determining the dry density and moisture-density in accordance with [ASTM D 698 for aircraft gross weights less than 60,0000 pounds] [ASTM D 1557 for aircraft gross weights 60,000 pounds or more], and (2) comparing the result with the laboratory moisture-density curves for the material being placed. This verification process is commonly referred to as a "one-point Proctor''. If the material does not conform to the existing moisture-density curves, the Engineer will establish the laboratory maximum density and optimum moisture content for the material in accordance with [ASTM D 698 for aircraft gross weights less than 60,0000 pounds] [ASTM D 1557 for aircraft gross weights 60,000 pounds or more]. Additional verification tests will be made, if necessary, to properly classify all materials placed in the lot. The percent compaction of each sampling location will be determined by dividing the field density of each sublet by the laboratory maximum density for the lot. AC 150/5370-10E 9/30/2009 END OF SECTION 120 GP-61 PART IV· TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS No. Description G-300 Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control G-700 Demolition P-100 Mobilization S-P-P..:152 Special Provision to Excavation and Embankment P-152 Excavation and Embankment S-P-P-156 Special Provision to Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion and Siltation Control P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion and Siltation Control S-P-P-501 Special Provision to Portland Cement Concrete Pavement P-501 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement S-P-P-602 Special Provision to Bituminous Prime Coat P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat S-P-P-605 Special Provision to Joint Sealing Filler P-605 Joint Sealing Filler S-P-P.:.610 Special Provision to Portland Cement Concrete P-61 O Structural Portland Cement Concrete S-P-P-620 Special Provision to Runway and Taxiway Painting P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting P-621 Saw-Cut Grooving S-P-T-901 Special Provision to Seeding T-901 Seeding TxDOT-672 Raised Pavement Markers 16010 General Provisions -Electrical (item L-100) 16013 Recommended Lockout Procedure for Airfield Lighting Circuit TOC-1 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design & Taxiway Rehab. 16031 16060 16070 16075 16080 16091 16111 16113 16115 16116 16120 16130 16140 16150 16411 16461 16536 230529 230553 230593 238126 260500 260519 260529 Airfield Electrical Installation Testing (Item L-111) (Non-Standard FAA Specification) · · Grounding and Bonding Systems Supporting Devices . Electrical Identification Electrical Testing (600V) Work in Existing Building Conduit Installation of Underground Cable for Airports (Item L-108) Electrical Manholes and Junction Structures (Item L-115) Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits (L-110) Wire and Cable Boxes Wiring Devices Wire Connections and Devices Disconnect Switches Special Provisions to Item SP-L-109 Installation of Power Distribution Equipment for Airfield Circuits Alterations, Removal and Demolition Hangers & Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC Split-System Air-Conditioners (Ductless Systems) Common Work Results for Electrical Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems TOC-2 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design & Taxiway Rehab. 260533 262416 262816 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Panel boards Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers TOC-3 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design & Taxiway Rehab . ITEM G-300 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES, LIGHTED CONES AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DESCRIPTION 300~1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall include the construction, placement, relocation and ~emoval of lighted cones and multi-barrier barricades. This item shall include all labor and materials necessary for furnishing, placement, relocation, maintenance, and removal of lighted cones and construction barricades. All light cones and barricades will be stored on site and will be placed as Directed by the Owner Authorized Representative (OAR). MATERIALS 300-2.1 LIGHTED CONES. The cones shall be either red or orange in color and shall be weighted sufficiently either by design or other methods to stabilize the cones against wind or jet aircraft blast. The lights shall be attached to the cones or adjacent to the cones. The lights shall be battery operated and will be flashing, strobe, or continuous burning, as shown on the plans, or as directed by the OAR. The cones shall have a six (6) inch wide retro-reflective band continuously around the cone locat!9d near the top of the cone. 300-2.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. The multi-barrier barricades shall be Safety Barricade Model AR-10x96 or approved equal. The red lights shall be battery operated and shall be of such a design that they will operate a minimum of 15 hours on a single charge. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 300-3.1 LIGHTED CONES. The lighted cones shall be placed at locations designated by the OAR. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to maintain the lighted cones and to immediately repair or replace any cone that is damaged, and to replace batteries, lights and flashers that are not operating. Maintenance, repair, and replacement will not be paid for directly, but shall be subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain the lighted cones, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the OAR. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-300-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. During construction, the Contractor may be required to relocate certain lighted cones to accommodate progress of this work as directed by the OAR and to place lighted cones on a nightly basis for runway and taxiway closures. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. 300-3.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. a. Placement of Multi-Barrier Barricades. Multi-barrier barricades shall be placed on the concrete apron, asphalt shoulders and grass areas, as directed by the OAR, to separate the active apron and taxiways from areas under construction. Placement of multi-barrier barricades shall be compatible with the contract documents and shall be located to the extent determined by the OAR. (1) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure the r:nulti-barrier barricades in the grassy area in a stable manner. (2) The battery operated red flashers located at each end of the multi-barrier barricade shall be operative at all times. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately repair or replace any flasher that is not operating. (3) Multi-barrier barricades shall be in place prior to commencing construction operations. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain barricades and lights, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and barricade location · has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the OAR. b. Relocation of Multi-Barrier Barricades . Multi-barrier barricades shall be relocated to new areas as directed by the OAR. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. c. The multi-barrier barricades shall remain the property of the Contractor. 300-3.3 PROTABLE LIGHTED RUNWAY CLOSURE SIGN. a. Placement of Portable Lighted Runway Closure Sign. Portable Lighted Runway Closure Signs shall be placed on the runway designation numbers and centered about the runway center line. The portable lighted runway closure "X" shall be located facing the approach end of the runway. Placement c,>f portable lighted runway closure sign shall be compatible with the contract documents and shall be located to the extent determined by the OAR. (1) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure the portable lighted runway closure sign in a stable manner. (2) The portable lighted runway closure sign located at each end of the runway shall be operative at all times. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately repair or replace any portable lighted runway closure sign that is not operating. (3) In the event of a portable lighted runway closure sign failure, contractor to notify Airport Operations immediately. Should the portable lighted runway closure sign not be replaced or repaired within one (1) hour, contractor to notify Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-300-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. Airport Operations of portable lighted runway closure sign failure and prepare for installation of temporary runway closure "X" closure. (4) Contractor to keep portable runway closure "X" materials, plywood or fabric and sand bags, · on site in case of portable lighted runway closure sign failure. Portable runway closure "X" materials to be accordance with current FAA regulations. Construction work shall cease immediately and shall not commence until runway closure "X" (s) are in place. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain portable runway closure signs or temporary runway closure signs, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and runway closure "X" (s) have been installed to the satisfaction of the OAR b. Relocation of Portable Runway Closure Signs. Portable runway closure signs shall be relocated to new areas as directed by the OAR This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. c. The Portable Runway Closure Signs shall remain the property of the Contractor. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 300-4.1 MEASUREMENT. The furnishing, installation and relocation of construction lighted cones and barricades shall not be measured separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the Lump Sum bid item "Sign- Barricades & Traffic Routing -Install". The furnishing, installation, relocation, maintenance, and fuel for Portable Lighted Runway Closure Signs shall be measured per each, complete in place. BASIS OF PAYMENT 300-5.1 PAYMENT. No separate payment shall be made for barricades, lighted cones or other traffic control devices. Payment for these items shall be made at the contract Lump Sum price bid for Signs- Barricades & Traffic Routing. Such price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide, install, relocate, maintain and remove all construction barricades, lighted cones and traffic control devices. Payment for furnishing, installation, relocation, maintenance, and fuel for Portable Lighted Runway Closure Signs shall be made at the contract price per each for Signs-Barricade & Traffic Routing, Portable Lighted Runway Closure Marker. Such price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, labor, tools, equipment, maintenance, fuel and incidentals necessary to provide, install, relocate, maintain and remove all portable lighted runway closure signs. No separate payment will be made for temporary runway closure materials and sand bags. Payment for these items shall be included in other items of work. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport · G-300-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . Payment will be made under: Item G-300.1 Item G-300.2 Sign-Barricades & Traffic Routing -install, --per lump sum. Sign-Barricades & Traffic Routing -Install, Portable Lighted Runway Closure Sign --Per Each END OF ITEM G-300 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-300-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. I ITEM G-700 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION 700-1.1 This section shall include all work necessary for and incidental to the exec·ution and completion of demolition, and removal or removal, salvage and storage of items as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Where either concrete or asphalt pavement is designated to be removed, the pavement removal shall be saw cut as required and include the removal of the pavement's base sections, i.e., cement treated base (CTB), asphalt base, flexible base, etc. The base materials are not considered as individual removal items. Five inches for the shoulder pavement to be removed is an estimate of the thickness, the actually thickness may vary. CONSTRUCTION METHOD 700-2.1 GENERAL. a. Demolition and removal procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, timely disconnection of any utility service and protection for any vehicles or aircraft in the area. b. The use of explosives will not be permitted. 700-2.2 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS. a. Demolished materials shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be properly disposed of outside the limits of the airport, with the exception of materials designated in the contract documents or designated by the Engineer to be salvaged. All electrical fixtures, components and associated accessories shall be salvaged for relocation as designated by the contract documents or for delivery to Alliance Airport. Salvage material shall be delivered to Alliance Airport at a site on the airport as designated by the Construction Manager. b. Receipts shall be furnished by the Contractor for salvaged items delivered to Alliance Airport. c. Burning at the project site for disposal of refuse and debris will not be allowed. d. Demolition debris shall be removed at least once each day in accordance with applicable city, county, state and federal laws and/or ordinances. e. The Contractor shall meet all applicable city, county, state and federal laws and/or ordinances governing spillage of debris while transporting to the disposal site. f. All combustible waste materials and/or hazardous waste and debris shall be handled, transported and disposed of in accordance with applicable local, state and federal laws and/or ordinances. 700-2.3 UTILITIES. a. The Contractor shall cut, remove, plug or otherwise alter the condition of existing utilities as indicated on the plans, and shall repair or replace those utilities damaged or destroyed that are to remain in place. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-700-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. b. The Contractor shall notify all utility companies, public or private , of his intended operations and determine if any utilities exist that are not indicated on the plans . Close coordination shall be maintained between the Contractor and utility companies . c. Trenches for utilities to be removed shall be filled , backfilled and compacted in lifts. 700-2.4 DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. a. Concrete or asphalt pavement specified to be removed shall be saw cut full depth when adjacent to existing structures or pavement to remain in place. Edges of concrete (or asphaltic pavement) to remain shall be protected from chipping or spalling. b. Avoid excessive vibrations in demolition procedures that would be transmitted through existing structures and finish materials. c. Provide necessary shoring, bracing , needle pinning and other precautions required to properly support existing structures during cutting and demolition operations . d. Existing concrete to be removed shall be broken up into pieces not greater than 36 inches in any dimension by a means suitable to the Construction Manager. The use of explosives will not be permitted . Reinforcing steel shall be cut as necessary for satisfactory disposal. e. The contractor shall use care in the removal of electrical items in order to salvage the electrical items and the ir components. f. The removal of pavement striping shall be accomplished by means high pressure water. Sandblasting and grinding will not be permitted. 700-2.5 CLEAN UP. a. Debris and rubbish shall be removed from the site daily. b. Debris Control : Remove and transport debris in a manner as to prevent spillage on aprons, runways and/or taxiways , roads or adjacent areas. The work area shall be continuously maintained to keep it free of any debris from the construction process. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 700-3.1 The demolition and removal of concrete pavement shall be measured for payment by the square yard for each designated depth of concrete pavement, including concrete curb, as listed in the bid schedule and by the square yard . 700-3.2 Demolition items damaged or removed by the Contractor in excess of quantities to be removed as directed by either the contract documents or the Construction Manager shall not be measured for payment, but shall be at the Contractor's sole expense . METHOD OF PAYMENT 700-4.1 Payment for demolition of concrete pavement will be made at the contract unit price per square yard for each designated depth of concrete pavement, including concrete curb, as listed in the bid schedule . This price shall be full compensation for all preparation , labor, equipment, saw-cutting and incidentals necessary to complete the item . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-700-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . Payment will be made under: G-700.1 G-700.2 G-700 .3 G-700.4 Pavement Removal, 6-lnch PCC --per square yard Pavement Removal, 8-lnch PCC --per square yard Pavement Removal, 14-lnch PCC ---per square yard Paveme_~t Removal, PAPl-4 foundations ---per lump sum END OF ITEM G-700 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport G-700-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. ITEM P-100 MOBILIZATION DESCRIPTION 100-1.1 GENERAL. The work specified in this item consists of preparatory work and operations to mobilize for beginning work on the project; and departure from the site upon completion of this work. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, those operations necessary for the ·movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, for furnishing, installation and any necessary relocation of construction barricades, and for the establishment of temporary AOA access gate(s), utilities, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications and State and local laws and regulations. The cost of bonds and any required insurance or which is not covered by a separate payment item, and any pre-construction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, may also be included in this section. This item shall also cover demobilization from the · site upon the completion of the work. Demobilization shall include, but is not limited to, removal of temporary offices, buildings, utilities, and other facilities as well as demolition and restoration of the staging area(s) to condition prior to construction, removal of temporary gate(s), reconstruction of permanent security (AOA) fence, haul routes, and any other areas not covered by other sections. · BASIS OF PAYMENT 100-2.1 GENERAL. The work and incidental costs covered under this item shall be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for Mobilization . 100-2.2 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item* 5% 10% 100% 50% 90% 100% *The lump sum amount for this item is limited to five (5%) percent of the original Contract amount. Any amount in excess of five (5%) percent will be paid upon completion of all work on the Contract. The standard retainage as specified in the General Conditions shall be applied to this item. Payment will be made under: P-100 Mobilization--per lump sum END OF ITEM Ft. Worth Alliance Airport P-100-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 1. Del~te Section 152-1.2.b in its entirety. 2. Delete Section 152-3.3 .in its entirety. 3. Delete Sections 152-4.2 and 152-4.6 in their entirety. 4 . Delete pay items and replace with the following. Item P-152 .1 Item P-152.2 Unclassified Excavation--per cubic yard Embankment in Place--per cubic yard END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Ft. Worth Alliance Airport S-P-152-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT DESCRIPTION 152-1.1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct safety areas, runways, taxiways, aprons, and intermediate as well as other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical section(s) shown on the plans . 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a. Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for under the following items. b. Rock Excavation. Rock excavation shall include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented they cannot be removed without blasting or using rippers . All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard (0.4 cubic meter) will be classified as "rock excavation." c. Muck Excavation. Muck excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of deposits or mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material. Muck shall include materials that will decay or produce subsidence in the embankment. It may be made up of decaying stumps, roots , logs, humus, or other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment. d. Drainage Excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of all excavation made for the primary purpose of drainage and includes drainage ditches, such as intercepting , inlet or outlet; temporary levee construction; or any other type as shown on the plans. e. Borrow Excavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material required for the construction of embankment or for other portions of the work in excess of the quantity of usable material available from required excavations. Borrow material shall be obtained from areas within the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading, or from areas outside the airport. 152-1.3 Unsuitable Excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material , when approved by the Engineer as suitable to support vegetation, may be used on the embankment slope. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 152-2.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area , the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans . All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-152-1 Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material has become compacted, by hauling or other activities of the Contractor shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm), in order to loosen and pulverize the soil . If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage , conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures that may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained elevations and measurements of the ground surface. All suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or for other purposes shown on the plans. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans . When .the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades· indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed of as directed . When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas. The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is we ll drained at all times . When necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water that may affect the work. a. Selective Grad.ing. When selective grading is indicated on the plans, the more suitable material as designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or ·in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place this material in its final location, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment for rehandling as specified in paragraph 3.3. b. Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for safety areas, subgrades , roads , shoulders , or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches (300 mm), or to the depth specified by the Engineer, below the subgrade. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation , shall be removed to the depth specified . Unsu itable materials shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans. This excavated material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for unclassified excavation. The excavated area shall be refilled with su itable material obtained from the grad ing operations or borrow areas and compacted to specified densities. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. c. Overbreak . Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the d isplacement of such material was unavoidable and his/her decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak that the Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." d. Removal of Utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor, e.g., the utility unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet (60 cm) below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as directed . All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified herein . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-152-2 e. Compaction Requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determ ined by ASTM D 1557. The material to be compacted shall be within +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolled to obtain the prescribed compaction (except fo r expansive soils). The in -place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167 . Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. The finished grading operations , conforming to the typ ical cross section, shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet (300 m) ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line of finished grade of slope. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope , cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the safety of all persons , the work, . and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. All operations of the Contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, and use of explosives shall conform to all state and local regulations and explosive manufacturers' instructions , with applicable approved permits reviewed by the Engineer. Any approval given , however, will not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility in blasting operations. Where blasting is approved , the Contractor shall employ a vibration consultant, approved by the Engineer, to advise on explosive charge weights per delay and to analyze records from se ismograph recordings . The seismograph shall be capable of producing a permanent record of the three components of the motion in terms of particle velocity , and in addition shall be capable of internal dynamic calibration. In each distinct blasting area, where pertinent factors affecting blast vibrations and their effects in the area remain the same , the Contractor shall submit a blasting plan of the initial blasts to the Engineer for approval. This plan must consist of hole size, depth , spacing , bu rden , type of explosives , type of delay sequence, maximum amount of explosive on any one delay period , depth of rock, and depth of overburden if any. The maximum explosive charge weights per delay included in the plan shall not be increased without the approval of the engineering . The Contractor shall keep a record of each blast fired-its date, time and location ; the amount of explos ives used, maximum explosive charge weight per delay period , and, where necessary, seismograph records identified by instrument number and location. These records shall be made available to the Engineer on a monthly bas is or in tabulated form at other times as required. 152-2.3 .BORROW EXCAVATION. Borrow area(s) within the airport property are indicated on the plans. Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed. When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, at least 15 days prior to beginn ing the excavation, so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regula r lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat, presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. 152-2.4 DRAINAGE EXCAVATION. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting; inlet or outlet, for temporary levee constructio n; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-152-3 construction. All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsuitable material shall be placed in waste areas or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent excavation operations. All necessary work shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross section and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. 152-2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. Where an embankment is to be constructed to a height of 4 feet (120 cm) or less, all sod and vegetable matter shall be removed from the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed, and the cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm). This area shall then be compacted as indicated in paragraph 2.6. When the height of fill is greater than 4 feet (120 cm), sod not required to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground before construction of embankment. Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 to 1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section . The necessary clearing and grubbing and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross section, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. Materials such as brush, hedge, roots, stumps, grass and other organic matter, shall not be incorporated or buried in the embankment. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field . The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layer shall be within +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. In order to achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer, wetting or drying of the material and manipulation shall be required when necessary. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all of the affected portions of the embankment shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling of dry material to obtain the proper moisture content shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken for each 100 cubic yards . Based on these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and · adjustments in methods, materials or moisture content in order to achieve the correct embankment density. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum density for noncohesive soils, and 90 percent of maximum density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D 1557. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches (100 mm). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-152-4 Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another until the proper density is obtained. During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his/her equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. · In the construction of embankments, layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas . Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable leveling equipment and by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. These type lifts shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet (120 cm) below the finished subgrade. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping , and other necessary operations for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. 152-2.7 FINISHING AND PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE. After the subgrade has been substantially completed the full width shall be conditioned by removing any soft or other unstable material that will not compact properly. The resulting areas and all other low areas, holes or depressions shall be brought to grade with suitable select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect the subgrade from damage. He/she shall limit hauling over the finished subgrade to that which is essential for construction purposes. All ruts or rough places that develop in · a completed subgrade shall be smoothed and recompacted. No subbase, base, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer. 152-2.8 HAUL. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. Its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved. No payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. 152-2.9 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge applied AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-152-5 parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2-inch (12 mm), or shall not be more than 0.05-foot (.015 m) from true grade as establi shed by grade hubs or pins . Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening , adding , or removing materials; reshaping; and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling . On safety areas , intermediate. and other designated areas , the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.1 O foot (0 .03 m) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening , adding or remov ing materials, and reshaping. 152-2.10 TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item T -905 , it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished construction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be plac·ed within 400 feet of runway pavement or 250 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas that subsequently will requ ire any excavation or embankment. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping, the material shall be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling . Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in Item T-905 . No direct payment will be made for topsoil as such under Item P-152. The quantity removed and placed directly or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "Unclassified Excavation ." When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "Topsoiling ," as provided in Item T-905 . METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position. Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. 1.52-3.2 Borrow material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of cubic yards measured in its original position at the borrow pit. 152-3.3 Stockpiled material shall be pa id for on the basis of the number of cubic yards measured in the stockpiled position as soon as the material has been stockpiled . 152-3.4 For payment specified by the cub ic ya rd , measurement for all excavation and embankment shall be computed by the average end area method. The end area is that bound by the original ground line established by field cross sections and the final theoretical pay line established by excavation or embankment cross sections shown on the plans, subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all excavation and embankment operations and prior to the placing of base or subbase material, the final excavation and embankment shall be verified by the Engineer by means of field cross sections taken randomly at intervals not exceeding 500 linear feet (150 meters). Final field cross sections shall be employed if the following changes have been made: a. Plan width of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 1.0 foot (0 .3 meter); or AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-152-6 b. Plan elevations of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 0.5 foot (0.15 meter). BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 For "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.2 For "Rock Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.3 For "Muck Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.4 For "Drainage Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item . 152-4.5 For "Borrow Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.6 For "Stockpiled Material" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.7 For "Embankment in Place" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Unclassified Excavation-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-152-4.2 Rock Excavation-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-152-4.3 Muck Excavation-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-152-4.4 Drainage Excavation-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-152-4.5 Borrow Excavation-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-152-4.6 Stockpiled material-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-152-4.7 Embankment in Place-per cubic yard (cubic meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS · ASTM D 698 Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-pound (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (305 mm) Drop AC 150/5370-10-E P-152-7 9/30/2009 ASTM D 1556 Test for Density of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D 1557 Test for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort ASTM D 2167 Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Rubber Ballon Method. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF ITEM P-152 P-152-8 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-156 TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 1. Delete all references to "Engineer'' and substitute with "Owner'' or "Owner's Authorized Representative". 2. Add the following paragraphs to Section 156-1.1: Erosion contro.1 measures shall comply with applicable requirements of all governing authorities having jurisdiction. The Specifications and the Plans are not represented as being comprehensive, but rather to convey the intent to provide complete slope protection and erosion control for both the Owner's and adjacent property. All land-disturbing activities shall be planned and conducted to minimize the size of the area to be exposed at any one time and to minimize the time of exposure, as well as off-site sedimentation damage. Contractor shall be responsible for completing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention · Plan that has been prepared herein. Contractor shall be responsible to obtain, implement and . maintain all permit requirements including the TCEQ General Construction Permit. 3. Add the following subsections to Section 156-2, MATERIALS: 156-2.6 SILT FENCES. Silt fences shall be "Envirofence" preassembled silt fence by Mirafi, Inc., or approved equivalent. 4. Add the following subsections to Section 156-3, CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: 156-3.5 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE/EXIT. a. The length of a construction entrance shall be a minimum of fifty (50) feet or as directed by the Owner's Authorized Representative. b. The construction entrance shall have an all weather surface. The construction entrance shall be maintained as specified herein. c. The minimum width of a construction entrance off of a public right-of-way shall be at least fourteen (14) feet for one way traffic and twenty (20) feet for 2 way traffic but shall not be less than the full width of all points of ingress and egress, or as directed by the Owner's Authorized Representative. The Owner's Authorized Representative can approve narrow entrance width where appropriate for the type of traffic utilizing the entrance. d. When necessary, construction equipment shall be cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is required, it shall be done on an area stabilized with crushed stone that drains into an approved sediment trap or sediment basin. All sediment shall be prevented from entering any storm drain, channel or watercourse through use of sandbags, gravel, boards or other approved methods. Fort Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-156-1 Phase 7 Runway Design & Taxiway Rehab . e. The construction entrance shall be maintained in a condition that will prevent tracking or flowing of sediment onto public rights-of-way. This may require periodic top dressing with additional stone as conditions demand and repair and/or cleanout of any measures used to trap sediment. The Contractor, immediately at no cost to the Owner, shall remove all sediment spilled , dropped, washed or tracked onto public rights-of-way. 156-3.6 SILT FENCE. a. The Contractor shall excavate a 6-inch by 6-inch trench for site fence bedding along the lower perimeters of the site where necessary to prevent sediment from entering any drainage system. b. The Contractor shall install the silt fence in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions and the details on the plans. .i 156-3; 7 DUST CONTROL. a. Contractor shall control dust on all areas in which Construction activities are conducted by timely application of sufficient amount of water. b. Water shall be provided in the amounts and locations as required or as ordered by the Owner's Authorized Representative. 156-3.8 MAINTENANCE. a. The Contractor shall be responsible for periodically cleaning out and disposing of all sediment once the storage capacity of the drainage feature or structure receiving the sediment is reduced by one-half. The Contractor shall also be responsible for cleaning out and disposing of all sediment at the time of completion of the Work. b . The Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting all disturbed areas, as well as all erosion and sediment control devices as specified on the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), and within 24 hours after rainfall of 0.5 inches or greater. Inspection shall be conducted, and a written report prepared by a designated and qualified person familiar with the USEPA NPDES Storm Water General Permit, this SWPPP and the Project SWPPP. The Contractor shall promptly repair and replace any deficiencies found 156-3.9 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal and proper disposal of all temporary erosion control devices prior to final acceptance of the project, or acceptance of those areas of the project designated as separate phases. 5. Delete paragraphs a, b, c, and d from Section 156-4.1, Method of Measurement and add the following: a. The quantity of Silt Fence shall be measured by the number of linear feet of silt fence complete in place and accepted . Fort Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-156-2 Phase 7 Runway Design & Taxiway Rehab. b. No separate payment will be made for stabilized construction entrance/exit, inclusive of all components necessary for a complete and working installation. Include costs under Item P-101, Mobilization. c. Maintenance shall not be measured for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to the applicable bid items. 6. Delete Section 156-1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, and substitute with the following: 156-5.1 Accepted quantities of temporary water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation control work ordered by the Owner's Representative and measured as provided in paragraph 156-4.1 will be paid for under: a. Payment for Silt Fence shall be made at the contract unit price bid per linear foot. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals required to complete this item , including removal. Payment will be made under: Item P-156.2 Erosion Control -Install, Silt Fence, Complete in Place -per linear foot. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Fort Worth Alliance Airport SP-P-156-3 Phase 7 Runway Design & Taxiway Rehab . ITEM P-156 TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION, AND SILTATION CONTROL DESCRIPTION 156-1.1 This item shall consist of temporary control measures as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer during the life of a contract to control water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation through the use of berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other erosion control devices or methods. The temporary erosion control measures contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent erosion control measures specified as part of this contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction period . Temporary control may include work outside the construction limits such as borrow pit operations, equipment and material storage sites, waste areas, and temporary plant sites. MATERIALS 156-2.1 GRASS. Grass that will not compete with the grasses sown later for permanent cover shall be a quick-growing species (such as ryegrass, Italian ryegrass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area providing a temporary cover. 156-2.2 MULCHES. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, bark, wood chips, or other suitable material reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials. 156-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade and shall conform to all Federal and state regulations and to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 156-2.4 SLOPE DRAINS. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, .rubble, portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete, or other materials that will adequately control erosion. 156-2.5 OTHER. All other materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved by the Engineer before being incorporated into the project. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 156-3.1 GENERAL. In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal, state, or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or regulations shall apply. The Engineer shall be responsible for assuring compliance to the extent that construction practices, construction operations, and construction work are involved. 156-3.2 SCHEDULE. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit schedules for accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion control work, as are applicable for clearing and grubbing; grading; construction; paving; and structures at watercourses. The Contractor shall also submit a proposed method of erosion and dust control on haul roads and borrow pits and a plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operation for the applicable construction have been accepted by the Engineer. 156-3.3 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER. The Engineer has the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, to limit. the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and fill operations, and to direct the Contractor to provide AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-156-1 immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures to minimize contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, or other areas of water impoundment. 156-3.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. The Contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in the accepted schedule. Except where future construction operations will damage slopes, the Contractor shall perform the permanent seeding and mulching and other specified slope protection work in stages, as soon as substantial areas of exposed slopes can be made available. Temporary erosion and pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise, temporary erosion control measures may be required between successive construction stages. The Engineer will limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor's capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic, temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified. In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or are ordered by the Engineer, such work shall be performed by the Contractor at his/her own expense. The Engineer may increase or decrease the area of erodible earth material to be exposed at one time as determined by analysis of project conditions. The erosion control features installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the Contractor during the construction period. Whenever construction equipment must cross watercourses at frequent intervals, and such crossings will adversely affect the sediment levels, temporary structures should be provided . Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, wash water from concrete mixing operations, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into or near rivers, streams, and impoundments or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 156-4.1 Temporary erosion and pollution control work required which is not attributed to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls will be performed as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer. Completed and accepted work will be measured as follows: a. Temporary seeding and mulching will be measured by the square yard. b. Temporary slope drains will be measured by the linear foot. c. Temporary benches, dikes, dams, and sediment basins will be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) of excavation performed, including necessary cleaning of sediment basins, and the cubic yard (cubic meter) of embankment placed at the direction of the Engineer, in excess of plan lines and elevations. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-156-2 d. All fertilizing will be measured by the ton. 156-4.2 Control work performed for protection of construction areas outside the construction limits, such as borrow and waste areas , haul roads , equipment and material storage sites, and temporary plant sites, will not be measured and paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor with costs included in the contract prices bid for the items to which they apply. BASIS OF PAYMENT 156-5.1 Accepted quantities of temporary water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation control work ordered by the Engineer and measured as provided in paragraph 156-4.1 will be paid for under: Item P-156-5.1 Temporary seeding and mulching-per square yard {square meter) Item P-156-5.2 Temporary slope drains-per linear foot (meter) Item P-156-5 .3 Temporary benches, dikes, dams and sediment basins-per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-156-5.4 Fertilizing-per ton (kilogram) Where other directed work falls within the specifications for a work item that has a contract price, the units of work shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price bid for the various items. Temporary control features not covered by contract items that are ordered by the Engineer will be paid for in accordance with Section 90-05. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF ITEM P-156 P-156-3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-501 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 2. Add the following to 501-3.1 PROPORTIONS in the first paragraph: The 7-day flexural strength of the concrete will not exceed 600 psi. 3. Delete Section 501-8.1 b, Payment, in its entirety and substitute the following: b. Payment. Payment shall be made under: Item P-501 .1 Item P-501.2 Item P-501.3 Pavement-Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -Install (14 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC} ---per square yard Pavement-Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -Install (18 inch Airfield Reinforced PCC} ---per square yard Pavement-Concrete Replacement on Existing Base -Install (Saw-Cut Grooving}--per square yard 4. Delete Section 501-8.1c, Basis of adjusted payment for Smoothness, in its entirety. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-501 Fort Worth Alliance Airport S-P-501-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. PART VI -RIGID PAVEMENT ITEM P-501 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT DESCRIPTION 501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of Portland cement concrete, with reinforcement] constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 501-2 .1 A~GREGATES. a. Reactivity. Aggregates shall be tested for deleterious reactivity with alkalis in the cement, which may cause exc:essive expansion of the concrete . Tests of coa rse and fine aggregate shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 1260. If the expansion of the coarse or fine aggregate test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not exceed 0.10 % at 16 days from casting , the coarse or fine aggregates shall be accepted. If the expansion at 16 days is greater than 0.10%, tests of combined materials shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 1260 or ASTM C 1567 using the aggregates, cementitious materials , and/or specific reactivity reducing chemica ls in the proportions proposed for the mixture design . If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260 or ASTM C 1567, does not exceed 0.10 % at [30] days from casting , the proposed combined materials will be accepted . If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is greater than 0.10% at 30 days, the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can reduce the expansion to less than 0.10 % at 30 days, or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested . b. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33 . Gradation shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136, except as may otherwise be qualified under Section 6 of ASTM C 33 . TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE (ASTM C 33) Sieve Designation (Square Openings) 3/8 in. (9 .5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2 .36 mm) No . 16 (1 .18 mm) No. 30 (600 micro-m) No. 50 (300 micro-m) No. 100 150 micro-m Percentage by Weight Passin Sieves · 100 95-100 80-100 50-85 25-60 10-30 2-10 c. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33 . Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the requ irements of Tab le 2 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. When the nominal maximum size of the aggregate is greater than 1 inch , the agg regates shall be furnished in two size groups. Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall cons ist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel, air-cooled blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete pavement, or a combination thereof. The aggregate shall AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-1 be composed of clean, hard, uncoated particles and shall meet the requirements for deleterious substances contained in ASTM C 33 , Class 4S. Dust and other coating shall be removed from the aggregates by washing . The aggregate in any size group shall not contain more than 8 percent by weight of flat or elongated pieces when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791. A flat or elongated particle is one having a ratio between the maximum and the minimum dimensions of a circumscribing rectangular prism exceeding 5 to 1. The percentage of wear shall be no more than 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 or ASTM C535. TABLE 2. GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE ASTM C33 Sieve Designations (square openings) In. mm 2-1/2 63 2 50.8 1-1/2 38.1 1 25.0 3/4 19.0 1/2% 12.5 3/8 9.5 No.4 4.75 No.a 2.36 Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves 1 Yz" -%" 100 90-100 ~0-55 0-15 0-5 %"-No. 4 100 90-100 20-55 0-10 0-5 Aggregate susceptibility to Disintegration (D) Cracking. Aggregates that have a history of D-cracking shall not be used . Prior to approval of mixture design and production of Portland cement concrete the Contractor shall submit written certification that the aggregate does not have a history of D-Cracking and that the aggregate meets the specified State requirements . (1) Other sources of crushed stone aggregate shall be approved if the durability factor as determined by ASTM C 666 is greater than or equal to 95 and all other quality test requirements w ithin these specifications are fulfilled . The FAA will consider and reserves final approval of other State classification procedures. (2) Crushed gravel and sand-gravel aggregates shall not be required to meet freeze-thaw durability ratings . These aggregates shall be approved for use in concrete by the state highway agency in the state from which the aggregate originates and the state in which they are to be used and shall meet all other criteria within these specifications. 501-2.2 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150 Type Ill. If for any reason, cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. On ly cements containing less than 0.6% equivalent alkali or cements that can demonstrate a positive reduction in the expansion created by alkali-silica reactions shall be used. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-2 501-2.3 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. a. Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolan. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C , F, or N with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6 percent for Class F or N. The supplementary optional chemical and physical properties of Table 3 contained in ASTM C 618 shall apply. Fly ash such as is produced in furnace operations utilizing liming materials or soda ash (sodium carbonate) as an additive shall not be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each shipment of Fly Ash used in the project. The vendor's certified test report can be used for acceptance or the material may be tested independently by the Engineer. b. Blast Furnace Slag (Slag Cement). Ground Granulated Blast Furnace (GGBF) slag shall conform to ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. GGBF shall be used only at a rate between 25 and 55 percent of the total cementitious material by mass. 501-2.4 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER. Premolded joint filler for expansion joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1752, Type II or Ill and shall be punched to admit the dowels where called for on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer. 501-2.5 JOINT SEALER. The joint sealer for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of Item P-605 and shall be of the type(s) specified in the plans. 501-2.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcing shall consist of billet steel bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 501-2.7 DOWEL AND TIE BARS. Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 996, except that rail steel bars, Grade 50 or 60, shall not be used for tie bars that are to be bent or restraightened during construction . Tie bars designated as Grade 40 in ASTM A 615 can be used for construction requiring bent bars. Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 966 and shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete. High strength dowel bars shall conform to ASTM A 714, Class 2 , Type S, Grade I, II or Ill, Bare Finish. Before d~livery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be painted with one coat of paint conforming to MIL-DTL-24441/20A.SSPC Paint 5 or SSPC Paint 25.Metal or plastic collars shall be full circular device supporting the dowel until the epoxy hardens. The sleeves for dowel bars used in expansion joints shall be metal or other type of an approved design to cover 2 to 3 inches (50 mm to 75 mm) of the dowel, with a closed end and with a suitable stop to hold the end of the bar at least 1 inch (25 mm) from the closed end of the sleeve . Sleeves shall be of such design that they will not collapse during construction . 501-2.8 WATER. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with the requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without testing . 501-2.9 COVER MATERIAL FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: a. Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B, or Class A if wax base only. b. White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-3 c. White burlap-polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171. d. Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 171 . 501-2.10 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved . a. Air-Entraining Admixtures. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions. The air-entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b. Chemical Admixtures. Water-reducing , set retarding, and set-accelerating admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, including the flexural strength test. 501-2.11 EPOXY-RESIN. Epoxy-resin used to anchor dowels and tie bars in pavements shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type I, Grade 3, Class C. Class A or B shall be used when the surface temperature of the hardened concrete is below 60 degrees F (16 degrees C). 501-2.12 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE. Prior to use of materials, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test(s) for each material, the test results, and a statement that the material passed or failed. The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. MIX DESIGN 501-3.1 PROPORTIONS. Concrete shall be designed to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5 .2 for a flexural strength of 700 psi. The mix shall be designed using the procedures contained in Chapter 9 of the Portland Cement Association's manual, "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". The Contractor shall note that to ensure that the concrete actually produced will meet or exceed the acceptance criteria for the specified strength, the mix design average strength must be higher than the specified strength . The amount of overdesign necessary to meet specification requirements depends on the producer's standard deviation of flexural test results and the accuracy that that value can be estimated from historic data for the same or similar materials. The minimum cementitious material (cement plus fly ash, or GGBFS) shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. The ratio of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than 0.45 by weight. Prior to the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength obtained from the concrete at 7 and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. The fineness modulus of the fine aggregate and the air content shall also be shown . The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 10 AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-4 days prior to the start of operations. The submitted mix design shall not be more than 90 days old. Production shall not begin until the mix design is approved in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources be made, or admixtures added or deleted from the mix, a new mix design must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C 192 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 78 . The mix dete.rmined shall be workable concrete having a slump for side-form concrete between 1 and 2 inches (25 mm and 50 mm) as determined by ASTM C 143. For vibrated slip-form concrete , the slump shall be between 1/2 inch (13 mm) and 11/2 inches (38 mm). 501-3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. a. Fly Ash. Fly ash may be used in the mix design. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the minimum cement content may be met by considering Portland cement plus fly ash as the total cementitious material. The replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, but shall be between 20 and 30 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. If fly ash is used in conjunction with ground granular blast furnace slag the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 1 O percent by weight of total cementitious material. b. Ground Slag. Ground blast-furnace slag may be used in a mix design containing Type I or Type · II cement. The slag , or slag plus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55 percent of the total cementitious material by weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) the percent slag shall not exceed 30 percent by weight. 501-3.3 ADMIXTURES. a. Air-Entraining. Air-entraining admixture shall be added in such a manner that will insu re uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mix air-entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be in accordance with Table 3 plus or minus 1 percentage points. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. b. Chemical. Water-reducing , set-controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements . Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes, with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494 . Exposure Level RECOMMENDED AIR CONTENT (PERCENT) Maximum Size Aggregate inches (mm~ 2(51) 5.0 1.5(38) 5.5 1(25) 6.0 3/4(19) 6.0 1/2(13) 7.0 501-3.4 TESTING LABORATORY. The laboratory used to develop the mix design shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077: The laboratory accreditation will include ASTM C 78 . A certification that it meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of mix design. The certification shall include evidence that the laboratory is inspected/accredited for the test methods requ ired herein by a nationally recognized laboratory inspection accreditation organization . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-5 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 501-4.1 EQUIPMENT. Equipment necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the engineer as to design , capacity, and mechan ical conditions .· The equipment shall be at the jobsite sufficiently ahead of the start of paving operations to be examined thoroughly and approved . a. Batch Plant and Equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the requ irements ofASTM C94. b. Mixers and Transportation Equipment. (1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers . Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades . (2) Central plant mixer. Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94 . The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. (3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central-mixed conc rete shall conform to the requirements of ASTMC 94. (4) Nonagitator trucks. Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. c. Finishing Equipment. The standard method of constructing concrete pavements on FAA projects shall be with an approved slip -form paving equipment designed to spread, consolidate, screed, and float-finish the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine so a dense and homogeneous pavement is achieved with a minimum of hand finishing . The paver-fin isher shall be a heavy duty, self-propelled machine designed specifically for pav ing and finishing high quality concrete pavements. It shall weigh at least 2200 lbs. per foot of paving lane width and powered by an engine having at least 6.0 horsepower per foot of lane width. On projects requiring less than 500 square yards of cement concrete pavement or requiring individual placement areas of less than 500 square yards, or irregular areas at locations inaccessible to slip-form paving equipment, cement concrete pavement may be placed with approved placement and finishing equipment utilizing stationary side forms. Hand screeding and float finishing may only be utilized on small irregular areas as allowed by the Engineer. d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be the internal type . Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12 ,000 vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025- 0.05 inches (0.06-0.13 cm). The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement and meet the recommendations of ACI 309 , Guide for Consolidation of Concrete: Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall be automatically controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases. The contractor shall provide an electronic or mechanical means to monitor vibrator status. The checks on v ibrator status shall occur a minimum of two times per day or when requested by the Engineer. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-6 Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas only, but shall meet the recommendations of ACI 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. e. Concrete Saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations. f. Side Forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not less than 1 O feet (3 m) in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge, and a base width equal to or greater than the depth . Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot (31 m) radius or less. Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted or broken forms shall not be used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 m), and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions, when approved by the Engineer. g. Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement, true to grade, tolerances, and cross section. It shall be of sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete paving lane width as shown in the plans, at adequate forward speed, without transverse, longitudinal or vertical instability or without displacement. The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic horizontal and vertical control devices. 501-4.2 FORM SETTING. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to insure continuous paving operation. After the forms have been set to correct grade, the underlying surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms. Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position for the method of placement. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction . The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at any joint. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. 501-4.3 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE. The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened approximately 3 feet (1 m) to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required density, the areas that will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine. The grade of the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-7 501-4.4 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING SURFACE, SIDE-FORM AND FILL-IN LANE CONSTRUCTION. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be corrected and retested at the option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or other power unit., Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct contour of the underlying surface. The adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon. All excess material shall be removed and wasted. Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a condition similar to that of the surrounding grade. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed . The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not be permitted. The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment, at all times by the Contractor, and shall be checked daily. 501-4.5 HANDLING, MEASURING, AND BATCHING MATERIAL. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. · Stockpiles shall be constructed in such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing of deleterious materials. Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched . Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type. When bulk cement is used, the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement content specified is present in each batch . 501-4.6 MIXING CONCRETE. The concrete may be mixed at the work site, in a central mix plant or in truck mixers. The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum . All concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94 . Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or nonagitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in nonagitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the approved mix design is not exceeded, and approved by the Engineer. 501-4.7 LIMITATIONS ON MIXING AND PLACING. No concrete shall be mixed, placed, or finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. a. Cold Weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat AC 1.50/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-8 reaches 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 degrees F (2 degrees C). The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) at the time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete . When concreting is authorized during cold weather, water and/or the agg regates may be heated to not more than 150. degrees F (66 degrees C). The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. b. Hot Weather. During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85 degrees F (30 degrees C), the following precautions shall be taken . The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled w ith water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable , and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 90 degrees F (35 degrees C). The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. The finished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water-fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium . If necessary, wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf per hour as determined in accordance wi t h Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting , wh ich takes into consideration relative humidity, wind velocity, and air temperature. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected , and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays , and similar measures commencing immediately beh ind the paver. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations shall be immediately stopped. c. Temperature Management Program. Prior to the start of paving operation for each day of paving, the contractor shall provide the engineer with a Temperature Management Program for the concrete to be placed to assure that uncontrolled cracking is avoided. As a minimum the program shall address the following items: (1) Anticipated tensile strains in the fresh concrete as related to heating and cooling of the concrete material. (2) Anticipated weather conditions such as ambient temperatures, wind velocity , and relative humidity. (3) Anticipated timing of initial sawing of joint. 501-4.8 PLACING CONCRETE. The Contractor has the option of placing the concrete with either side (fixed) forms or slip-forms. At any point in concrete conveyance , the f ree vertical drop of the concrete from one point to another or to the underlying surface shall not exceed 3 feet (1 m). Backhoes and Grading equipment shall not be used to distribute the concrete in front of the paver. Front end loaders will not be used unless the contractor demonstrates that they can be used without contaminating the concrete and base course and it is approved by the Engineer. . Hauling equipment or other mechanical equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches a flexural strength of 550 psi (3 792 kPa) based on the AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-9 average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards (1 530 cubic meters) of concrete placed. Also, subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing equipment may be permitted to ride upon the edges of previously constructed pavement when the concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi . a. Slip-Form Construction. The concrete shall be distributed uniformly into final position by a self propelled slip-form paver without delay. The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose. The paver shall vibrate the concrete for the full width and depth of the strip of pavement being placed and the vibration shall be adequate to provide a consistency of concrete that will stand normal to the surface with sharp well defined edges. The sliding forms shall be rigidly held together laterally to prevent spreading of the forms. The plastic concrete shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibration with transverse vibrating units for the full width of the pavement and/or a series of equally placed longitudinal vibrating units. The space from the outer edge of the pavement to longitudinal unit shall not exceed 9 inches. The spacing of internal units shall be uniform and shall not exceed 18 inches. The term internal vibration means vibrating units located within the specified thickness of pavement section. The rate of vibration of each vibrating unit shall be within 8000 to 12000 cycles per minute and the amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete along the entire length of the vibrating unit an for a distance of at least one foot. The frequency of vibration or amplitude shall vary proportionately with the rate of travel to result in a uniform density and air content. The paving machine shall be equipped with a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating the actual frequency of vibrations. The concrete shall be held at a uniform consistency. The slip-form paver shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible. And all operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading concrete shall be coordinated to provide uniform progress with stopping and starting of the paver held to a minimum. If for any reason, it is necessary to stop the forward movement of the paver, the vibratory and tamping elements shall also be stopped immediately. No tractive force shall be applied to the machine, except that which is controlled from the machine. When concrete is being placed adjacent to an existing pavement, that part of the equipment which is supported on the existing pavement shall be equipped with protective pads on crawler tracks or rubber- tired wheels on which the bearing surface is offset to run a sufficient distance from the edge of the pavement to avoid breaking the pavement edge. b. Side-Form Construction . Side form sections shall be straight, free from warps, bends, indentations, or other defects. Defective forms shall be removed from the work. Metal side forms shall be used except at end closures and transverse construction joints where straight forms of other suitable material may be used. Side forms may be built up by rigidly attaching a section to either top or bottom of forms . If such build-up is attached to the top of metal forms, the build-up shall also be metal. Width of the base of all forms shall be equal to at least 80 percent of the specified pavement thickness. Side forms shall be of sufficient rigidity, both in the form and in the interlocking connection with adjoining forms , that springing will not occur under the weight of subgrading and paving equipment or from the pressure of the concrete. The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms so that there will be no delay in placing concrete due to lack of forms. Before placing side forms, the underlying material shall be at the proper grade. Side forms shall have full bearing upon the foundation throughout their length and width of base and shall be placed to the required · AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-10 grade and alignment of the finished pavement. They shall be firmly supported during the entire operation of placing, compacting, and finishing the pavement. Forms shall be drilled in advance of being placed to line and grade to accommodate tie bars where these are specified. Immediately in advance of placing concrete and after all subbase operations are completed, side forms shall be trued and maintained to the required line and grade for a distance sufficient to prevent delay in placing . Side forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed, and in all cases until the edge of the pavement no longer requires the protection of the forms. Curing compound shall be applied to the concrete immediately after the forms have been removed . Side forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled each time they are used and before concrete is placed against them. Concrete shall be spread, screeded, shaped and consolidated by one or more self-propelled machines. These machines shall uniformly distribute and consolidate concrete without segregation so that the completed pavement will conform to the required cross section with a minimum of handwork. The number and capacity of machines furnished shall be adequate to perform the work required at a rate equal to that of concrete delivery. Concrete for the full paving width shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibrators without causing segregation. Internal type vibrators' rate of vibration shall be not less than 7,000 cycles per minute. Amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete more than one foot from the vibrating element. The Contractor shall furnish a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating frequency of vibration . Power to vibrators shall be connected so that vibration ceases when forward or backward motion of the machine is stopped. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete. c. Consolidation Testing. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete . If a lack of consolidation of the concrete is suspected by the Engineer, additional referee testing may be required. Referee testing of hardened concrete will be performed by cutting cores from the finished pavement after a minimum of 24 hours curing. Density determinations will be made based on the water content of the core as taken. ASTM C 642 shall be used for the determination of core density in the saturated-surface dry condition . Referee cores will be taken at the minimum rate of one for each 500 cubic yards of pavement, or fraction thereof. The average density of the cores shall be at least 97 percent of the original mix design density, with no cores having a density of less than 96 percent of the original mix design density. Failure to meet the above requirements will be considered as evidence that the minimum requirements for vibration are inadequate for the job conditions, and additional vibrating units or other means of increasing the effect of vibration shall be employed so that the density of the hardened concrete as indicated by further referee testing shall conform to the above listed requirements. 501-4.9 STRIKE-OFF OF CONCRETE AND PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT. Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross section shown on the plans and to an elevation such that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-11 shall be at the elevation shown on the plans. When reinforced concrete pavement is placed in two layers, the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without further manipulation . The reinforcement shall then be placed directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered w ith the top layer or if initial set has taken place , it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinfo rcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spread ing. Reinforcing steel , at the time concrete is placed, shall be free of mud, oil , or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond . Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory, provided the minimum dimensions, weight, and tensile properties of a hand wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements . 501-4.10 JOINTS. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpend icular to the surface of the pavement and finished or edged as shown on the plans . Joints shall not vary more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) from their designated position and shall be true to line with not more than 1/4-inch (6 mm) variation in 10 feet (3 m). The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 10-foot (3 m) straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch (6 mm) shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of uniform width and depth as shown on the plans . a. Construction. Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip-formed or formed against side forms with or without keyways, as shown in the plans. Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the joint shall be located at a planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped , the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint. b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used, the installation and edge finish shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so that spalling will be avo ided at intersections with other joints. Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans . c. Expansion. Expansion joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of the thickness as shown on the plans , shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint, except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be securely staked or fastened into position perpendicular to the proposed fin ished surface. A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and finished . After the concrete has been placed and struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is still plastic. Any concrete bridging the joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. d. Keyways. Keyways (only female keys permitted) shall be formed in the plastic concrete by means of side forms or the use of keyway liners that are inserted during the slip-form operations. The keyway shall be formed to a tolerance of 1/4 inch (6 m) in any dimension and shall be of sufficient stiffness to support the upper keyway flange without distortion or slumping of the top of the flange . The dimensions of the keyway forms shall not vary more than plus or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) from the AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-12 mid-depth of the pavement. Liners that remain in place permanently and become part of the ·keyed joint shall be made of galvanized, copper clad, or of similar rust-resistant material compatible with plastic and hardened concrete and shall not interfere with joint reservoir sawing and sealing. e. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans . Tie bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals shown on the plans. They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane , they may be bent against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. These bars shall not be painted, greased, or enclosed in sleeves. When slip-form operations call for tie bars, two-piece hook bolts can be installed in the female side of the keyed joint provided the installation is made without distorting the keyed dimensions or causing edge slump. If a bent tie bar installation is used, the tie bars shall be inserted through the keyway liner only on the female side of the joint. In no case shall a bent tie bar installation for male keyways be permitted. f. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load-transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across joints in the manner as shown on the plans. They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be· left permanently in place. The dowel or load-transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position . A metal, or other type, dowel expansion cap or sleeve shall be furnished for each dowel bar used with expansion joints. These caps shall be substantial enough to prevent collapse and shall be placed on the ends of the dowels as shown on the plans . The caps or sleeves shall fit the dowel bar tightly and the closed end shall be watertight. The portion of each dowel painted with rust preventative paint, as required under paragraph 501-2.7 and shown on the plans to receive a debonding lubricant, shall be thoroughly coated with asphalt MC-70, or an approved lubricant, to prevent the concrete from bonding to that portion of the dowel. If free-sliding plastic-coated or epoxy-coated steel dowels are used, a lubrication bond breaker shall be used except when approved pullout tests indicate it is not necessary. Where butt-type joints with dowels are designated, the exposed end of the dowel shall be oiled. Dowel bars at contraction joints may be placed in the full thickness of pavement by a mechanical device approved by the Engineer. The device shall be capable of installing dowel bars within the maximum permissible alignment tolerances. Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be bonded in drilled holes. g. Installation. All devices used for the installation of expansion joints shall be approved by the Engineer. The top of an assembled joint device shall be set at the proper distance below the pavement surface and the elevation shall be checked . Such devices shall be set to the required position and line and shall be securely held in place by stakes or other means to the maximum permissible tolerances during the pouring and finishing of the concrete. The premolded joint material shall be placed and held in a vertical position; if constructed in sections, there shall be no offsets between adjacent units. Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible tolerances on dowel bar alignment shall be in accordance with paragraph 501 -5.2e(6). During the concrete placement operation, it is advisable to place plastic concrete directly on dowel assemblies immediately prior to passage of the paver to help maintain dowel position and alignment within maximum permissible tolerances. When concrete is placed using slip-form pavers, dowels and tie bars shall be placed in longitudinal construction joints by bonding the dowels or tie bars into holes drilled into the hardened concrete. Holes approximately 1/8-inch to 1/4-inch (3 to 6 mm) greater in diameter than the dowel or tie bar shall be drilled with rotary-type core drills that must be held securely in place to drill perpendicularly into the vertical face of the pavement slab. Rotary-type percussion drills may be used provided that spalling of concrete does not occur. Any damage of the concrete shall be repaired by the · Contractor in a method AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-13 approved by the Eng ineer. Dowels or tie bars shall be bonded in the drilled holes using an epoxy resin material. Installation procedures shall be adequate to insure that the area around dowe ls is completely filled with epoxy grout. Epoxy shall be injected into the back of the hole and displaced by the insertion of the dowel bar. Bars shall be completely inserted into the hole and shall not be withdrawn and reinserted creating air pockets in the epoxy around the bar. The Contractor shall furnish a template for checking the position and alignment of the dowels. Dowel bars shall not be less than 1 O inches (25 cm) from a transverse joint and shall not interfere with dowels in the transverse direction . h. Sawing of Joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipm~nt shall be as described in paragraph 501-4.1 . The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top portion of the slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans. Sawing shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling , or tearing and before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs. Sawing shall be carried on both during the day and night as requ ired . The joints shall be sawed at the required spacing, consecutively in sequence of the concrete placement. Curing compound, if being used as the cure type , shall be reapplied in the initial sawcut and maintained for the remaining cure period. Curing compound shall not be applied, and used as the cure method, to any final concrete face that is to receive a sealant. All slurry and debris produced in the sawing of joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. 501-4.11 FINAL STRIKE-OFF, CONSOLIDATION, AND FINISHING. a. Sequence. The sequence of operations shall be the strike-off, floating and removal of laitance, straightedging , and final surface finish. The addition of superficial water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations will not be permitted . b. Finishing at Joints. The concrete adjacent to joints shall be compacted or firmly placed without . voids or segregation against the joint material; it shall be firmly placed without voids or segregation under and around all load-transfer devices, joint assembly un its, and other features designed to extend into the pavement. Concrete adjacent to joints shall be mechanically vibrated as required in paragraph 501-4.8.a. After the concrete has been placed and vibrated adjacent to the joints, the finishing mach ine shall be operated in a manner to avoid damage or misalignment of joints. If uninterrupted operations of the finishing mach ine, to, over, and beyond the joints, cause segregation of concrete, damage to , or misalignment of the joints, the finishing machine shall be stopped when the screed is approximately 8 inches (20 cm) from the joint. Segregated concrete shall be removed from the front of and off the joint; and the forward motion of the finishing machine shall be resumed. Thereafter, the finishing machine may be run over the joint without lifting the screed, provided there is no segregated concrete immediately between the joint and the screed or on top of the joint. c. Machine Finishing. The concrete shall be spread as soon as it is placed, and it shall be struck off and screeded by a finishing machine. The machine shall go over each area as many times and at such intervals as necessary to give to proper consolidation and to leave a surface of uniform texture. Excessive operation over a given area shall be avoided. When side forms are used , the tops of the forms shall be kept clean by an effective device attached to the machine, and the travel of the machine on the forms shall be maintained true without lift, wobbling, or other variation tending to affect the precision finish . During the first pass of the finishing machine , a uniform ridge of concrete shall be maintained ahead of the front screed for its entire length. When in operation , the screed shall be moved forward with a comb ined longitudinal and transverse shearing motion , always moving in the direction in which the work is progressing, and so manipulated that neither end is raised from the side forms during the striking-off process . If necessary, this shall be repeated until the surface is of uniform texture, true to grade and cross section, and free from porous areas. d. Hand Finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted , except under the following conditions: in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish · the concrete already deposited on the grade ; in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions where AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-14 operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical. Concrete, as soon as placed, shall be struck off and screeded. An approved portable screed shall be used . A second screed shall be provided for striking off the bottom layer of concrete when reinforcement is used. The screed for the surface shall be a least 2 feet (0.6 m) longer than the maximum width of the slab to be struck off. It shall be of approved design, sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed either of metal or of other suitable material covered with metal. Consolidation shall be attained by the use of suitable vibrators. e. Floating. After the concrete has been struck off and consolidated, it shall be further smoothed and trued by means of a longitudinal float using one of the following methods: (1) Hand Method. Long-handled floats shall not be less than 12 feet (3.6 m) in length and 6 inches (15 cm) in width, stiffened to prevent flexibility and warping. The float shall be operated from foot bridges spanning but not touching the concrete or from the edge of the pavement. Floating shall pass gradually from one side of the pavement to the other. Forward movement along the centerline of the pavement shall be in successive advances of not more than one-half the length of the float. Any excess water or laitance in excess of 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed and wasted . (2) Mechanical method. The Contractor may use a machine composed of a cutting and smoothing float{s), suspended from and guided by a rigid frame and constantly in contact with, the side forms or underlying surface. If necessary, long-handled floats having blades not less than 5 feet (1.5 m) in length and 6 inches (15 cm) in width may be used to smooth and fill in open-textured areas in the pavement. When the crown of the pavement will not permit the use of the mechanical float, the surface shall be floated transversely by means of a long-handled float. Care shall be taken not to work the crown out of the pavement during the operation. After floating, any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8- inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed and wasted. Successive drags shall be lapped one-half the length of the blade. f. Straight-edge Testing and Surface Correction. After the pavement has been struck off and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 16-foot (5 m) straightedge swung from handles 3 feet (1 m) longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick shall be removed from the surface. of the pavement and wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-5 .2e{3). Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross section. The use of long-handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum; they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. 501-4.12 SURFACE TEXTURE. The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or broom, burlap drag, or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. a. Brush or Broom Finish. If the pavement surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom finish, it shall be applied when the water sheen has practically disappeared . The equipment shall operate transversely across the pavement surface, providing corrugations that are uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth. b. Burlap Drag Finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard (555 grams per square meter). To obtain a textured surface, the transverse AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-15 threads of the burlap shall be removed approximately 1 foot (0.3 m) from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth . c. Artlflclal Turf Finish. If artificial turf is used to texture the surface, it shall be applied by dragging the surface of the pavement in the direction of concrete placement with an approved full-width drag made with artificial turf. The leading transverse edge of the artificial turf drag will be securely fastened to a lightweight pole on a traveling bridge. At least 2 feet of the artificial turf shall be in contact with the concrete surface during dragging operations. A variety of different types of artificial turf are available and approval of any one type will be done only after it has been demonstrated by the Contractor to provide a satisfactory texture. One type that has provided satisfactory texture consists of 7,200 approximately 0.85-inches-long polyethylene turf blades per square foot. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch (2 mm) in depth . SKID-RESISTANT SURFACES SAW-CUT GROOVING. If shown on the plans, skid resistant surfaces for asphalt pavements shall be provided by construction of saw-cut grooves. Saw-cut grooves must meet the requirements of Item P-621. 501-4.14 CURING. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7-day cure period in accordance with one of the methods below. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use, or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements , shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The concrete shall not be left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period. When a two-sawcut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the curing compound shall be applied to the sawcut immediately after the initial cut has been made. The sealant reservoir shall not be sawed until after the curing period has been completed. When the one cut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the joint shall be cured wi th wet rope, wet rags, or wet blankets. The rags , ropes , or blankets shall be kept moist for the duration of the curing period . a. Impervious Membrane Method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniform ly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical Sprayers under pressure at the rate of 1 gallon (4 liters) to not more than 150 square feet (14 square meters). The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. When hand spraying is approved by the Engineer, a double application rate shall be used to insure coverage. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application . Should the film become damaged from any cause, including sawing operations, within t he required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other approved means . Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface. b. Polyethylene Films. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with polyethylene sheeting . The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches (457 mm). The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface and sides. The sheeting shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the pavement. Unless otherwise specified, the sheeting shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete has been placed . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30i2009 P-501-16 c. Waterproof Paper. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with waterproofed paper. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches (457 mm). The paper shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface covered. The paper shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab . The surface of the pavement shall be thoroughly saturated prior to placing of the paper. Unless otherwise specified, the paper shall be maintained in place for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. cl. White Burlap-Polyethylene Sheets. The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered . The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the cove ring shall be maintained fully saturated and in position for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. · (1) Curing in Cold Weather. The concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above freezing for tlie remainder of the curing time . The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed during cold weather, and any concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. e. Water Method. The entire area shall be covered with burlap or other water absorbing material. The material shall be of sufficient thickness to retain water for adequate curing without excessive runoff. The material shall be kept wet at all times and maintained for 7 days. When the forms are stripped , the vertical walls shall also be kept moist. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent ponding of the curing water on the subbase." 501-4.15 REMOVING FORMS. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipping, spalling, or tearing . After the forms have been removed , the sides of the slab shall be cured as outlined in one of the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4 .14. Major honeycombed areas shall be cons idered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2(f). 501-4.16 SEALING JOINTS. The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with Item P-605. 501-4.17 PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents. This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs , lights, pavement bridges , crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall have available at all times, materials for the protection of the edges and surface of the unhardened concrete. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils (0 .1 mm) thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the pro tective covering . 501-4.18 OPENING TO TRAFFIC. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 pounds per square inch (3 ,792 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C 78 . If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening the pavement to construction traffic, all joints shall either be sealed or protected from damage to the joint edge and intrusion of foreign materials into the joint. As a minimum , backer rod or tape may be used to protect the joints from foreign matter intrusion . The pavement shall be cleaned before opening for normal operations. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-17 501-4 .19 REPAIR, REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT OF SLABS. a. General. New pavement slabs that are broken or contain cracks shall be removed and replaced or repaired, as specified hereinafter at no cost to the owner. Spalls along joints shall be repaired as specified. Removal of partial slabs is not permitted. Removal and replacement shall be full depth, shall be full width of the slab, and the limit of removal shall be normal to the paving lane and to each original transverse joint. The engineer will determine whether cracks extend full depth of the pavement and may require cores to be drilled on the crack to determine depth of cracking. Such cores shall be 4-inch (100 mm) diameter, shall be drilled by the Contractor and shall be filled by the Contractor with a well consolidated concrete mixture bonded to the walls of the hole with epoxy resin, using approved procedures. Drilling of cores and refilling holes shall be at no expense to the owner. All epoxy resin used in this work shall conform to ASTM C 881, Type V. · b. Shrinkage Cracks. Shrinkage cracks, which do not exceed 4 inches in depth, shall be cleaned and then pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using procedures as approved. Care shall be taken to assure that the crack is not widened during epoxy resin injection. All epoxy resin injection shall take place in the presence of the Engineer. Shrinkage cracks, which exceed 4 inches in depth, shall be treated as full depth cracks iri accordance with paragraphs 4.19b and 4.19c . . c. Slabs With Cracks through Interior Areas. Interior area is defined as that area more than 6 inches (600 mm) from either adjacent original transverse joint. The full slab shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the owner, when there are any full depth cracks, or cracks greater than 4" in depth, that extend into the interior area. d. Cracks Close To and Parallel To Joints. All cracks essentially parallel to original joints, extending full depth of the slab, and lying wholly within 6 inches either side of the joint shall be treated as specified hereinafter. Any crack extending more than 6 inches (600 mm) from the joint shall be treated as specified above in subparagraph "Slabs With Cracks Through Interior Area ." (1) Full Depth Cracks Present, Original Joint Not Opened. When the original uncracked · joint has not opened, the crack shall be sawed and sealed, and the original joint filled with epoxy resin as specified below. The crack shall be sawed with equipment specially designed to follow random cracks .. The reservoir for joint sealant in the crack shall be formed by sawing to a depth of 3/4 inch (19 mm), plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm}, and to a width of 5/8 inch (16 mm), plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Any equipment or procedure which causes raveling or spelling along the crack shall be modified or replaced to prevent such raveling or spalling. The joint sealant shall be a liquid sealant as specified. Installation of joint seal shall be as specified for sealing joints or as directed. If the joint sealant reservoir has been sawed out, the reservoir and as much of the lower saw cut as possible shall be filled with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 2, thoroughly tooled into the void using approved procedures. If only the original narrow saw cut has been made, it shall be cleaned and pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. If filler type material has been used to form a weakened plane in the transverse joint, it shall be completely sawed out and the saw cut pressure injected with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. Where a parallel crack goes part way across paving lane and then intersects and follows the original joint which is cracked only for the remained of the width, it shall be treated as specified above for a parallel crack, and the cracked original joint shall be prepared and sealed as originally designed. (2) Full Depth Cracks Present, Original · Joint Also Cracked. At a joint, if there is any place in the lane width where a parallel crack and a cracked portion of the original joint overlap, the entire slab containing the crack shall be removed and replaced for the full lane width and length . e. Removal and Replacement of Full Slabs. Where it is necessary to remove full slabs, unless there are keys or dowels present, all edges of the slab shall be cut full depth with a concrete saw. All saw cuts shall be perpendicular to the slab surface . If keys, dowels, or tie bars are present along any edges, these edges shall be sawed full depth 24 inches (150 mm) from the edge if only keys are present, or just AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-18 beyond the end of the dowels or tie bars if they are present. These joints shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within 1 inch (25 mm) of the depth of the dowel or key . The main slab shall be further d ivided by sawing full depth , at appropriate locations , and each piece lifted out and removed. Suitable equipment shall be used to provide a truly vertical lift, and approved safe lifting devices used for attachment to the slabs. The narrow strips along keyed or doweled edges shall be carefully broken up and removed using light, hand-held jackhammers, 30 LB (14 kg) or less, or other approved similar equipment. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the dowels , tie bars, or keys or to concrete to remain in place. The joint face below keys or dowels shall be suitably trimmed so that there is not abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inch (12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than 1 inch (25 mm) when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot (3 .6 m) stra ightedge. No mechanical impact breakers, other than the above hand-he ld equipment shall be used for any removal of slabs. If underbreak between 1-1/2 and 4 inches (37 and 100 mm) deep occurs at any point along any edge, the area shall be repaired as directed before replacing the removed slab. Procedures directed will be similar to those specified for surface spalls, modified as necessary. If underbreak over 4 inches (100 mm) deep occurs, the entire sl.ab containing the underbreak shall be removed and replaced . Where there are no dowels, tie bars, or keys on an edge, or where they have been damaged, dowe.ls of the size and spacing as specified for other joints in similar pavement shall be installed by epoxy grouting them into holes drilled into the existing concrete using procedures as specified . Original damaged dowels or tie bars shall be cut off flush with the joint face. Protruding portions of dowels shall be painted and lightly oiled . All 4 edges of the new slab shall thus contain dowels or original keys or original tie bars. Placement of concrete shall be as specified for original construction . Prior to placement of new concrete, the underlying material (unless it is stabilized) shall be re-compacted and shaped as specified in the appropriate SECTION of these specifications. The surfaces of all four joint faces shall be cleaned of all loose material and contaminants and coated with a double application of membrane forming curing compound as bond breaker. Care shall be taken to prevent any curing compound from contacting dowels or tie bars. The resulting joints around the new slab shall be prepared and sealed as specified for original construction . f. Repairing Spalls Along Joints. Where directed, spalls along joints of new slabs , and along parallel cracks used as rep lacement joints, shall be repaired by first making a vertical saw cut at least 1 inch (25 mm) outside the spalled area and to a depth of at least 2 inches (50 mm). Saw cuts shall be straight lines forming rectangular areas. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint, or crack , shall be chipped out to remove all unsound concrete and at least 1/2 inch (12 mm) of visually sound concrete. The cavity thus formed shall be thoroughly cleaned with high-pressure water jets supplemented with compressed air to remove all loose material. Immediately before filling the cavity, a prime coat of epoxy resin, Type Ill , Grade I, shall be applied to the dry cleaned surface of all sides and bottom of the cav ity, except any joint face. The prime coat shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a stiff-bristle brush . Pooling of epoxy resin shall be avoided. The cavity shall be filled with low slump Portland cement concrete or mortar or with epoxy resin concrete or mortar. Concrete shall be used for larger spalls, generally those more than 1/2 cu . ft. (0 .014 m3) in size, and mortar SHALL BE USED FOR THE SMALLER ONES. ANY SPALL LESS THAN 0.1 CU. FT. (0.003 m3) shall be repaired only with epoxy resin mortar or a Grade Ill epoxy resin. Portland cement concrete and mortar m ixtures shall be proportioned as directed and shall be mixed , placed , consolidated, and cured as directed . Epoxy resin mortars shall be made with Type Ill , Grade 1, epoxy res i n, using proportions and mixing and placing procedures as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The epoxy resin materials shall be placed in the cav ity in layers not over 2 inches (50 mm) thick. The time interval between placement of additional layers shall be such that the temperature of the epoxy resin material does not exceed 140oF (60oC) at any time during hardening . Mechan ical vibrators and hand tampers shall be used to consolidate the concrete or mortar. Any repair material on the surrounding surfaces of AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-19 the existing concrete shall be removed before it hardens. Where the spalled area abuts a joint, an insert or other bond-breaking medium shall be used to prevent bond at the joint face. A reservoir for the joint sealant shall be sawed to the dimensions required for other joints, or as required to be routed for cracks. The reservoir shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with the sealer specified for the joints. If any spall penetrates half the depth of the slab or more, the entire slab shall be removed and replaced as previously specified. 501-4.20 EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPAIR. All operations shall be carefully controlled to prevent damage to the concrete pavement and to the underlying material to remain in place. All saw cuts shall be made perpendicular to the slab surface. a. Removal of Existing Pavement Slab. When it is necessary to remove existing concrete pavement and leave adjacent concrete in place, unless there are dowels or keys present, the joint between the removal area and adjoining pavement to stay in place, including dowels, tie bars or keys, shall first be cut full depth with a standard diamond-type concrete saw. If keys or dowels are present at this joint, the saw cut shall be made full depth 6 inches (150 mm) from the joint if only keys are present, or just beyond the end of dowels if dowels are present. The edge shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within 1 inch (25 mm) of the top of the dowel or key. Next, a full depth saw cut shall be made parallel to the joint at least 24 inches (600 mm) from the joint and at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the end of any dowels. All pavement between this last saw cut and the joint line shall be carefully broken up and removed using hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb. (14 kg) or less, or the approved light-duty equipment which will not cause stress to propagate across the joint saw cut and cause distress in the pavement which is to remain in place. Where dowels or keys are present, care shall be taken to produce an even, vertical joint face below the dowels or keys . If the Contractor is unable to produce such a joint face, or if underbreak or other distress occurs, the Contractor shall saw the dowels or keys flush with the joint. The Contractor shall then install new dowels, of the size and spacing used for other similar joints, by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph "Placing dowels and Tie-bars. All this shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Dowels of the size and spacing indicated shall be installed as shown on the drawings by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph "Placing Dowels and Tie Bars". The joint face shall be sawed or otherwise trimmed so that there is no abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2-inch (12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than 1 inch (25 mm) when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12 ft. (3.6 m) straightedge. b. Edge Repair. The edge of existing concrete pavement against which new pavement abuts shall be protected from damage at all times. Areas that are damaged during construction shall be repaired at not cost to the Owner; repair of previously existing damage areas will be considered a subsidiary part of concrete pavement construction. · (1) Spall Repair. Spalls shall be repaired where indicated and where directed. Repair materials and procedures shall be as previously specified in subparagraph "Repairing Spalls Along Joints." (2) Underbreak Repair. All underbreak shall be repaired. First, all delaminated and loose material shall be carefully removed. Next, the underlying material shall be recompacted, without addition of any new material. Finally, the void shall be completely filled with paving concrete, thoroughly consolidated. Care shall be taken to produce an even joint face from top to bottom. Prior to placing concrete, the underlying material shall be thoroughly moistened. After placement, the exposed surface shall be heavily coated with curing compound. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-20 (3) Underlying Material. The underlying material adjacent to the edge of an under the existing pavement which is to remain in place shall be protected from damage or disturbance during removal operations and until placement of new concrete, and shall be shaped as shown ori the drawings or as directed. Sufficient material shall be kept in place outside the joint line to prevent disturbance (or sloughing) of material under the pavement that is to remain in place. Any material under the portion of the concrete pavement to remain in place, which is disturbed or loses its compaction shall be carefully removed and replaced with concrete as specified in paragraph "Unde r break Repair." The underlying material outs ide the joint line shall be thoroughly compacted and moist when new concrete is placed. MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 501-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. All acceptance sampling and testing, with the exception of coring for thickness deterrnination, necessary to determ ine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Sponsor. Concrete shall be accepted for strength and thickness on a lot basis . A lot shall consist of a day's production not to exceed 500 square yards or one day's production with a minimum of two lots . Testing organizations performing these tests shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1077 , includ ing accreditation . The accreditation will include ASTM C 78. The Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the .strength specimens, per parag raph 501-5.1 a(3), and coring and filling operations , per.paragraph 501-5.1 b(1). a . Flexural Strength. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublets. One sample shall be taken for each sublot from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site . Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. (2) Testing. Two (2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 78. The flexural strength for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of the two test specimens representing that sublot. · Immediately prior to testing for flexural strength, the beam shall be weighed and measured for determination of a sample unit weight. Measurements shall be made for each dimension; height, depth , and length, at the mid-point of the specimen and reported to the nearest tenth of an inch. The weight of the specimen shall be reported to the nearest 0.1 pound. The sample unit weight shall be calculated by dividing the sample weight by the calculated volume of the sample. This information shall be reported as companion information to the measured flexural strength for each specimen . The samples will be transported while in the molds . The curing, except for the initial cure period , will be accomplished using the immersion in saturated lime water method. Slump, air content, and temperature tests will also be conducted by the quality assurance laboratory for each set of strength test samples , per ASTM C 31 . (3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams. During the 24 hours after molding, the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F (16 to 27 degrees C), and loss of moisture from the specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes, damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in favorable weather, or in heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods, provided the temperature and moisture loss requirements are met. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-21 (4) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b. b. Pavement Thickness. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots and one core shall be taken by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Areas, such as thickened edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations. Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non-shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling. (2) Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average caliper measurement in accordance with ASTM C 17 4 . (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5 .2c. c. Partial Lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. Where three sublots have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots have been produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation, i.e ., n=S or n=6. · d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier {test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance level of 5 percent. Outliers shall be discarded, and the PWL shall be determined using the remaining test values. 501-5.2 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed pavement: (1) Flexural strength (2) Thickness (3) Smoothness (4) Grade (5) Edge slump (6) Dowel bar alignment Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the . method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits {PWL). Acceptance using PWL considers the variability {standard deviation) of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average {mean) value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower specification tolerance limit {L). Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2e{1). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e{2). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e{3). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e{4). AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-22 The Engineer may at any time, not withstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b. Flexural Strength. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for flexural strength shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. c. Pavement Thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. d. Percentage of Material Within Limits (PWL). The percentage of material within limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 11 O of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit (L) for flexural strength and thickness shall be: Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L) Flexural Strength Thickness e. Acceptance Criteria. 0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1 Lot Plan Thickness in inches -0.50 inches (1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, the pavement surface shall be tested with a 16-foot (5 m) straightedge or other specified device. Surface smoothness deviations shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm) from a 16-foot (5 m) straightedge placed in any direction, including placement along and spanning any pavement joint edge. Areas in a slab showing high spots of more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) but not exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm) in 16 feet (5 m) shall be marked and immediately ground down with an approved grinding machine to an elevation that will fall within the tolerance of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less. Where the departure from correct cross section exceeds 1/2 inch (13 mm), the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer. (4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance to the tolerances contained below. Records shall be maintained showing all grade measurements. Lateral Deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed plus or minus 0.1 O foot (30 mm) in any lane. Vertical Deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed plus or minus 0.04 foot (12 mm) at any point. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-23 (5) Edge Slump. When slip-form paving is used, not more than 15 percent of the total free edge of each 500 foot (150 m) segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, shall have an edge slump exceeding 1/4-inch (6 mm), and none of the free edge of the pavement shall have an edge slump exceeding 3/8-inch (10 mm). (The total free edge of 500 feet (150 m) of pavement will be considered the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any existing pavement; i.e., 500 feef(150 m) of paving lane originally constructed as a separate lane will have 1,000 feet (300 m) of free edge, 500 feet (150 m) of fill-in lane will have no free edge, etc.). The area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge shall be limited to not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from the edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Engineer. (6) Dowel Bar Alignment. Dowel bars and assemblies shall be checked for position and alignment. The maximum permissible tolerance on dowel bar alignment in each plane, horizontal and vertical, shall not exceed 2 percent or 1/4 inch per foot (20 mm per meter) of a dowel bar. Vertical alignment of dowels shall be measured parallel to the designed top surface of the pavement, except for those across the crown or other grade change joints. Dowels across crowns and other joints at grade changes, shall be measured to a level surface. Horizontal alignment shall be checked perpendicular to the joint edge. f. Removal and Replacement of Concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is removed and replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.10 shall apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal. Removal and replacement shall be in accordance with paragraph 501-4.19 of this specification. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 501-6.1 QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The program shall address all elements that effect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to: a. Mix Design b. Aggregate Gradation ., c. Quality of Materials e. Proportioning i. Dowel Placement and Alignment f. Mixing and Transportation j. Flexural or Compressive Strength g. Placing and Consolidation k. Finishing and Curing d. Stockpile Management h. Joints I. Surface Smoothness 501-6.2 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for aggregate gradation, aggregate moisture content, slump, and air content. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program . a. Fine Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 70 or ASTM C 566. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-24 b. Coarse Aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily for each size of aggregate . Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture Content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration . . If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter, two tests shall be made per day. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 566. c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501 -5.1. One test shall be made for each sublet. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled from material discharged from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. d. Air Content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in Section 501-5.1 . One test shall be made for each sublot. Air content tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172 . e. Four unit weight and yield tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 138. The samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172 and at the same time as the air content tests. 501-6.3 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and coarse aggregate gradation, slump, and air content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all times. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the . test number, each test parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits, applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may halt production or acceptance of the material. a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits contained in Tables 1 and 2 shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control. b. Slump and Air Content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range (i.e. difference between highest and lowest measurements) for slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits. Control Parameter Slip Form: Slump Air Content Fixed Form Slump Air Content AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 CONTROL CHART LIMITS Individual Measurements Action Limit Suspension Limit +O to -1 inch (0-25mm) +0 .5 to -1.5 inch 38mm) +/-1.2% +/-1 .8% + 0.5 to -1 inch (13-+1 to -1 .5 inch 25mm) 38mm) +/-1.2% +/-1 .8% P-501-25 Range Suspension Limit (13-+/-1 .5 inch (38 mm) +/-2.5% (25-+/-1.5 inch (38mm) +/-2.5% The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central tendency. 501-6.4 CORRECTIVE ACTION. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and corrective action taken if any one of the following conditions exists. a. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Gradation. When two consecutive averages of five tests are outside of the Tables 1 or 2 specification limits, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be taken to correct the grading. b. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Moisture Content. Whenever the moisture content of the fine or coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5 percent, the scale settings for the aggregate batcher(s) and water batcher shall be adjusted. c. Slump. The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments whenever: (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or (2) two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. d. Air Content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air-entraining admixture whenever: (1) one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or (2) two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line, the air-entraining admixture dispenser shall be calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and with good reproducibility. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of square yards of either plain or reinforced pavement as specified in-place, completed and accepted . Saw-cut grooving shall be measured by the number of square yards of saw-cut grooving as specified in-place, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 501-8.1 PAYMENT. Payment for accepted concrete pavement shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard adjusted in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1 a, subject to the limitation that: The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 100 percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of square yards of concrete pavement used in the accepted work (See Note 2 under Table 3). Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work as specified herein and on the drawings. a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in. accordance with Table 3. A pay factor shall be calculated for both flexural strength and thickness. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-501-26 shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are less than 100 percent . TABLE 3. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE 1 Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL) 96-100 90-95 75-90 55-74 Below 55 Lot Pay Facto r (Percent of Contract Unit Price) 106 PWL+ 10 0.5 PWL + 55 1.4 PWL-12 Re ·ect 2 1 ALTHOUGH IT IS THEORETICALLY POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE A PAY FACTOR OF 106 PERCENT FOR EACH LOT, ACTUAL PAYMENT IN EXCESS OF 100 PERCENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 501-8 .1. 2 The lot shall be removed and replaced . However, the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to remain . In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50 percent of the contract unit price AND THE TOTAL PROJECT PAYMENT LIMITATION SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT WITHHELD FOR THE REJECTED LOT. For each lot accepted , the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1 . Payment in excess of 100 percent for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100 percent. b. Payment. Payment shall be made under: Item P-501-8.1 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement-per square yard c. Basis of adjusted payment for Smoothness. Price adjustment for pavement smoothness will apply to the total area of concrete within a section of pavement and shall be applied in accordance the following equation and schedule: (Sq yds in section) x (original unit price per sq yds) x PFm = reduction in payment for area within section Average Profile Index (Inches per mile) pavement strength rating over 30,000 lb 0 - 7 7.1 -9 9.1 -11 11.1-13 13.1-14 14.1 -15 15.1 & up AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 30,000 lb or less 0 -10 10.1 -11 11 .1 -12 12 .1 -13 13 .1-14 14.1-15 15.1 & up Short Sections 0-15 15.1 -16 16.1 -17 17.1-18 18.1 -20 20.1 -22 22.1 & up P-501-27 Contract Unit Price Adjustment PFm 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 corrective work required TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Fie ld ASTM C 39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C 70 Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate ASTM C 78 Test for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading) ASTM C 88 Test for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 131 Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 · Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 138 Test for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C 143 Test for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C 172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C 173 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C 174 Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete Cores ASTM C 227 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C 231 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C 289 Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) ASTM C 295 Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C 114 Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C 535 Test for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 566 Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying ASTM C 642 Test for Density, Absorption, and Voids in Hardened Concrete ASTM C 666 Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C 1077 Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction And Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Paving Materials ASTM D 4791 Test Method for Flat or Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate AC 150/5370-10-E P-501 -28 9/30/2009 ASTM E 178 ASTM E 1274 AASHTOT26 ASTM A 184 ASTM A 185 ASTMA497 ASTM A 615 ASTMA 704 ASTMA 714 ASTM A 996 ASTM C 33 ASTM C 94 ASTM C 150 ASTM C 171 ASTMC260 ASTM C 309 ASTMC494 ASTM C 595 ASTM C 618 Dealing With Outlying Observations Test for Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe . Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Concrete Aggregates Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete Specification for Portland Cement Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements Specification for Coal Fly Ash a·nd Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete ASTM C 881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin Base Bonding System for Concrete ASTM C 989 Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars ASTM D 1751 Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D 1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving And Structural Construction ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting AC 150/5370-10-E P-501-29 9/30/2009 ACI 306R ACI 309 Cold Weather Concreting Guide for Consolidation of Concrete MIL-DTL-24441/20a(1999)_Paint, Epoxy-Polyamide, Green Primer, Formula 150, Type Ill Department of Defense AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END ITEM P-501 P-501-30 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner or Owner's Representative." 2 . Add the following to Section 602-2.1: TABLE 1. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Type and Grade Emulsified Asphalt AE-P Specification 4. Add the following paragraph to Section 602-3.3: Application Temperatures Deg.F Deg.C 70-150 20-70 Contractor is cautioned that rainfall runoff from areas of the project under construction may become contaminated due to contact with construction materials. The specified bond breaker material applied to the surface of cement treated base material is one such material. Contractor shall take measures necessary to prevent introduction of contaminants into drainage systems of waterways. Such measures include, but are not limited to, avoiding application prior to forecasted rain, minimizing the period between application of bond breaker, placement of PCCP, construction of <;likes, installation of hay bales. There will be no separate payment to this work. 5. Delete Section 602-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bituminous prime coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-602 Paint & Coating-Bituminous Prime Coat -Install -per gallon END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Fort Worth Alliance Airport S-P-602-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT DESCRIPTION 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material on the prepared base course in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity to the lines shown on the plans. · MATERIALS 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given in Table 1. The Engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. TABLE 1. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Application Temperatures \1\ Tvoe and Grade Soecification Deg.F Oeg.C Emulsified Asphalt SS-1 SS-1h ASTM D 977 70-160 20-70 MS-2, HFMS-1 ASTM D 977 70-160 20-70 CSS-1, CSS-1h ASTM 02397 70-160 20-70 CMS-2 ASTM 02397 70-160 20-70 Cutback Asphalt RC-30 ASTM 02028 80+ 30+ RC-70 ASTM 02028 120+ 50+ RC-250 ASTM 02028 165+ 75+ \1\ The maximum temperature for cutback asphalt shall be that at which fogging occurs. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 60°F (15°C), and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer. 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the Contractor shall include a self-powered pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bituminous material. The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable variation from the specified rate shall not exceed 1 O percent. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gages, volume-measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be self-powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray bars adjustable laterally and vertically. If the distributor is not equipped with an operable quick shut off valve, the prime operations shall be started and stopped on building power. The Contractor shall remove blotting sand prior to asphalt concrete lay down operations at no additional expense to the owner. A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to be treated. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-602-1 602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. The bituminous material including solvent shall be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard (1 .20 to 2.40 liters per square meter) depending on the base course surface texture. The type of bituminous material and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application. Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not less than 48 hours without being disturbed or for such additional time as may be necessary to permit the drying out of the prime coat until it will not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the surfacing has been placed . Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the primed surface against damage during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 602-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous materials that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated · by service tests, shall be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The test reports shall contain all the data required by the applicable specification. If the Contractor applies the prime material prior to receipt of the tests reports, payment for the material shall be withheld until they are received. If the material does not pass the specifications it shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project. 602-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the work. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 602-4.1 The bituminous material for prime coat shall be measured by the gallon . Volume shall be corrected to the volume at 60°F (15°C) in accordance with ASTM D 1250 for cutback asphalt, and Table IV-3 of The Asphalt lnstitute's Manual MS-6 for emulsified asphalt. BASIS OF PAYMENT 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon for bituminous prime coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item . Payment will be made under: Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat-per gallon AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-602-2 ASTM 0977 ASTM 02028 ASTM 02397 ASTM O 1250 Asphalt Institute Corrections Manual MS-6 Table IV-3 AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Emulsified Asphalt Cutback Asphalt (Rapid Curing Type) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt TESTING REQUIREMENTS Petroleum Measurement Tables Asphalt Pocketbook of Useful Information (Temperature-Volume for Emulsified Asphalts) END OF ITEM P-602 P-602-3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-605 JOINT SEALING FILLER 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner" or "Owner's Representative." 2. Delete Section 605-2.1 and substitute the following: 605-2.1 JOINT SEALERS. Unless Otherwise shown on the Plans, selected concrete pavement joints are to be sealed with silicone-base sealant. Joint sealing materials shall be Type IX Silicone Joint sealant and shall meet the requirements of Federal specifications TT-S-001543A and TT-S- 002306. Class A. Unless otherwise. shown on plans, all pavements joints are to be sealed with self leveling silicon based sealant. a. Silicone Based Sealant. Joint sealant shall be Dow Corning SL890 joint sealant as manufactured by Dow corning Corp., Mi<;fland, Michigan 48647; Baysilicone 960 ,. Mobay Corp., Pittsburg, Pennsylvania; Roadsaver Silicone, Crafco Inc., · Chandler, Arizona; or approved equaL b. Backer Rod. The backer rod shall be closed cell polyethylene foam backer rod of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. The backer shall be installed in the saw cut joint to prevent the sealant from flowing to the bottom . The backer rod shall be compatible with the joint sealant to act as a bond breaker. Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, and the safe heating temperature and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification that the compound meets the requirements of the specifications. 3. Delete Section 605-2.2 4. Add the following Section 605-2.3 Section 605-2.3 EQUIPMENT. Equipment necessary for construction of this work shall be in good working condition and as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. The joint sealant application equipment shall consist of a power driven apparatus capable of extruding the material at a continuous feed. The extruding nozzle tip of · the machine shall be designed to fill the joint uniformly. Fort Worth Alliance Airport S-P-605-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . The equipment for cleaning joint openings shall consist of plows , powered brooms, air compressors, and joint cleaning and grooving machines necessary to produce a clean dry joint 5 .. Add the following Section 605-3.3 The joints shall be sealed immediately following the period recommended by the manufacturer to allow proper pavement curing and adhesion of the sealant. At the time of application the ambient temperature a!ld the pavement temperature shall be at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit and weather conditions shall be dry. Silicone joint sealant shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . The manufacturer's representative shall be at the site of the work prior to commencement of initial joint sealant operati9ons to demonstrate application technique to the Contractor an to insure proper preparation of the joint has been performed . Sufficient joint sealant shall be placed in the joints so that the surface of the sealant is within one quarter of an inch below the surface of the pavement, or at the level directed by the Engineer of the manufacturer's representative . Immediately after placement and before the skin forms, the sealant shall be tool3ed against the joint face for maximum adhesion . The contractor spot or refill all unsatisfactory joints before final acceptance. Any excess sealant shall be removed with the surface left in a clean condition. 6. Delete Section 605-4.1, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following : 605-4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. Selected concrete airfield pavement joints to be sealed will be measured by the linear foot of actual joint cleaned repaired and sealed , complete in place . 7. Delete Section 605-5.1 , BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following : 605-5.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Payment for Sealing of Selected Concrete Airfield Pavement Joints will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, including backer rod, for all preparation, equipment, delivering and placing of the materials, and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-605 Cleaning and Repair of Selected Concrete A irfield Pavement Joints---linear foot END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Fort Worth Alliance Airport S-P-605-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. ITEM P-605 JOINT SEALING FILLER DESCRIPTION 605-1.1 This item ·shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and ,;1dhesive joint sealing filler capable of effectively sealing joints and cracks in pavements. MATERIALS 605-2.1 JOINT SEALERS. Joint sealing materials shall meet the requirements of: ASTM D 2628 - Performed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements . Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, the safe heating temperature, and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this specification. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 605-3.1 TIME OF APPLICATION. Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible and before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction equipment. The pavement temperature sh~II be above 40°F (4°C) at the time of installation of the poured joint sealing material. 605-3.2 PREPARATION OF JOINTS. a. Sawing. All joints shall be sawed in accordance with specifications and plan details. Immediately after sawing the joint, the resulting slurry shall be completely removed from joint and adjacent area by flushing with a jet of water, and by use of other tools as necessary. b. Sealing . · Immediately before sealing, the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all remaining laitance, curing compound, and other foreign material. Cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting . Sandblasting shall be accomplished in a minimum of two passes. One pass per joint face with the nozzle held at an angle directly toward the joint face and not more that 3 inches from it. Upon completion of cleaning, the joints shall be blown out with compressed air free of oil and water. Only air compressors with operable oil and water traps shall be used to prepare the joints for sealing. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied. 605-3.3 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS. Joints shall be inspected for proper width, depth, alignment, and preparation, and shall be approved by the Engineer before sealing is allowed . Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: a. Hot Poured Sealants . The joint sealant shall be applied uniformly solid from bottom to top and shall be filled without formation of entrapped air or voids. A backing material shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the concrete or the sealant material. The heating kettle shall be an indirect heating type, constructed as a double boiler. A positive temperature control and mechanical agitation shall be provided. The sealant shall not be heated to more than 20°F (-11°C) below the safe heating temperature. The safe heating temperature can be obtained from the manufacturer's shipping container. A direct connecting pressure type extruding device with nozzles shaped for insertion into the joint shall be provided. Any sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement, structures and/or lighting fixtures, shall be removed immediately. b. Cold Applied Sealants. Cold applied joint sealing compound shall be applied by means of pressure equipment that will force the sealing material to .the bottom of the joint and completely fill the joint without spilling the material on the surface of the pavement. A backing material shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the concrete or the sealant material. Sealant that does AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-605-1 not bond to the concrete surface of the joint walls, contains voids, or fails to set to a tack-free condition will be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. Before sealing the · joints, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the equipment and procedures for preparing, mixing, and placing the sealant will produce a satisfactory joint seal. This shall include the preparation of two small batches and the application of the resulting material. Any sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement, structures and/or lighting fixtures, shall be removed immediately. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 605-4.1 Joint sealing material shall be measured by the gallon of sealant in place, completed, and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 605-5.1 Payment for joint sealing material shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, delivering, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-605-5.1 Joint Sealing Filler -per gallon (liter) Item P-605-5.2 Joint Sealing Filler -per pound (kg) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 412 Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension ASTM D 1644 Test Methods for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 1854 Jet-Fuel-Resistant Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Applied Elastic Type ASTM D 3406 Joint Sealants, Hot-Applied, Elastomeric-Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements ASTM D 3569 Joint Sealant, Hot-Applied, Elastometric, Jet-Fuel-Resistant Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements ASTM D 3581 Joint Sealant, Hot-Applied, Jet-Fuel-Resistant Type, for Portland Cement Concrete and Tar-Concrete Pavements ASTM D 5893 Standard Specifications for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements ASTM D 6690 Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements FED SPEC Sealants, Joint, Two-Component, Jet-Blast Resistant, Cold Applied SS-S-200E(2) AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END ITEM P-605 P-605-2 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. Delete all references to "Engineer" and replace with "Owner'' or "Owner's Authorized Representative." 2 . Delete section 610-1.1 and substitute the following: 610-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of reinforced Structural Portland Cement Concrete associated with concrete structures prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. 3. Add the following paragraph to Section 610-2.1: Contractor shall submit concrete mix designs showing the proportions and compressive strength obtained in 7 days and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of; cement, fly ash, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water and admixtures. The mix design shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative at least 30 days prior to the start of-operations. Production will not start until the mix design is approved in writing by the Owner's Representative. 4. Add the following Section 610-2.10: 610-2.10 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL Fly Ash. Fly ash shall meet the chemical property requirements of Class F. Fly ash shall be used as a partial replacement for cement; the minimum cement content may be met by considering Portland Cement plus fly ash as the total cementitious material. 5. Delete Section 610-3.2 and add the following. 610-3.2 CONCRETE COMPOSITION. Unless otherwise noted on the Plans, the concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard . The concrete shall contain 5 percent of entrained air, plus or minus 1 percent, as determined by ASTM C231 and shall have a slump of not more than 4 inches as determined by ASTM C143. Fly Ash. Fly ash is to be used in the mix design. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the minimum cement content may be met by considering Portland cement plus fly ash as the total cementitious material. The replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, but shall not exceed 25 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. Partial replacement of cement shall be at the rate of 1.25 pounds of fly ash for each 1.0 pound of cement replaced . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport S-P-610-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 6. Delete Section 610-3.19 and substitute the following: 610-3.19 SEALING JOINTS. All joints which require sealing shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint sealing shall not be started until after curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and sealing shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess sealing. 7. Add Section 610-3.20 as follows: 610-3.20 GROUT 1. Nonshrinking Grout. Premixed grout that is non-metallic, non-corrosive, and non-staining, containing specially selected silicon sands, cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents. a. Conform to requirements of CRD-C621. b. Minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. c. Maintain grout temperature during placement between 70° F and 75°F per the requirements of CRD-C621. d. Prepare and place grout according to grout manufacturer's specifications. 2. Nonshrink Epoxy Grout. Five Star epoxy grout as manufactured by Five Star Products or equal. 8. Delete Section 610-4.1 and substitute the following: 610-4.1. Portland Cement Concrete shall not be measured separately but shall be included in the unit price for which it is a component. 9. Delete Section 610-4.2 and substitute the following: 610-4.2. Reinforcing steel shall not be measured separately but shall be included in the unit price for which it is a component. 10. Delete Section 610-5.1 and substitute the following: 610-5.1. There shall be no separate payment for Portland Cement Concrete or Reinforcing Steel under this item. The cost for this item shall be included in the unit price for which it is a component. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Ft. Worth Alliance Airport S-P-610-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE DESCRIPTION 610-1.1 This item shall consist of reinforced structural portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance w ith these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. MATERIALS 610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications , shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use . The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery or use is started . Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the Contractor, when requ ired, for exam ination and test. Materials shall be scored and handled to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection . All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein . In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted . Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean . The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted . Aggregates shall be tested for deleterious reactivity wi t h alkalies in the cement that may cause excessive expansion of the concrete. Acceptance of aggregates shall be based upon satisfactory evidence furnished by the Contractor that the aggregates, combined with other mixture constituents, do not produce excessive expansion in the concrete. This evidence shall include service records of concrete of comparable properties under similar conditions or exposure and certified records of tests by a testing laboratory that meets the requirements of ASTM C 1077. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 1260. Test specimens shall be produced using all components (e.g . coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, cement and fly ash ... ) to be included in the produced concrete. If the mean expansion of the test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not exceed 0.1.0 % at 16 days from casting the aggregates shall be accepted . If the mean expansion at 16 days is greater than 0.10% but less than 0.15%, the aggregate may be accepted based upon satisfactory service records and acceptance of the aggregate by a State Highway Department specifically addressing Alkali-Silica Reactivity. If the expansion is greater than 0.15%, the aggregate shall not be accepted for use. 610-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33. Crushed stone aggregate shall have a durability factor, as determined by ASTM C 666 , greater than or equal to 95 . The Engineer may consider and reserve final approval of other State classification procedures addressing aggregate durability. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown in Table 1, using ASTM C 136. 610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33 . The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the requirements of Table 2 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-610-1 TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE Sieve Designation (square Percenta!le by WeiQht Passin!l Sieves openin!ls) 2" 1-1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" No. 4 to 3/4 in. (4 .75-19.0 mm) 100 90- 100 No. 4 to 1 in . (4.75 -25.0 mm) 100 90-25- 100 60 No. 4 to 1-1/2 in. (4.75-38.1 100 95-35-70 mm) 100 TABLE 2. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (0.60 mm) No. 50 (0.30 mm) No. 100 0.15 mm Percentage by Weight Passin Sieves 100 95-100 45-80 25-55 10-30 2-10 3/8" 20- 55 10- 30 No.4 0-10 0-10 0-5 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2 .6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the Engineer. 610-2.4 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150 Type I or Type II . The Contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T 26. 610-2.6 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Engineer. Before approval of any material, the Contractor shall be required to subm it the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved . Pozzolanic admixtures shall be fly ash or raw or calcined natural pozzolons meeting the requirements of ASTMC618. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 260. Air-entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-610-2 Water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type A, water-reducing or Type D, water-reducing and retarding . Water-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 610-2.7 PREMOLDED JOINT MATERIAL. Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet the requ.irements of ASTM D 1751. 610-2.8 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the proposal. 610-2.9 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcing shall consist of welded steel wire fabric conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 185. 610-2.10 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: ASTM C 171 ASTM C 171 ASTM C 309, Type 2 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 610-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein . All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the Contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work , and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Engineer. 610-3.2 CONCRETE COMPOSITION. The concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 3000 psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard (280 kg per cubic meter). The concrete shall contain 5 percent of entrained air, plus or minus 1 percent, as determined by ASTM C 231 and shall have a slump of not more than 4 inches (10 cm) as determined by ASTM C 143. 610-3.3 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. Concrete for each structure will be accepted . on the basis of the compressive strength specified in paragraph 3.2. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. Compressive strength specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39 . Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. The Contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as directed. The Engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the Contractor. 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the Engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggregates can be readily obtained. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-610-3 610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified in ASTM C 143. 610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. The concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. 610-3.7 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40°F (4°C) without permission of the Eng ineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions , aggregates or water, or both , shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50°F (10°C) nor more than 100°F (38°C). The Contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work , resulting from freezing or injury in any manner during placing and curing , and shall replace such work at his/her expense. Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted . The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals . 610-3.8 FORMS . Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape , quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The Contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering . All forms shall be wetted with water or with a non-staining m ineral oil , which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed . Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface . The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed . 610-3.9 PLACING REINFORCEMENT. All reinforcement shall be accurate ly placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting . Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the Contractor when required. 610-3.10 EMBEDDED ITEMS. Before placing concrete , any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale , oil , or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundation , the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet (1.5 m), or depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted . Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-610-4 The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being deposited. 610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bars or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. 610-3.13 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and of such dimensions as may be indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being joined . The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it. 610-3.14 DEFECTIVE WORK. Any defective work discovered after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 610-3.15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, and free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. 610-3.16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the Contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations . The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete . Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed . 610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the Contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40°F (4°C), the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-610-5 The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 50°F and 100°F (10°C and 38°C). Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the Engineer. Not more than 2 pounds (908 grams) of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds (726 grams) of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50°F (10°C) until at least 60% of the designed strength has been attained. 610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. All joints that require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry . The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper ·equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 610-4.1 Portland cement concrete shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of concrete complete in place and accepted . In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forms, falsework, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion joints, or finishing of the concrete. No deductions in yardage shall be made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items. 610-4.2 Reinforcing steel shall be measured by the calculated theoretical number of pounds (kg) placed, as shown on the plans, complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall be the weight of plain square or round bars of equal nominal size . If so indicated on the plans, the poundage to be paid for shall include the weight of metal pipes and drains, metal conduits and ducts, or similar materials indicated and included. BASIS OF PAYMENT 610-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for structural portland cement concrete and per pound (kg) for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivery and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item . Payment will be made under: Item P-610-5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete -per cubic yard (cubic meter) Item P-610-5.1 Steel Reinforcement --per pound (kg) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 31 Making and Curing Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C 39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 138 Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete AC 150/5370-10-E P-610-6 9/30/2009 ASTM C 143 Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concr~te ASTM C 231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C 666 Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C 1077 Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A 184 Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 497 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 704 Welded Steel Plain Bars or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C 33 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C 94 Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C 150 Portland Cement ASTM C 171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C 172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C 260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C 494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 595 Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C 618 Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete ASTM D 1751 Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D 1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction AASHTO T 26 Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF ITEM P-610 P-610-7 SPECJAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING 1. Delete all references to "Engineer'' and replace with "Owner'' or "Owner's Representative." 2. Delete second paragraph of Section 620-3.5, Application, and substitute the following: The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and a·pplied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 24 hour shall elapse between placement of seal coat and application of the paint, and a period of 30 days shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course and application of the paint. 3. Delete Section 620-2.2b, EPOXY, in its entirety. 3. Delete Section 620-2.2c, METHACRYLATE, in its entirety. 3. Delete Section 620-2.2d, SOLVENT-BASE, in its entirety. 4. Delete Section 620-4.1, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 620-4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be measured shall be the number of square feet performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Owner or Owner's Representative. This quantity shall include reflective media. The quantity of fire lane marking to be measured shall be the number so square feet performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Owner or Owner's Representative. This quantity shall include reflective media. 5. Delete Section 620-5.1, BASIS OF PAYMENT, in its entirety and substitute the following: 620-5.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting yellow and white, including reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for fire lane markings, red reflective, including reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Fort Worth Alliance Airport Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. S-P-620-1 Payment will be made under: Item P-620.1 Marking-Runway w/Taxiway Marking -Install {Yellow Reflectorized) ---per square foot. Item P-620 .2 Marking-Runway vi/Taxiway Marking -Install {White Reflectorized) ---per square foot. Item P-620.3 Fire Lane Marking -Install {Red Reflectorized) --per square foot. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-620 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Shoulder Rehabilitation Phase 2 S-P -620-2 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways, taxiways, and aprons, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 620-2.1 MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports for materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. 620-2.2 PAINT. Paint shall be Waterborne in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 620-2.2.a. Paint shall be furnished in Yellow -33538 or 33655, White -37925, Red -31136 and Black -37038 in accordance with Federal Standard No. 595. a. WATERBORNE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-1952E, Type II . b. EPOXY. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids type system conforming to the following: (1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 18 percent minimum (16.5 percent minimum at 100 percent purity). (b) Yellow and Colors: . Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476 , type II shall be 14 to 17 percent. Organic yellow, other colors , and tinting as required to meet color standard. Epoxy resin shall be 75 to 79 percent. (2) Epoxy Content. Component A. The weight per epoxy equivalent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1652 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50. (3) Amine Number. Component B. When tested in accordance with ASTM D 2074 shall be the manufacturer's target plus or minus 50 . (4) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (5) Daylight Directional Reflectance. (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 38 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-620-1 No . 141D/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yello~ standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: X .462 X .470 X .479 X .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (6) Accelerated Weathering. (a) Sample Preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch (0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN, Method 2013 . Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing Conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 15453 using both Ultra Violet (UV- 8) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60 degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C. (c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620-2 .2b(5) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements . (7) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance with 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A , Method 24. (8) Dry Opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0.12 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92 . (9) Abrasion Resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2b(6) to the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968 , Method A , except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18 .97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: five liters of sand weighs 17.5 lb. (7 .94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters of sand for the removal of the paint films. (10) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240 . c. METHACRYLATE. Pa int shall be a two component, minimum 99 percent solids-type system conforming to the following : (1) Pigments. Component A. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 6 percent minimum . Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum . (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476 , type II shall be 6 percent minimum. Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color standard . Methacrylate resin shall be 18 percent minimum . (2) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-620-2 (3) Daylight Directional Reflectance: (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 45 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: X .462 X .470 X .479 X .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (4) Accelerated Weathering. (a) Sample Preparation. Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch (0.33 mm) to four 3 by 6 inch (8 by 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in Method 2013 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN. Air dry the sample 48 hours under standard conditions. (b) Testing Conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 53 154 using both Ultra Violet (UV- 8) Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alternating 4 hour UV exposure at 60 degree C, and 4 hours condensate exposure at 40 degrees C. (c) Evaluation. Remove the samples and condition for 24 hours under standard conditions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620-2.2c(3) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. (5) Volatile Organic Content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance with 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A, Method 24. (6) Dry Opacity. Use Procedure B, Method B of Method 4121 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 141D/GEN. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch (0 .12 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92. (7) Abrasion Resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620-2.2c(4) to the abrasion test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, except that the inside diameter of the metal guide tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels. [Note: 5 liters of sand weighs 17.5 lb . (7.94 kg).] Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters of sand for the removal of the paint films. (8) Hardness, Shore. Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240. d. SOLVENT-BASE. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification A-A-2886A Type I or Type II. e. PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC AIRPORT PAVEMENT MARKINGS. Markings must be composed of ester modified resins in conjunction with aggregates, pigments, and binders that have been factory produced as a finished product. The material must be impervious to degradation by aviation fuels, motor fuels, and lubricants. (1) The markings must be able to be applied in temperatures down to 35°F without any special storage, preheating, or treatment of the material before application. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-620-3 (2) Graded Glass Beads. (a) The material must contain a minimum of thirty percent (30%) intermixed graded glass beads by weight. The intermixed beads shall conform to Federal Specification. TT-B-1325D, Type I, gradation A (b) The material must have factory applied coated surface beads in addition to the intermixed beads at a rate of 1 lb. (± 10%) per 10 sq. ft. These factory applied coated surface beads shall have a minimum of 90% true spheres, minimum refractive index of 1.50, and meet the following gradation. Size Gradation US Mesh µm Retained,% Passing,% 12 1700 0-2% 98-100% 14 1400 0-3.5% 96.5-100% 16 1180 2-25% 75-98% 18 1000 28-63% 37-72% 20 850 63-72% 28-37% 30 600 67-77% 23-33% 50 300 89-95% 5-11% 80 200 97-100% 0-3% (3) Heating Indicators. The top surface of the material (same side as the factory applied surface beads) shall have regularly spaced indents. These indents shall act as a visual cue during application that the material has reached a molten state so satisfactory adhesion and proper bead embedment has been achieved and a post-application visual cue that the installation procedures have been followed. (4) Pigments. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 1 O percent minimum. (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, type II shall be 1 percent minimum. Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color standard . (5) Prohibited Materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (6) Daylight Directional Reflectance. (a). White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75 percent (relative to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 1410/GEN, Method 6121. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 45 percent (relative to magnesium oxide}, when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 1410/GEN. The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: X .462 X .470 X .479 X .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-620-4 (7) Skid Resistance. The surface, with properly applied and embedded surface beads, must provide a minimum resistance value of 45 BPN when tested according to ASTM E303. (8) Thickness. The material must be supplied at a nominal thickness of 65 mils (1.7 mm). (9) Environmental Resistance. The material must be resistant to deterioration due to exposure to sunlight, water, salt, or adverse weather conditions and impervious to aviation fuels, gasoline, and oil. (10) Retroreflectivity. The material, when applied in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines, must demonstrate a uniform level of nighttime retroreflection when tested in accordance to ASTM E1710. (11) Packaging. A protective film around the box must be applied in order to protect the material from rain or premature aging. (12) Manufacturing Control and ISO Certification. The manufacturer must be ISO 9001 :2000 certified and provide proof of current certification. The scope of the certification shall include manufacture of reflective markings. a. The markings must be a resilient thermoplastic product with uniformly distributed glass beads throughout the entire cross-sectional area. The markings must be resistant to the detrimental effects of aviation fuels, motor fuels and lubricants, hydraulic fluids, de-icers, anti-icers, protective coatings, etc. Lines, legends, and symbols must be capable of being affixed to bituminous and/or Portland cement concrete pavements by the use of a large radiant heater. Colors shall be available as required . b. The markings must be capable of conforming to pavement contours, breaks, and faults through the action of airport traffic at normal pavement temperatures. The markings must be capable of fully conforming to grooved pavements, including pavement grooving per FAA AC 150/5320-12, current version. The markings shall have resealing characteristics, such that it is capable of fusing with itself and previously applied thermoplastics when heated with a heat source per manufacturer's recommendation . c. Multicolored markings must consist of interconnected individual pieces of preformed thermoplastic pavement marking material, which through a variety of colors and patterns, make up the desired design. The individual pieces in each large marking segment (typically more than 20 ft. long) must be factory assembled with a compatible material and interconnected so . that in the field it is not necessary to assemble the individual pieces within a marking segment. Obtaining multicolored effect by overlaying materials of different colors is not acceptable due to resulting inconsistent marking thickness and inconsistent application temperature in the marking/substrate interface. e. The marking material must set up rapidly, permitting the access route to be re-opened to traffic a maximum of 15 minutes after application. f. The marking material shall have an integral color throughout the thickness of the marking material. 620-2.3 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal Specification TT-B- 1325D, Type I, gradation A. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the surface temperature is at least 45°F (7°C) and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 5°F (2.7°C) above the dew point. Painting operations shall be discontinued when the surface temperature exceeds 5 degrees F (2. 7 degrees C). Markings shall not be applied when the pavement temperature is greater than 120°F (49°C). AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-620-5 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface , a mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand-painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray-type or airless-type marking mach ine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, Iaitance, or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by sweeping and blowing or by other methods as required to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials without damage to the pavement surface. Use of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean of curing material. Sandblasting or high-pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials. 620-3.4 LAYOUT OF MARKINGS. The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. 620-3.5 APPLICATION . Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m) and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances : Tolerance 36 inches 910 mm or less ±1/2 inch 12 mm greater than 36 inches to 6 feet (910 mm to 1.85 ± 1 inch (25 mm) m reater than 6 feet to 60 feet 1.85 m to 18 .3 m ± 2 inches 51 mm reater than 60 feet 18.3 m ± 3 inches 76 mm The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of 24 hours shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. TABLE 1. APPLICATION RATES FOR PAINT AND GLASS BEADS Paint Square feet per gallon, fr/gal. (Square meters per Paint Type liter, m2/I) Waterborne 115 ft2/gal. maximum (2.8 m2/I} AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 Glass Beads, Type I, Gradation A Pounds per gallon of paint-lb./gal. (Kilograms per liter of paint-kg/I) 7 lb./gal. minimum (0.85 kg/I) P-620-6 Glass Beads, Glass Beads, Type Ill Type IV Pounds per gallon Pounds per gallon of paint-lb./gal. of paint-lb./gal. (Kilograms per liter (Kilograms per liter of paint-kg/I of paint-kg/)1 10 lb./gal. * minimum (1 .2 kg/I) Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive glass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished that is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads stiall be applied at the rate(s) shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to black pa int. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. 620-3.6 APPLICATION--PREFORMED AIRPORT PAVEMENT MARKINGS. a. Asphalt and Portland cement To ensure minimum single-pass application time and optimum bond in the marking/substrate interface , the materials must be applied using a variable speed self- propelled mobile heater with an effective heating width of no less than 16 feet (4.88 m) and a free span between supporting wheels of no less than 18 feet (5.49 m). The heater must emit thermal radiation to the marking material in such a manner that the difference in temperature of 2 inch (5.08 cm) wide linear segments in the direction of heater travel must be within 5 percent of the overall average temperature of the heated thermoplastic material as it exits the heater. The material must be able to be applied at ambient and pavement temperatures down to 35°F (2°C) without any preheating of the pavement to a specific temperature. The material must be able to be applied without the use of a thermometer. The pavement shall be clean, dry, and free of debris. A non-VOC sealer with a maximum applied viscosity of 250 centi-Poise (ASTM D 2393) must be applied to the pavement shortly before the markings are applied. The supplier must enclose application instructions with each box/package. 620-3.7 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP. After application of the markings, all markings shall be protected from damage until dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings. The Contractor shall remove from the work area all debris, waste, loose or unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Con~ractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations . METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting and the number of pounds of reflective media complete in place performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respecti~e contract [price per square foot (square meter)] [lump sum price] for runway and taxiway painting [, and [price per pound (kilogram)] [lump sum price] [price per square foot (square meter)] [lump sum price] for preformed markings) for reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1-1 Item P-620-5. 1-2 AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 Runway and Taxiway Painting [per square foot Reflective Media per pound P-620-7 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 146 ASTM C 371 ASTM D92 ASTM D 711 ASTM D968 ASTM D 1213-54(1975) ASTM D 1652 ASTM D2074 ASTM D2240 ASTM G 15453 Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 D/GEN TESTING REQUIREMENTS Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Chemical Analysis of Glass Sand Wire-Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup No-Pick-Up Time of Traffic Paint Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive Test Method for Crushing Resistance of Glass Spheres Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins Test Method for Total Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Amine Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method Test Method for Rubber Products-Durometer Hardness Operating Light and Water-Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent Light Apparatus UV-Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection , Sampling and Testing MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 476 Specifications for Dry Pigmentary Titanium Dioxide Pigments Products · Code of Federal Regulatio,:is 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A -Definition of Traverse Point Number and Location Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1910.1200-Hazard Communications FED SPEC TT-B-1325D Beads (Glass Spheres) Retroreflective AASHTO M 247 Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paints FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne Commercial Item Description (CID) A-A-2886B Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based FED STD 595 Colors used In Government Procurement AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF ITEM P-620 P-620-8 ITEM P-621 SAW-CUT GROOVES DESCRIPTION 621-1.1 This item consists of providing a skid resistant surface that prevents hydroplaning during wet weather in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 621-2.1 Transverse grooves saw-cut in the pavement must form a 1/4 inch wide by 1/4 inch deep by 1 1/2 inches center-to-center configuration. The grooves must be continuous for the entire runway length . They must be saw-cut transversely in the runway pavement to not less than 1 O feet from the runway pavement edge to allow adequate space for equipment operation . The Contractor must provide a grooving machine of a type equipped with diamond-saw cutting blade groove cutting head capable of · making at least 18 inches in width of multiple parallel grooves in one pass of the machine. Thickness of the cutting blades shall be capable of making the required width and depth of grooves in one pass of the machine. The cutting head shall not contain a mixture of new and worn blades or blades of unequal wear or diameter. The wheels on the grooving machine shall be of a design that will not scar or spall the pavement. The machine must be equipped with devices to control depth of groove and alignment within the specified tolerances. The saw-cut grooves must meet the following tolerances. The tolerances apply to each day's production and to each piece of grooving equipment used for production. The Contractor is responsible for all controls and process adjustments necessary to meet these tolerances. Alignment tolerance. Plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in alignment for 75 feet. Groove tolerance. Depth. The standard depth is 1/4 inch . At least 90 percent of the grooves must be at least 3/16 inch, at least 60 percent of the grooves must be at least 1/4 inch, and not more than 1 O percent of the grooves may exceed 5/16 inch. Width. The standard width is 1/4 inch . At least 90 percent of the grooves must be at least 3/16 inch , at least 60 percent of the grooves mu'st be at least 1/4 inch, and not more than 1 O percent of the grooves may exceed 5/16 inch. Center-to -center spacing . The standard spacing is 1-1/2 inches. Minimum spacing 1-3/8 inches. Maximum spacing 1-1/2 inches. Saw-cut grooves must not be closer than 3 inches or more than 9 inches from transverse paving joints. Grooves must not be closer than 6 inches and no more than 18 inches from in-pavement light fixtures. Grooves may be continued through longitudinal joints. Where neoprene compression seals have been installed and the compression seals are recessed sufficiently to prevent damage from the grooving operation . grooves may be continued through the longitudinal joints. Where neoprene compression seals have been installed and the compression seals are not recessed sufficiently to prevent damage from the grooving operation, grooves must not be closer than 3 inches or more than 5 inches from the longitudinal joints. 621-2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS. Grooving operations will not be permitted when freez ing conditions prevent the immediate remova l of debris and/or drainage of water from · the grooved area. AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 P-621-1 621-2.4 EXISTING PAVEMENTS. Bumps, depressed areas, bad or faulted joints, and badly cracked and/or spelled areas in the pavement shall not be grooved until such areas are adequately repaired or replaced . 621-2.5 NEW PAVEMENTS. New asphalt concrete pavements shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 days before grooving, to allow the material to become stable enough to prevent closing of the grooves under normal use. Permit new Portland cement concrete pavements to cure for a minimum of 28 days before grooving . Spelling along or tearing or raveling of the groove edges shall not be allowed. 621-2.6 CLEAN-UP. During and after installation of saw-cut grooves, the Contractor must remove from the pavement all debris, waste, and by-products generated by the operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Cleanup of waste material must be continuous during the grooving operation Flush debris produced by the machine to the edge of the grooved area or pick it up as it forms. The dust coating remaining shall be picked up or flushed to the edge of the area if the resultant accumulation is not detrimental to the vegetation or storm drainage system . Accomplish all flushing operations in a manner to prevent erosion on the shoulders Waste material must be disposed of in an approved manner. Waste material must not be allowed to enter the airport storm or sanitary sewer system. The Contractor must dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations 621-2.7 REPAIR OF DAMAGED PAVEMENT. Grooving must be stopped and damaged pavement repaired at the Contractor's expense when in the opinion of the Engineer the result of the grooving operation will be detrimental to aircraft tires . ACCEPTANCE 621-3.1 ACCEPTANCE TESTING. Grooves will be accepted based on results of zone testing. All acceptance testing necessary to determine conformance with the groove tolerances specified will be performed by the Engineer. Instruments for measuring groove width and depth must have a range of at least 0.5 inches and a resolution of at least 0.005 inches. Gage blocks or gages machined to standard grooves width , depth, and spacing may be used . Instruments for measuring center-to-center spacing must have a range of at least 3 inches and a resolution of at least 0.02 inches. The Engineer will measure grooves in five zones across the pavement width. Measurements will be made at least THREE times during each day's production. Measurements in all zones will be made for each cutting head on each piece of grooving equipment used for each day's production. The five zones are as follows: · AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 Zone 1 Zone2 Zone3 Zone4 Zone5 Centerline to 5 feet left or right of the centerline. 5 feet to 25 feet left of the centerline. 5 feet 25 feet riQht of the centerline. 25 feet to edge of grooving left of the centerline . 25 feet to edge of grooving right of the centerline . P-621-2 At a random location within each zone, five consecutive grooves sawed by each cutting head on each piece of grooving equipment will be measured for width, depth , and spacing . The five consecutive measurements must be. located about the middle blade of each cutting head plus or minus 4 inches. Measurements will be made along a line perpendicular to the grooves. Width or depth measurements less than 0.170 inches shall be considered less than 3/16 inches. Width or depth measurements more than 0.330 inches shall be considered more than 5/16 inches. Width or depth measurements more than 0.235 inches shall be considered more than 1/4 inches. PRODUCTION MUST BE ADJUSTED WHEN MORE THAN ONE GROOVE ON A CUTTING HEAD FAILS TO MEET THE STANDARD DEPTH, WIDTH, OR SPACING IN MORE THAN ONE ZONE. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 621-4.1 PAYMENT FOR SAW-CUT GROOVING. Payment for saw-cut grooving will be made at the contract unit price per square yard for saw-cut grooving. Payment will be made under: . Item P-621.1 Saw-Cut Grooving, Runway Pavement --square yard AC 150/5370-10-E P-621-3 9/30/2009 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM T-901 SEEDING 1. Delete Section 901-2.1 and substitute the following: 901-2.1 SEED. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including the labeling requirements for showing the purity live seed (PLS), name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Owner's Representative. The amount and type of seed planted shall be as follows: The seeding mixture (pounds of pure seed per acre) to be used shall be as follows, in accordance with the specified time of year:(* Denotes temporary grasses) Seed Mix: Cold Season Mix Little Blestem Buffalograss Sideoates grama *Oats *Winter Wheat Warm Season Mix Little Blestem Buffalograss Sideoats grama *Foxtail millet 2. Delete Section 901-2.2 (September 15 -March 15) Schizachysium scorarium Buchloe dactylodes Bouteloua curtipendula Avena sativa Tricticum aestivum (March 16 -September 14) Schizachysium scoraium Buchloe dactylodes Bouteloua curtipendula Setaria italica 3. Delete Section 901-2.3 and substitute the following: 3.5 lb.lac 13.5 lb.lac 6.0 lb.lac 8.0 lb.lac 12.0 lb.lac 4.5 lb.lac 13.5 lb.lac 6.0 lb.lac 15.0 lb.lac 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the State Chemist in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis indicated below. The figures in the analysis represent the percentage of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash nutrients, respectively, as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fifty percent or greater of the Nitrogen required shall be in the form of Nitrate Nitrogen (NO). The remaining Nitrogen required may be in the form of Urea Nitrogen (COHH). In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a low concentration. The total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. Fort Worth Alliance Airport SP-T-901-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. Unless otherwise indicated., fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the following rate: Fertilizer Application Fertilizer Analysis TYPE BROADCAST SEEDING New Construction 400 lbs.lac New Planting 15-15-15 Maintenance 15-10-5 HYDRAULIC SEEDING RATE 6531bs./ac 15-15-15 15-10-5 Maintenance fertilizing shall be applied every 6 months after the new sod or grass is place or until the work is accepted. 4. Add Section 901-2.5 as follows: 901-2.5 CELLULOSE FIBER MULCH (NATURAL WOOD). Cellulose Fiber Mulch shall be natural cellulose fiber mulch produced from grinding clean whole wood chips . The mulch shall be designed for use in conventional mechanical planting, hydraulic planting of seed or hydraulic mulching of grass seed, either alone or with fertilizers and other additives. The mulch shall be such, that when applied, the material shall form a strong, moisture-retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. 5. Delete Section 901-3.2a. · 6. Add Section 901-3.5 as follows: 901-3.5 MULCH. Mulching shall immediately follow seed application. Cellulose and wood fiber mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at the rate of 45 to 80 lbs. per 1,000 square feet (22 to 39 kilograms per 100 square meters). (No separate payment will be made for mulching.) 7. Delete Section 901-5.1 and substitute the following : 901-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or fraction thereof, which price and payment shall · be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material including seed, mulch, fertilizer, and for all labor, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item . Payment will be made under: Item T-901.1 Seeding , Mulching and Fertilizer -per acre . END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Fort Worth Alliance Airport SP-T-901-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . ITEM T-901 SEEDING DESCRIPTION 901-1.1 This item shall consist of soil preparation, seeding and fertilizing the areas shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer in accordance with these specifications. MATERIALS 901-2.1 SEED The species and application rates of grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated herein. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Fed . Spec. A-A-2671. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within 6 months of date of delivery. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed . Seeds shall be applied as follows: Seed S.F.) Minimum Seed Purity (Percent) Minimum Germination (Percent) Rate of Application lb./acre (or lb./1 ,000 Seeding shall be performed during the period between August and October inclusive, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 901-2.2 LIME. Lime shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, and shall be ground to such fineness that 90% will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50% will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable , providing the rates of application ·are increased to provide not less than the minimum quantities and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sieve requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a high magnesium lime shall contain at least 10% of magnesium oxide. Lime shall be applied at the rate of 1000 pounds. All liming materials shall cqnform to the requirements of ASTM C 602. 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the percentages of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified herein, and shall meet the · requirements of Fed. Spec. A-A-1909 and applicable state laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name', weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: a. A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; b. A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable for application by power sprayers; or c. A granular or pellet form suitable for application by blower equipment. Fertilizers shall be standard commercial fertilizer and shall be spread at the rate specified herein . AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 T-901-1 901-2.4 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired. The soil shall be relatively free from large stones, roots, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the Engineer before being placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 901-3.1 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP. After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris that might interfere with sowing of seed , growth of grasses, or subsequent ma intenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginn ing the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the Contractor shall repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 inches (125 mm) as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil is loose, friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches (125 mm). Clods shall be broken and the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing, or by use of cultipackers, rollers, drags, harrows, or other appropriate means. 901-3.2 DRY APPLICATION METHOD. a. Liming. Lime shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds that have previously been prepared as described above. The lime shall then be worked into the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a s·mooth finish . b. Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate that will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in paragraph 901-2 .3. c. Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified in paragraph 901-2.1 immediately after fertilizing , and the fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the . special provisions. Seeds of legumes, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance w ith the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions, a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. d. Rolling. After the seed has been properly covered , the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawnroller, weigh ing 40 to 65 pounds per foot (60 to 97 kg per meter) of width for clay soil (or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot (223 to 298 kg per meter) of width for sandy or light soils. 901-3.3 WET APPLICATION METHOD. a. General. The Contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer (and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. b. Spraying Equipment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped w ith a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons (190 liters) over the AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 T -901-2 entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used . The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering 100 gallons (380 liters) per minute at a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch (690 kPa). The pump shall be mounted in a line that will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of providing clearance for 5/8 inch (15 mm) solids . The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in · such a manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 to 100 feet (6 to 30 m). One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning , all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplings. In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 feet (15 m) in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected . c. Mixtures. Lime, if required , shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified , prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds (100 kg) of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters) of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds (100 kg) of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters) of water. All water used shall be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The Contractor shall identify to the Engineer all sources of water at least 2 weeks prior to use. The Eng ineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content. The Contractor shall not use any water from any source that is disapproved by the Engineer following such tests. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed . All such mixtures shall be used within 2 hours from the t ime they were mixed or they shall be wasted and disposed of at locations acceptable to the Engineer. d. Spraying. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously prepared seedbeds. After the applied lime mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into the top 3 inches (8 cm}, after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish . Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime,. if required, shall already have been worked in . The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray that shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. Nozzles or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion or runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to insure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of known area . Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 T-901-3 distributing test sheets of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. On surfaces that are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated by the Engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil or roll~d. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to be used, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried . 901-3.4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The Contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the Engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The Contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the Contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of the Engineer. A grass stand shall be considered adequate when bare spots are one square foot or less , randomly dispersed, and do not exceed 3% of the area seeded. If at the time when the contract has been otherwise completed it is not possible to make an adequate determination of the color, densjty, and uniformity of such stand of grass, payment for the unaccepted portions of the areas seeded out of season will be withheld until such time as these requirements have been met. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 901-4.1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units acres measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted . BASIS OF PAYI\/IENT 901-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or fraction thereof, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item . Payment will be made under: Item 901-5 .1 Seeding-per acre MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 602 Agricultural Liming Materials ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt FED SPEC A-A-1909 Fertilizer FED SPEC A-A-2671 Seeds, Agriculture AC 150/5370-10-E 9/30/2009 END OF ITEM T-901 T-901-4 SPECIAL SPECIFICATION ITEM TxDOT-672 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS DESCRIPTION Reflectorized Pavement Markers shall meet the requirements of TxDOT specifications for Raised Pavement Markers. Payment will be made under: TxDOT 672.1 Pavement Marking-Lane Markers Type 11-AA-4 -Install ---per each TxDOT 672.2 Pavement Marking-Lane Markers Type Y-4-Install ---per each END OF ITEM Fort Worth Alliance Airport TxDOT-672-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . PART 1 SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS-ELECTRICAL (Item L-100) (NON-STANDARD FAA SPECIFICATION) GENERAL .. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. PART2 This item is intended to supplement the specifications for the Airfield Electrical, Lighting and Lighting Control requirements of this contract. It is the intent and meaning of the Plans and Specifications that the Contractor shall provide an electrical installation that is operational and complete, including all items and appurtenances necessary, reasonably incidental or customarily · included, even though eacti and every item is not specifically called out or shown. Installations and construction under these provisions shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction .Manager. Specification requirements .for approvals,· reviews, or other involvements of the Engineer . shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the · Construction Manager to the Engineer. QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.01 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS . A. Codes. . All electrical work shall conform with the requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. In . conflicts among drawings, specifications and codes, the most stringent requirements shall govern. B. Standards. The specifications and standards of the following organizations are by reference made · part of these specifications and all electrical work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) National Bureau of Standards (NBS) National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall be certified under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, current edition, and be listed in the current Addendum of the AC. All Advisory Circulars referenced in these specifications shall be the latest edition .· B. All other equipment and materials, covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. C. The requirements and recommendations of the latest ed ition of the Occupational Safety and Health Act are by reference made a part of these specifications and all electrical work shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable. 2 .03 WORKMANSHIP AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS A. All electrical work shall be performed by workmen skilled in the electrical trade and licensed for the work either by the City of Ft Worth or State of Texas. The Alliance Airport Building Official will recognize the credentials of Master .Electricians with valid current licenses from Ft Worth. Credentials will be recognized of Journeyman Electricians with valid current licenses from Ft Worth or other licensing entities having established reciprocal agreements with these municipalities. · B. A licensed Master Electrician will be required for the issuance of a building permit for constructing, installing, altering, maintain ing , repairing or replacing any electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment on any voltage level in the jurisdiction of the Airport. C. A licensed Master Electrician or a licensed Journeyman Electrician is required to be on the job site whenever any electrical work is performed. Any airfield electrical work or associated electrical installations shall be accomplished under · the direct supervision of a licensed Journeyman Electrician. D. To insure compliance with Paragraph "c" above, only a documented Electrical work force with a ratio of a maximum of licensed Apprentices for each licensed Journeyman Electrician shall be allowed to work on the airfield electrical systems. E. Contractor shall prepare documentation associated with the electrical work force confirming adherence to the requirements of Paragraph "d" above . These documents shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for approval. Also , any work force changes or revisions which affect compliance with paragraph "d" above shall also be submitted to the Construction Manager for approval. F. All airfield circuits will be handled throughout the installation process by qualified licensed electrical personnel. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab G. Every airfield lighting cable splicer shall be qµalified in making airfield cable splices and terminations on cables rated above 1,000 volts A.C. The Contractor shall submit for approval of the Construction Manager proof of the qualifications of each proposed cable splicer for the cable type and voltage level to be· worked on. Cable splicing/terminating personnel shall have a minimum of three (3) years continuous experience in terminating/splice medium voltage cable at airports. H. · At least thirty (30) days prior to performing any cable splicing/terminating, Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager a written list of proposed cable splicing/terminating personnel, including written evidence that the proposed personnel have had a minimum of eight (8) hours of technical training by authorized splice/termination kit manufacturer personnel. Approved training shall include a thorough review of kit components and splicing/terminating techniques and procedures. Field splices shall only be installed by technicians approved by the Construction Manager. L In addition, each trained cable splicer shall be required to install a splice and a connector on type and size of the cable to be used under this contract. Sample connections shall be · accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and in the presence of the Construction Manager. J. The Contractor performing construction on the airfield . electrical and/or communication system shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience on construction of projects of similar type of work and of simHar size and complexity. . The owner will require all Electrical Contractors bidding on this project to submit proof of experience that they have successfully completed at least two projects of comparative size and complexity within the past 5 years. 2.04 _EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items in accordance with the approved recommendations of the manufacturer and the best practices of the trade to provide a complete installation ready for use and operational by the Owner. B. All equipment and materials shall be new, unless specifically noted otherwise, and shall bear the manufacturer's name, trademark and ASME, UL, and/or oth~r labels in every case where a standard had been established for the particular item. C. Where applicable, equipment shall be FAA approved design of a standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of the required type of equipment, and _shall be supported by a service organization reasonably convenient to the site, as determined by the Construction Manager. D. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Construction Manager in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and equipment manufacturer's directions and sliall obtain written instructions from the Construction Manager before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions . or Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-3 Phase 7 Runway Design andTaxiway Rehab such written instructions from the Construction Manager, Contractor shall bear all costs arising in correcting deficiencies. E. After review of equipment submittals, and instructions by the Engineer to proceed, equipment installations may require arrangements or connections different from· those shown on the drawings. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly. The Contractor shall provide any additional equipment and/or materials requ ired for installations to operate in accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications. F. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to · insure that items installed fit the space available with adequate room for proper equ ipment operation and maintenance. Contractor shall make field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall . furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment that the final installation provides a complete and operational system that complies with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. Changes associated with coordination requirements shall be made at no increase in the Contract amount or additional · costs to other trades. H. The Contractor shall support work and equipment plumb, rigid and true to line. The Contractor shall determine how equipment, fixtures, conduit, etc., are to be installed, as required by codes, drawings and specifications. Foundations , bolts, inserts, stands, hangers; brackets and accessories required for proper support shall be provided by the Contractor, whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings. 2.05 SUBMITTAL$ A. Submit manufacturer's data or shop drawings of the following items giving full information as to the dimensions, materials, and other information required to define compliance with the specifications. Other items to be submitted are listed in the specification sections . #8 5KV L-824C Cable Isolation Transformers Splice Kits #6 Stranded Counterpoise Wire Wiring Devices Isolation Transformers L-823 Connectors Wireways Cadweld Junction Boxes and Accessories Handholes/Pull Boxes and Accessories · Identification Tags Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab Ground Rods Regulators PVC Conduit PAPI Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Cable Straps Wire Pulling Lubricant Circuit Breakers Control Panel Modification Electrical Enclosures Switches, T ermirial Strip All Material installed or modified in or in connection with the Vault B. When requested by the Engineer, samples of these items shall be submitted for approval. . Equipment/installation diagrams shall also be submitted for approval, as required by project specifications and/or requested by the Engineer. C. Contractor submittal package shall include a typewritten list indicating each bid item, with a breakdown of all item components and all parts that are assembled or associated with bid item installation. D. Submittal package list shall indicate: (1) Bid item number, (2) Part numbers of associated item components, as required and (3) Reference page number where item and components information is located in the submittal package. An example of this procedure is shown below: Bid Item# Description Ref. Page# (XX) (Bid Item Description) (PIN) -(Item Component #1) (YY) (P/N) -(Item Component #2) (YY) (P/N) -(Item Component #3) (YY) etc ... (YY) Where: (XX) = Bid Item Number (YY) = Reference Page Number in Submittal Package (P/N) = Manufacturer Part Number E. Checking of submittals by the Engineer is done only as an aid to the Contractor and approval of submittals shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility fo·r any errors or omissions in the submittals, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of total responsibility for proper and complete execution of the job. 2.06 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. All work performed by the Contractor shall be subject to periodic inspections by the City Engineer, the Owner's Representative, and the Owner's Construction Manager to verify that the installation is in compliance with the applicable requirements of these specifications. B. System and component testing shall be performed as specified in Section 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation and Testing. Test results shall be evaluated by the Engineer and the Construction Manager based upon the criteria indicated. C. Any installation found . which does not conform to the required technical provisions of these specifications or any specimen which dpes not meet the test criteria defined in Section 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation and Testing, shall be immediately removed by the Contractor and then replaced at his expense. When required, testing shall be performed on the new specimen in place to verify compliance with the criteria defined in Section 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation and Testing. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART3 CONSTRUCTION PROVISIONS 3.01 AOAAREA INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. To enhance personnel safety and avoid contractual problems, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions indicated below. 3.02 ELECTRICAL WORK PROVISIONS . A . Existing Underground Utilities. At least forty-eight (48) hours prior to beginning any excavation within the AOA, locations of all utility lines and FAA cables in the construction area will be identified and marked with surveyor flags by appropriate utility and/or FAA personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintain.ing the location flags . Any flags displaced shall be replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate with Construction Manager any additional prior notification time required during weekend and/or holiday work periods. Also at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to beginning any excavation within the AOA, the contractor shall request the airport construction manager to have airport staff identify circuits in proposed excavation .areas. The Contractor shall coordinate with Construction Manager any additional prior notification time required during weekend and/or holiday work periods. The above noted line identification information shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of pinpointing underground lines. to avoid unplanned disruptions or disturbing of installation or operation of underground lines in construction areas. Contractor shall use cable tracing equipment or other methods approved by the Construction Manager at his disposal, to pinpoint line locations. Excavation shall not proceed until all underground lines have been identified to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager. Contractor shall hand excavate in areas of Airport underground electrical lines to avoid disturbing circuits such as FAA, telecom and NAVAIDS . Repair of underground lines damaged by the . Contractor shall be the sole responsibi lity of the Contractor. B. Lockout Procedure. Contractor shall adhere to requirements of latest edition of Section 16013 Recommended Lockout Procedure for Airfield Lighting Circuit. 3.03 TEMPORARY AND BYPASS CIRCUIT PROVISIONS A. During construction, temporary or bypass wiring or cable installations may be required to maintain operation of certain equipment and/or airfield lighting circuits, as indicated in Construction Documents and/or as specified. Temporary/bypass circuit installations shall adhere to provisions indicated below. B. General Requirements. 1. Contractor shall review the requirements in the specifications and Construction Documents, including, but not restricted to: Phasing and Sequencing Plans, Demolition Plans and Wiring Diagrams. Contractor Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab shall determine locations, sizes and quantities of temporary/bypass wiring and conduits required for project construction. 2. At least 14 . days prior to commencement of installation of · temporary/bypass wiring, the Contractor shall submit a layout of proposed temporary/bypass conduits and circuits to the Construction Manager for review and apprpval, including proposed installation protection provisions. C. Equipment and Materials. 1. Temporary/bypass wiring shall meet the requirements of Section 16113 Item Installation of Underground Cable for Airport (Item L-108), and shall also conform to the Construction Plans. Temporary/bypass wiring shall be identified at junction points with brass tags as approved by the Construction Manager. D. Installation. 1. Temporary/bypass circuits shall be installed with due consideration to personnel safety and circuit protection against physical damage. All damage to existing circuits as a result of Contractor action or inaction shall be corrected accordingly at the Contractor's expense and corrective action approved by the Owner. 2. Temporary/bypass, high voltage lighting system cables shall be protected from damage by vehicles with suitable fencing, barriers and/or adequately sized boards or timbers . 3. Temporary/bypass circuits shall be removed immediately upon completion of construction or purpose for which the wiring was installed. Upon removal of boards or timbers fastened to the pavement surface to protect temporary/bypass circuits, the Contractor shall repair the pavement with materials and methods approved by the · Construction Manager. Temporary/bypass cable and counterpoise shall be removed and discarded off the Airport by the Contractor, · · 3.04 EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall remove all existing wiring and electrical equipment made unnecessary by the new installation. All materials removed shall become property of the Contractor and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall list materials according to type , class and/or size, and store or dispose of materials as directed by the Construction Manager. 3.05 POWER SERVICE CONTINUITY A. Provide labor, materials and supervision required to maintain full capacity power service continuity when connection or modifications are made to existing systems and facilities. Do not interrupt service without prior consent of the Construction Manager, with a definite understanding of time and duration of outage. All outages will take place at a time for minimum disruption of facility activity. Coordinate with Owner. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3.06 AS-BUil T DRAWINGS A. B. PART4 The Contractor shall maintain a set of as-built drawings on the job site as required the General Provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall mark on the as-built drawings all work details, alterations installed to meet. site conditions and changes made by Change Notices. As-built drawings shall be kept available for inspection by the Construction Manager and/or the City Engineer at all times. Airfield wiring verification diagrams shall be maintained throughout the project and later submitted to the airport manager upon completion . These field wiring diagrams shall depict the exact routing and number of cables installed in . each conduit originating from the airfield lighting vaults and extending to each manhole, handhole, pullbox, sign, and lighting fixture for each new circuit or circuit revision as applicable to the construction documents. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 GENERAL A. There will be no measurement or payment for this section. All work will be considered incidental for complete installation of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16010-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART 1 SECTION 16013 RECOMMENDED LOCKOUT PROCEDURE FOR AIRFIELD LIGHTING CIRCUIT GENERAL 1.01 The Contra'ctor is required to lockout the power source feeding any airfield lighting circuit that he will come in contact with (either by hand or with equipment) during the course of the workday. Coordinate with the Construction Manager. Airfield lighting circuits can be locked out only with the approval of the airport manager. They must be returned to service the same day unless prior arrangements have been made. Cloudy or overcastdays may delay or cancel a scheduled lockout. A. In order to gain access to the circuit power source, the Contractor will contact his Construction Manager (CM) at least ,48 hours prior to the day and hour when the circuit lockout is required. The Contractor will identify, in writing, his work area and the circuit to be locked out. B. The CM will then contact the Airport Manager at least 24 hours in advance, with all the pertinent information, so the work may be scheduled, and verify that the · circuit can be turned off as requested. The Airport Manager will determine if the circuit can remain de-energized outside of daylight hours. Request for lockouts that occur on recognized holidays, or Saturdays and Sundays, or after normal working hours, (0800 to 1600), will require special notice. In this case the Airport Manager must be notified a minimum of two regular working days in advance of the lockout occurrence. The Contractor, the CM, and the Airport · Manager, if required, will meet at the vault for the lockout. The Contractor shall provide a 5000-volt, direct current megger. The megger shall be a 120-volt A.G. device, as opposed to a hand crank type, and calibrated within the last three months. The Airport Manager's Authorized . Representative will de-energize the circuit. *(See note at the end of the procedure). The Contractor' will install his lock on the scissor clip, locking out the disconnect. C. The Contractor will insulate between the field contact of the S-1 switch of all series circuits to be locked out prior to megging. The insulating piece(s) will remain in place until all circuits are meggered for release of lockout. The Con- tractor will megger the circuit in the presence of the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative. The megger will be connected to the circuit and allowed to energize the circuit for a full three minutes at 1000 volts, before the reading is taken. The Contractor will record the reading by completely filling out the lockout log form (example attached) on the tablet at the door of the regulator room. The CM will notify the Airport Manager to report the circuit lockout time and the megger reading. O. The Contractor will install an appropriate Safety Tag on the locked out disconnect switch. The tag will show the name of the Contractor, and the date. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport • 16013-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab E. F. G. PART2 PART3 PART4 As soon as practical after the work is complete, but no later than the same day unless prior arrangements have been made, the· Contractor will notify the CM, who will in turn notify the Airport Manager that the circuit is ready to be re- energized. The Contractor, the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative and the CM will meet at the vault to re-test the circuit. The Contractor will megger the circuit for five minutes in the presence of the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative and the CM and record the reading on the form. He will also, at this time, megger across the field connections of the S-1 switch if present to insure continuity and correct field connections. If the readings are acceptable to the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative and the CM, then the Contractor will remove his safety tag and lock. If the readings are not acceptable, then the Contractor must correct the problem immediately -or prove that the problem is not in his work area. An acceptable megger reading must be registered before the circu it can be released (acceptance of the circuit at this time does not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage discovered later which results from faulty workmanship). If the circuit is to be left off after dark, the CM must notify the Airport Manager with detailed information concerning the outage : Some outages will require continued work to re-energize circuits. · Under no circumstance will the Circuit Disconnect Switch be turned back on by anyone other than the Airport Manager or their Representative. The CM will notify the Airport Manager to report the time the circuit was released and the megger reading. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment of the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related . END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16013-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16031 AIRFIELD ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TESTING (Item L-111) . (Non-Standard FAA Specification) PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.01 This item shall consist of furnishing all equipment, materials and appliances necessary for testing of airfield lighting circuit installations and associated systems. A. The Contractor shall provide testing to confirm installations are acceptable for ground rod testing and airfield lighting and/or signage circuit testing. B. Requirements under this item shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction Manager. Specification requirements for approvals, reviews or other involvement of the Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the Construction Manager to the Engineer. PART2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials and equipment covered by this item shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. PART3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing installations as indicated below. 3.02 GROUND ROD TESTING. A. Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to measure the resistance to earth for all ground rods installed. Earth resistance measurement tests shall adhere to recommendations of IEEE Standard 142, latest edition. Contractor shall submit testing procedure, equipment and report form to the Construction Manager for approval. B. As each rod is installed, tests shall be administered. Any rod that does not have a resistance to ground of 10 ohms or less shall be augmented by an additional rod not less than 1 O feet away. No testing of the additional rod is required. Testing results, including confirmation of installation of augmenting ground rods, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3.03 AIRFIELD LIGHTING CIRCUITS TESTING. A. The Contractor shall notify the CM and Airport Manager 4-hours prior to cable testing. All testing shall be conducted in the presence of the CM and Airport Manager's Authorized Representative. All test results shall be simultaneously Ft Worth Alliance Airport 16031-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . re6orded by the Contractor and the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative. Contractor shall provide test report information to the CM and Airport Manager for approval. Test procedures fo_r the following required tests, including field test report forms, shall be submitted to the CM for approval prior to testing. 1. Testing Requirements. a. All Circuits. Prior to commencement of work on any circuit the Low Voltage Tests shall be . performed in accordance with procedures below. b. All Circuits. Upon completion of all rewiring of each circuit, the Low Voltage Tests shall be performed on the completed circuit following paragraph 2 below, to determine if the circuits are free of grounds. Circuits tested shall meet the requirements of paragraph 3 below. Any faults indicated by these tests shall be corrected .before proceeding with additional testing. All test results shall be submitted to the CM for approval. 2. Testing Procedures. a. Low Voltage Tests. Low Voltage Continuity and Insulation-Resistance (Megger) Tests i. Test Required. As noted in Part A above, circuits and portions of circuits shall be subjected to a low voltage (5000 volt) continuity test and a low voltage (5000 volt) insulation-resistance (megger) test. ii. Test Products. Contractor shall provide a 5000-volt direct current Megger for low voltage testing. Megger tester shall be non-crank type, as manufactured by Associated Research Meg-Check, the James Biddle Megger, General Radio Mega-Ohmmeter or approved equivalent. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing any required 120V AC power source at testing locations remote from · available power. Products calibration information shall be readily available for review by the CM, as requested; · iii. Test Procedures. Refer to Section 16013 for Lock-Out Procedure requirements. Test procedures for the required tests , including field test report forms, shall be submitted to the CM for approval prior to testing. iv. Test Results. Test values not meeting the requirements of paragraph 3 below shal.1 be considered faulty and shall be corrected accordingly. Refer to parag·raph D below for cables not meeting testing requirements. 3. Testing Results. a. New Circuits and New Portions of Existing Circuits. i. Low Voltage Tests shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative the following: 1) All circuits are properly connected following the applicable wiring diagrams. 2) All lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. 3) All circuits are free from unspecified grounds. 4) The insulation-resistance to ground is equivalent to or greater than 100 mega-ohms for all new non-grounded series circuits. 4. Deficient Testing Results (Circuits Not Meeting Requirements). a. New Circuits and New Portions of Existing Circuits. i. Cables not meeting the requirements of sub-paragraph 3 above shall be considered faulty. Faulty cables shall be corrected, if possible, and re- tested. If acceptable test values cannot be obtained, cables shall be removed from the conduit and replaced with new cable at Contractor's expense, as directed by the CM. Required testing of new cable in place shall then be implemented. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16031-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 5. Submittal of Testing Data. a .. Low Voltage Tests. Contractor shall submit 5 copies of tests reports for approval by the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative, and the Engineer-of-Record. Report shall include all measured data including applied voltage, time length of voltage application of cable within a circuit. DATE START TIME END TIME CABLE B/M NO. DESCRIPTION TEMP. MEASURE EQUIP. NO. CALIBRATION DUE DATE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 3.04 SYSTEM TESTS CABLE NUMBER OPERATING VOLTAGE . MAX. TEST VOLTAGE FROM PRODUCTS TO PRODUCT$ HUMID. MEASURE EQUIP. NO. RELATIVE HUMIDITY A. After the airfield lighting systems installation is complete and at such times as the Engineer may direct, the contractor shall conduct airfield lighting or signage systems operating tests for approval. 1. The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this specification. The test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer or his authori?ed representative. The contractor shall furnish all equipment and personnel required for the test. 2. Each applicable switch in the control tower lighting panels shall be operated so that each switch position is engaged at least ten · times. During this process, all lights and associated equipment shall be observed to determine that each control device properly commands the corresponding circuit. Radio communication between the operator and the observers shall be provided by the Contractor. 3. The above tests shall be repeated from the local control switches on the regulators. Each installed or revised lighting circuit shall be tested by operating the lamps throughout the range of applicable steps and shall be operated separately at Step 3 or Step 5 as appropriate for full intensity or as directed by the Engineer, for not less than 1 hour. Visual examination shall be made at the beginning and at the end of this test to determine that the installed airfield light fixtures are illuminating at full intensity. 4. If circuit regulators are installed under project construction; regulator output ampacity shall be adjusted for proper outputs following manufacturer's recommendations and requirements to insure proper circuit operation. 5. Systems tests shall confirm by demonstration in service that all lighting circuits are in good operating condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer if the tests are unsatisfactory, lighting systems installed shall be corrected and systems tests shall again be implemented. 3.05 Modification to the ALCMS SYSTEM A. Following the completion of the modifations of the ALCMS, the supplier shall perform a demonstration of system performance. to the satisfaction of the Engineer. An acceptance test shall be conducted by the engineer to determine if the modification to the ALCMS meets the functional and performance requirements of the specification. Satisfactory performance of modified control functions, monitoring and display functions, alarming, and printout functions shall be demonstrated. If the system does not meet the performance requirements of this specification, the Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16031-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab supplier shall make modifications so that the requirements can be met, and shall bear all associated costs including the cost of performing the test again. Any changes to the system as submitted shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. 3.06 NEW CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATORS A. Following final installation and calibration of -the CCRs, the supplier shall perform a demonstration of system performance ~o the satisfaction of the Engineer. An acceptance test shall be conducted determiri.e if the CCR, and · interface functions meets the functional and performance requirements of the specification. Satisfactory performance of the control functions, monitoring and display functions, alarming shall be demonstrated. All performance requirements in the specification 16461 are subject to testing and verification. If the CCR or interfaces do not meet the performance requirements of this specification , the supplier shall make modifications so that the requirements can be met, and · shall bear .all associated costs including the cost of performing the test again. Any changes to the system as submitted shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. PART4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. · END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16031-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS GENERAL 1.01 · SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes grounding electrodes and conductors; equipment grounding conductors; bonding methods and materials; including: 1. Power system grounding . 2. Communication system grounding. 3. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding. 4. Structural steel grounding. 5. Miscellaneous system grounding. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16080 -Electrical Testing. 8. Section 16120 -Wire and Cable. C. Section 16111 -Conduit. D. Section 16461 -Special Provisions to Item SO-L-109 Installation of Power Distribution Equipment for Airfield Circuits. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA -Standard of Installation. B. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Metal frame of the building. 2. Rod electrode. 8. Grounding System Resistance: 3 ohms. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit grounding electrodes and connections; for fastening components; and nameplates, labels, and markers. B. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for active electrodes. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16060-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: c ·ompany specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rod Electrodes: Copper-encased steel, 3/4-inch diameter, minimum length 1 O feet. B. Mechanical Connectors: 1. Manufacturers: a. Burndy. b. O.Z. Gedney c. Equivalent product approved by the engineer. 2. Heavy,.duty, bolt-type, copper alloy or bronze for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. C. Exothermic Connections: 1. Type for underground and ~tructural steel; Cadweld. 2. Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field .connections between grounding system components.· D. Wire: 1. Stranded, copper cable. 2. Foundation Electrodes: 2/0 AWG. 3. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING INSTALLATION A. Install rod electrodes as indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. B. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16060-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab C. Equipment Grounding C9nductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug , bus , or bushing. D. Locate and install anchors, fasteners , and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation". E. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equ ipment, or conduit. F. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps.· G. Do not use powder-actuated anchors. H. Do not drill or cut structural members. 3.02 ELECTRIC SERVICE GROUND · A. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to grounding electrodes . B. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, and equipment grounding conductor at service entrance . C. Connect the electric service grounding electrode conductors to the incoming metal water pipe system (when available, using a suitable ground clamp) and to a supplemental electrode such as a ground rod or ground loop. D. Provide grounding and bonding at"the power company's metering equipment. E. Provide test wells for access to the ground grid and removable connections for testing the system. 3.03 EQUIPMENT GROUND A. Provide a complete ground system for the building consisting of copper cable, ground rods and exothermic connections to serve the service entrance, building structural steel, metallic enclosures and conduit systems. B. Provide a separate, insulated equipment-grounding conductor from the main service ground to each .main switchboard and in all feeders and branch circuits. Terminate each end on a grounding lug , bus, or bushing. Do not use condu it as grounding conductor. C. Provide OZ Type "BJ" bonding jumper ·at all expansion joints, points of electrical discontinuity or connections in conduit where firm mechanical bond is not possible , such as flexible connections, insulating .couplings, etc. D. Ground each lighting and power panelboard by connecting the grounding conductor to the grounding stud. E. Ground each secondary dry-type transformer to the ground bus of the primary side panelboard. Provide a bonding jumper between the ground stud and the neutral. Ground transformer ground stud to ground loop if a ground loop is installed or the nearest structural steel member. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16060-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab F. Bond every item of equipment served by the electrical system to the building equipment ground system. This includes switchboards, panelboards, disconnect switches, receptacles, controls, fans, air handling units, pumps, and flexible duct connections. · 3.04 COMMUNICATIONS GROUND A. Provide communications .system grounding conductor at point of service entrance and connect to the ground paint. B. Use minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor for communications service grounding conductor. Leave 10-foot slack conductor at terminal board. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. B. PART4 Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16060-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 GENERAL SECTION 16070 SUPPORTING DEVICES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Supporting devices, including: · 1; Conduit and equipment supports. 2. Fastening hardware. 1.02 · COORDINATION A. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with section on cast-in-place concrete. B. Coordinate size, shape and requirements for utility company equipment with local utility company. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PART2 Provide support systems adequate for weight . of · equipment and conduit, including wiring which they carry. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. B-Line. B. Kindorf. C. Unistrut. 2.02 MATERIAL A. B. C. D. PART3 Support Channel: Galvanized or painted steel. Hardware: Galvanized or painted steel. Provide epoxy or PVC coated materials for corrosive environments. Spring steel clips. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building . structure using expansion anchors, beam clamps or bolts. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16070-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. C. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. D. Do not use powder-a~tuated anchors on new concrete structure. E. Do not drill structural steel members. F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts. G. Provide concrete pads and equipment bases for all outdoor equipment on grade, floor mounted equipment, areas with floors below grade, penthouse equipment rooms and where shown on Drawings. H. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. I. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls. · J. Do not support conduit from ceiling wire supports. K. · Do not use spring steel clips and clamps or support conduits by individual hanger wires. L. Where multiple runs of conduit can be run grouped together, run conduit in racks supported from the building structure. Provide for future use of rack by properly planning routing of conduits in and through restricted areas such as through walls and around mechanical and electrical equipment. M. Use spring steel clips with EMT for individual branch circuits and device boxes in drywall construction. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16070-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES · A. . Furnish and install items for identification of electrical products installed under Division 16. . 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. W.H. Brady Co. B. · Carlton Industries, Inc. C. Seton Nameplate Co. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: Provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a black background. · B. Wire and Cable Markers: Provide stainless steel, 2" round with %" letters in all manholes and light bases and provide with stainless steel ties. C. · Underground Warning Tape . 1. Manufactured polyethylene material and unaffected by acids and alkalies. 2. 3.5 mils thick and 6 inches wide. 3. Tensile strength of 1,750 psi lengthwise. 4. Printing on tape shall include an . identification note BURIED ELECTRIC LINE, and a caution note CAUTION. Repeat identification and caution notes over full length of tape. Provide with black letters on a red background conforming to APWA recommendations. D. Panelboard Directories: Provide a typed circuit directory for each panelboard. Mount circuit directory in a permanent, clear Lexan card holder located on inside of door on panelboard. E. Conduit Markers: Flexible vinyl film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. 1. Electrical conduit markers shall indude three identifying titles on an orange background except as noted. a. Typical. 1) Type Example -AC 60 Hertz Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16075-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2) Load Example -Lighting and Power 3) Voltage Example -480 VAC/3 Phase 2. Conduit that contains protective or communication systems shall have th~ exact content and title on blue background and installed and located as specified for conduit. F. Conduit Markers and Letter Size 1. Dimensions: Outside Diameter of Width of Color Height of Letter & Conduit in Inches Bandin Inches Numeral~ in Inches 1/2 to 1-1/4 8 1/2 1-1/2 to 2 8 3/4 2-1/4 to 3-1/4 10 1 3-1 /2 & Larger 12 1-1/4 G. Wiring Device Circuit Identification : Provide for each receptacle and light switch : PART3 1. Flexible vinyl film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Black 1 /8" high letters. 2. Indicate panelboard and circuit number. EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed panelboard doors in finished locations. D. Embossed tape will not be accepted. E. Provide underground tape at all electrical installations. 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE LABELING A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in splice boxes, pull boxes, and at first load connection on home run . Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Identify branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits on cover of pull and junction boxes with indelible marker. 3.03 EQUIPMENT LABELING A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16075-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Engraved, Laminated Plastic Nameplates: 1/4-inch letters, equipment designation; 1/8-inch letters, source circuit number. Provide for: 1. Circuit Selector Switch ~-S-1 Cut-Out Enclosure 3. Regulators. 4. Enclosed switches, starters, circuit breakers and contactors. C. Identify all junction boxes by circuit number with legible permanent ink marker. 3.04 BOX COLOR CODING A. Boxes and covers for fire alarm wiring shall be painted red. B. Boxes and covers for emergency system wiring shall be painted yellow. 3.05 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Location of Identifying Markers: At each end of conduit run and at intermediate . points 50' on center maximum. PART 4 . METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All · work will be considered incidental tot the completion of the component of the work to which it . is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16075-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 16080 ELECTRICAL TESTING (600V} 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Test electrical systems and equipment. B. These tests are required to determine that the equipment involved may be safely energized and operated. C. Perform tests by and under the supervision of fully experienced and qualified personnel. Advise each respective manufacturer's representative of tests on their equipment. · D. Record all test data. E. Each section of Division 16 that has products or systems . listed herein incorporate this section by reference and is incomplete without the required tests stated herein. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. B. C. PART2 PART3 Submit test report forms for review a minimum of 90 days prior to requesting a final review by the airport manager. Furnish six individually bound copies of test data. Neatly type and arrange data. Include with the data the date tested, personnel present, weather conditions, nameplate record of test instrument and list all measurements taken, both prior to and after any corrections are made to the system. Record all failures and corrective action taken to remedy incorrect situation. The project manager will retain one copy. Remaining copies will be returned to Contractor for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manuals. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Furnish proposed° test. procedures, recording forms, list of personnel and test equipment for HAS project manager review. B. Follow recommended procedures for testing as published by test equipment · manufacturer. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16080-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE A. Test insulation resistance of each main feeder and service after the installation is complete but before the connection is made to its source and point of termination. B. Test insulation resistance using Biddle Megger or equivalent test instrument at a voltage not less than 1 ,000 volts DC. Measure resistance from phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. In circuits where insulation test value is lower than 1 megohm , remove and replace conductor and retest. C. Visually inspect connections of every branch circuit for tightness. D. Insure that grounding conductor is electrically continuous. E. Test branch circuits against grounds , shorts or other faults. F. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation . G. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. · H. Test the system for stray currents , ground shorts, etc. If stray currents, shorts , etc., are detected, eliminate or correct as required. 3.03 WIRING DEVICES A .· Operate switches at least twice. B. Test every convenience outlet with plug-in device. for proper phasing and grounding . C. Demonstrate operation of lighting circuits and lighting control systems. 3.04 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Before Energization : 1. Visually inspect connections for tightness and correctness. 2. Verify proper fusing . 8. After Energization 1. Verify proper voltage with system operating at load conditions. 2 . Verify proper operation. 3. Operate every circuit breaker, switch .and contactor. 4. · Modify tap settings on transformers as required. 5 . Measure line amperes with system operating at load conditions. 6. Modify circuit breaker and relay settings as required . 7. Megger meter centers for opens, shorts and grounds. 8. Thermographic Tests: a. With system operating at load conditions, perform thermographic test on distribution panelboards, lighting panelboards and equipment feeders using an infrared temperature scanning unit. Provide Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16080-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab thermograph tests performed by General Electric Instrumentation Division. b. Tighten or correct connections with higher temperatures than acceptable . After corrections have been made, perform thermograph test to confirm that problems have been corrected. C . Operate all equipment and control systems through intended sequence. Record all data pertaining to system operation. · 1. Contactors. 2. Electrically operated circuit breakers. 3.05 SECONDARY GROUNDING A. Test service entrance ground resistance. 8 . Provide additional made-electrodes if resistance is more than 3 ohms. C. Test ground ing system resistance within building at a minimum of four locations . 1. Assure system functions. 2. Assure system interfaces with other systems. D. Test the system to determine that it is free from grounds, open and short circuits. PART4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 .01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16080-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16091 WORK IN EXISTING BUI.LDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Relocate, rewire , or abandon electrical equipment and systems required in conjunction with work in existing build ing. 8 . Temporary provisions for all existing and/or new circuits to maintain power to occupancies in adjacent areas. · C. Coordinate disposition· of all removed equipment with the Owner. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. 8. PART2 Abandoned: Refers to electrical equipment and systems which are no longer in use and are to be de-energized and left in place . Removal : Refers to electrical equipment and systems which are not to be reused and are to be removed from the job site and disposed of as directed by the Owner. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. PART3 Provide materials to match existing construction unless specified elsewhere in these contract documents. Provide materials which comply to local codes and UL , and properly apply to their intended function. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Visit and inspect the job site prior to bidd ing and become familiar with all existing conditions. Include the cost of the work required to accommodate the existing conditions in the bid proposal. 8. Provide a typed inventory (include pictures as necessary) of all equipment and facilities, which are damaged or not operating properly at the time construction commences. Any damage or inoperative equipment, which is discovered during the course of construction and is not itemized on the written inventory will be assumed to have been caused by the contractor, and the contractor will be responsible for repair or replacement at no additional cost. 3.02 RENOVATION A. Relocate all existing material required to accommodate the new construction . whether or not the existing material is shown on Drawings. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16091-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Removal of all equipment or systems identified on drawings to be removed, including all supports, appurtenances and accessories associated with equipment or systems. C. Coordinate the work with other Divisions. Determine which items and equipment are to remain, to be relocated, or be removed. D. Connect all loads, which are existing and are to remain to the new distribution system as required to maintain their proper operation. 3.03 EXISTING RAC'c.WAYS A. Reuse existing raceways where possible and where permitted by local codes. Remove old conductors from raceway. Clean raceway with mandrel followed by clean mop/pig. Rework existing raceways where required. Secure all existing raceways reused, which are loose or ·not properly connected. Paint existing raceways when exposed to view to m~tch surroundings. B. Fasten existing boxes securely. 3.04 NEW RACEWAYS A. Provide new raceways where existing · raceways cannot be reused or where raceways do not exist in order to provide a complete system as shown · on the drawings.· B. Where raceways must be exposed · to view, use surface metal raceway such as Wiremold, securely fastened, painted to match surroundings. Provide number of coats of paint as required to cover primer coat or original finish of wiremold or raceway. 3.05 EXISTING WIRING DEVICES A. Remove foreign material from existing junction boxes to be reused. 3.06 EXISTING TELEPHONE OUTLETS A. Remove foreign material from existing junction boxes to be reused. B. Replace all telephone outlet coverp!ates with new coverplates. 3.07 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES A. Existing light fixtures to be reused: 1. Clean reflective surfaces, lenses, and exposed surfaces. 2. Relamp with new lamps. 3. Repair or replace lampholders, ballasts, wiring, and door latching and hinging mechanisms. 4. Reconnect to branch circuit wiring; tighten connections. B. Existing light fixtures to be reused may be replaced with new fixtures to match existing, if in Contractor's opinion, costs to Owner would be lower. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16091-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3.08 EXISTING PANELBOARDS A. Existing panelboards to be reused : 1. Clean interiors and exteriors. 2. Inspect for damage. Notify A/E if repairs or damaged components need replacing . 3. Tighten conduit and wire terminations. B. Verify panelboards and panelboard feeders are of adequate capacity for loads to be served. 1. Activate loads connected to panelboards to achieve full load condition . 2. . Measure and record amperage readings of phase and neutral conductors of panelboard's feeders. 3. Provide typewritten record of recorded measurements to the A/E for review. C. Provide new typewritten circuit directory. D. Provide new nameplate for each panelboard. 3.09 EXISTING WIRING A. Inspect existing wiring which is to be disturbed for damage. Repair or replace damaged wiring. B. Assure integrity of existing wiring insulation : · 1. Megger wiring phase to phase , phase to neutral , phase to ground, and neutral to ground. 2. Record megger results. Provide typewritten record of results to A/E for review. 3. Repair defective insulation to a dielectric value equal to that of wire of the same type and age. C. Secure and label existing wiring, which is to be disturbed . D. Tighten existing wiring terminations and connections . . 3.10 SHUTDOWNS OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES A. Establish a schedule of shutdown(s) complete with starting time and duration. B. Present schedule to Owner for approval. C . Revise schedule as necessary to coordinate with Owner. D. Beyond any scheduled shutdowns, maintain continuity of electrical service to .all existing facilities. E. Provide all temporary power for both the North and South vaults during the construction activities as required to maintain full operational capabilities of the associated equipment. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16091-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway R7hab 3.11 PHASING A. Provide temporary circuits as required to allow existing building functions to continue during day construction period. Comply with all schedules and phasing conditions as described in Division 1. 3.12 FINAL CLEANUP A. PART4 Airfield lighting vault shall be cleaned upon final installations. Ceilings, walls and floors shall be painted in the construction area. Equipment shall be wiped clean of dust. · METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate meas~rement for payment on the work discussed in this section . All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related . END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16091-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 GENERAL SECTION 16111 CONDUIT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Raceway Systems: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings . 2. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. 3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings . 4. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. B. C. D. E. F. PART2 ANSI C80.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated. ANSI C80.3 -Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 -Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. NEMA RN 1. -PVC Externally-Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. NEMA TC 2 -Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). NEMA TC 3 -PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid Metal Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings:· t. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. 2. Triangle PWC, Inc. B. Flexible Conduit, lnnerduct and Fittings: 1. Electri-Flex Co. 2. Anamet, Inc. 3. Triangle PWC, Inc. C. Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Carlon. 2. Can -Tex Industries. 3. Certain-Teed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16111-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Rigid Metal Conduit and Fittings : 1. · Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1 ; hot-dip galvanized. 2. PVC Externally Coated Conduit: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating and internal galvanized surface. 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. · B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Fittings : 1. EMT: ANSI C80.3; hot-dipped galvanized tubing. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel set-screw, insulated deep throat type. C. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket and integral grounding conductor. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies : ANSI/NEMA FB 1; liquidtight, zinc coated steel. D. Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC . 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT A. Minimum size of conduit is 3/4 inch. Minimum size of homerun and feeder conduits is 3/4 inch. Ind icated sizes are minimum based on THW copper wire· and larger sizes may be used for convenience of wire pulling . B. Minimum size of innerduct is 1 inch. C. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. D. M;:1intain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping . Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes , and heating appliances. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between innerduct and 240 volts or above power cabling. · E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit securely to building structure using clamps, hangers and threaded rod . · F. Follow Section 16070 for supporting devices. 3.02 GENERAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends before joining. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16111-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. C. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. D. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. E. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. Seal conduit which crosses a boundary between areas of extreme temperature difference. F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. G. Drawings indicate intended cir~uiting and are · not intended to be scaled for exact conduit location. H. Install conduit such that it does not interfere with fire-proofing of steel. I. Do not install conduit in floor slab of ground floor of building. 3.03 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Wipe nonmetallic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area tnat shall be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes minimum. 3.04 METALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Make joints mechanically tight and all conduit electrically continuous. B. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. Use sealing locknuts and other approved techniques for moisture proofing raceway in wet areas. C. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. D. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints and at 150 foot intervals in straight runs. · E. Provide fire-stop compound at all penetrations of floor slabs or fire walls such that fire rating integrity of barrier is not lessened. 3.05 UNDERGROUND A. Follo~ Section 16116 for Underground Electrical Ducts. 3.06 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Exterior: 1. Exposed a. Rigid metal conduit. b. PVC coated rigid metal conduit at all concrete slab penetrations. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport . 16111-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway R~hab 2. Underground: a. Rigid nonmetallic conduit as described in Section 16116. b. PVC coated rigid metal factory elbows for all bends and for concrete slab penetrations . B. Interior: C. PART4 1. Exposed: a. Rigid metal conduit in areas subject to moisture , corrosive agents, or physical abuse. b. Electrical metallic tubing in areas not subject to moisture, corrosive agents or physical abuse. 2. Concealed: a. Rigid nonmetal conduit in areas subject to moisture or corrosive . agents. b. Electrical metallic tubing in· areas not subject to moisture or corrosive agents. 3. Connections to Product: a. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit in areas subject to moisture, high humidity, or corrosive agents. b. Flexible metal conduit in dry, noncorrosive areas. 4. Cast-In-Concrete; rigid nonmetallic conduit. BX and MC cable are not acceptable for use on this project. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement-for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of thework to which it is related . END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport .· 16111-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 SECTION 16113 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS (Item L-108) DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. This item shall consist of furnishing and installing power cables direct buried and furnishing and/or installing power cables within conduit or duct banks-in accordance with these specifications at the locations shown on -the plans. It includes excavation and backfill of trench for direct-buried cables only. Also included are the installation of counterpoise wires, ground wires, ground rods and connections, cable splicing, cable marking, cable testing, and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall not include the installation of duct banks or conduit, trenching and backfilling for duct banks or conduit, or furnishing or installation of any cable for FAA facilities . Requirements and payment for trenching and backfilling for the installation of underground conduit and duct banks is covered under 16116 (Item L-110) "Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits." 1. Construction under these specifications shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction Manager, hereby referred to as the CM . "CM" is hereby defined as being an equivalent and interchangeable term to the "City Engineer" references throughout these specifications. Specification requirements for approvals, reviews, or other involvement of the City Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the CM .to the Engineer. 2. Project shall be constructed in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the CM. 1.02 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. B. C. D. PART2 NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC). MIL-S-23586CSealing Compound, Electrical, Silicone Rubber Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) ANSI/IEEE Std 81 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be certified under the Airport Lighting Equipment · Certification Program described in Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, current edition. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. All other products covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. C. All Advisory Circulars referenced in these specifications shall be the edition indicated or the latest edition. D. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer . and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. · E. Refer to section 16010 (Item L-100) General Provisions -Electrical for submittal procedures. F. All equipment and materials furnished and insta!led under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship fO:r a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion; with no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain an insulation resistance of 50 megohms minima, (1000V megger) with isolation transformers connected in new circuits and new segments of existing circuits through the end of the contract warranty period. · 2.02 CABLE A. Underground cable shall conform to the · requirements of AC 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. 1. Cable for airfield lighting service shall be Type C, # 8 AWG, copper, 7 strand, · sing_le and multiple conductor cable with 5,000 volt cross-linked polyethylene insulation. 2. Limits on conductor sizes noted above shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on airfield lighting transformers and fixtures. . 3. Wire for electrical circuits up to 600 volts shall comply with Specification L- 824 and/or Federal Specification J-C-30. Types THWN-2, or other types with equivalent or superior insulation characteristics shall be installed. 4. Control cable conductor size shall be as indicated on the plans. 2.03 COUNTERPOISE. A. Wire for counterpoise or ground-installations for airfield lighting systems shall be No. 6 AWG solid for counterpoise and or No. 6 AWG stranded for ground wire conforrning to ASTM B 3 and ASTM B 8, and shall be bare copper wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 33. B. Number and location of counterpoise wires shall be as indicated on plans, details and as specified. C. Ground rods shall be one piece, copper clad steel, eight to ten foot long as shown on the plans by 3/4 inch in diameter. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2.04 CABLE CONNECTIONS. A. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for on the plans and as specified. 1. The Cast Splice. A cast splice will not be permitted. This means connector kits must be used. · 2. Connectors. Connectors to be used in connecting L-824 primary cable in light fixture bases and other junction points shall conform to the requirements of the specification for L-823 Connectors in AC 150/5345-26C. L-823 connectors kits shall be as manufactured by Elastimold or approved equivalent. Connectors shall be individually marked to be compatible for use with the size and type of L-824 cable specified. 3. Heat Shrinkable Splice. Heat shrinkable splice kits meeting the requirements of IEEE-404-1977, ICEA-66-524 and 516 shall be used to splice the specified L-824 primary cable. Splice kits shall include cable preparation provisions and products. All splices shall be made using long barrel copper compression connectors, Burndy Hylink YS. All splices shall be 5kV rated. Splice kits shall be manufactured by Raychem or approved equivalent. Splice kits and proposed installation locations shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer. 4. Tape specified to be used in association with above noted connections shall be field-applied rubber or synthetic tape covered with plastic tape. The rubber tape shall meet the requirements of ASTM-D4388-1997 and the plastic tape shall comply with Mil. Spec. MIL-1-24391 C or Fed. Spec. Commercial Item A-A-55809. Submit tape to be used for approval. 5. Contractor shall use approved cable stripper/penciller, Crouse-Hinds Model WS49 for #6 or #8 5kV, L-824 Type 'C' cable or approved equivalent for all cable connections. 6. Conductor crimping shall be accomplished using crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. All L-823/L-824 splices and terminations shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and listings 2.05 CONCRETE A. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to Special Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete". 2.06 FLOWABLE BACKFILL A. Flowable material used to backfill trenches for power cable trenches shall conform to the requirements of Item P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 2.07 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Cable identification tags shall by made from a non-corrosive material with the circuit identification stamped or etched onto the tag. The tags shall be of the type as detailed on the plans. 2.08 TAPE A. Electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tapes-number Scotch 88 (1-1/2" wide) Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab and Scotch 130C linerless rubber splicing tape (2" wide), as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 2.09 ELECTRICAL COATING A. Scotchkote shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 2.10 EXISTING CIRCUITS A. PART3 Whenever the scope of work requires, connection to an existing circuit, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be tested, in the presence of the Engineer. The test shall be performed in accordance WITH SECTION 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation testing. · CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated on the plans.· Coordinate specific locations with CM . 1. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without splices, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer or shown in · the plans. · · 2. · Cable splices or connections between junction points shall not be permitted . 3. Connection of primary underground cable to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers shall be in light fixtu re bases only. 4. Where cable is required to be brought above ground to make connections or for future maintenance purposes, a minimum amount of 3-foot of cable slack · shall be installed to allow the cable to be extended at least one foot vertically above the top of the junction point structure. This includes such junction points directed by the CM, such as : light fixture bases, handholes, junction boxes, etc. This requirement also applies where primary cable passes through empty light fixture bases , to allow for future connections to light fixtures. Manholes/hand holes shall have 10-foot of slack laced in the manhole/handhole. 5. Excessive lengths of excess cable gathered at one location shall not be allowed, as determined by the CM . 6. Cable circuit identification markers shall be installed on both sides of the L- 823 connectors installed or at least once in each access point where L-823 connectors are not installed. 3.02 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT A. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct or conduit as described below. 1. The maximum number and voltage ratings of the cables installed in each single duct or conduit and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway. Rehab be in accordance with the plans and schedules. 2. The Contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. 3. The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item following Section 16116 , "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." 4 . Contractor shall run a mandrel through installed conduit or duct to insure the conduit/duct is open, continuous and clear of debris before installing cable. Mandrel size shall be compatible with conduit size and use shall be approved by the CM. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, mant,ole, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. · Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. · 5. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation or damage to the outer protective covering. 6. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal heat shrinkable tubing before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. 7. When more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. 8. Cable shall not be installed through a conduit/duct containing existing cables. Existing cables shall be removed and salvaged and all new cables shall be installed through the conduit/duct, for both the existing and new circuit runs. Removal and re-installation of existing cables shall not be permitted . 9. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accomplished by hand winch or power winch with the use of cable grjps or pulling eyes. A non-hardening lubricant recommended for use with the type of cable being installed , such as CRC "Wire Pulling Lubricant", shall be used during pulls to decrease pulling tensions. Submit to the CM the lubricant to be used. 10. Greenlee Multiplex Polyester rope or the approved equivalent shall be used for cable pulls through non-metallic conduits. 11 . Maximum cable pulling tensions shall be per cable manufacturer's recommendations . Contractor shall submit maximum pulling tension values to the CM prior to any cable .installations. 12. The manufacturer's minimum bend radius or the NEC requirements whichever is more restrictive shall apply. Cable installation , handling and storage shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. 13. Unless otherwise designated in the plans , where ducts are in tiers, use the lowest ducts to receive the cable first, with spare du.cts left in the upper levels. Check duct routes prior to construction to obtain assurance that the shortest routes are selected and interferences are avoided 3.03 . CABLE IDENTIFICATION A. Primary airfield lighting cables installed shall have cable circuit identification markers attached on both sides of each L-823 connector on each airport lighting cable entering or leaving cable junction points, such as manholes, handholes, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc. 1. Markers shall be stainless steel and of sufficient for imprinting the cable circuit identification legend on one line, using letters not less than 1/4 inch in Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3.04 SPLICING size. The cable circuit identification shall match the circuits noted on the construction plans. A. Cable connections shall be installed as indicated on the plans and as specified. Types of c:able connections indicated below shall be accomplished by experienced personnel confirmed as meeting the requirements of Section 16010. Cable connections shall be made as follows: 1. . The Cast Splice. This connection shall be used only on FAA cable wiring and as permitted and approved by .the FAA. a. Connections shall be assembled as per manufacturer's instructions . and as approved by the CM. Splices shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured following manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the CM . 2.. L-823 Connectors. This connection shall be installed at all L-824 airfield lighting cable junction points and as indicated in construction plans. a. Connections shall be assembled as per manufacturer's instruction and as approved by the CM. Connections shal.1 be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches on each side of the joint. 3. Heat Shrinkable Splice. This connection shall be installed where specifically indicated in the plans and details and approved for use by the CM. Splice shall be installed as per manufacturer's instruction. a. Contractor shall use approved cable stripper/penciller, Crouse-Hinds Model WS49 for #6, 5kV, L-824 Type 'C' cable or approved equivalent, for all cable connections . Conductor crimping shall be accomplished using crimping tool that requires a complete criinp before tool can be removed. 3.05 COUNTERPOISE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. The counterpoise wiring specified shall be installed for lightning protection of underground airfield lighting cables. 1. The counterpoise wire shall be a stranded bare copper wire, No. 6 AWG minimum size shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. The ·counterpoise system is designed to protect the airfield equipment. 2. Counterpoise Installation: a. Where the insulated airfield cable and/or conduit run is adjacent to pavement such as apron edges, taxiways and runways, install the counterpoise at one-half the distance horizontally from the edge of pavement to the underground airfield cable and 8" below grade. b. Where the insulated airfield cable and/or conduit run is below pavement, install the counterpoise a minimum of 4" above the insulated cable and/or conduit. Locate the counterpoise high enough to provide a 45 degree zone of protection around the protected cables. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab c. If the associated light base is installed in earth, the counterpoise does not connect to the base. d. If the light base is installed in rigid or flexible pavement, then the counterpoise cable must be bonded to the exterior ground lug on the fixture base. 3. The counterpoise wire shall also be exothermic welded to copper or copper- clad ground rods. The ground rods must be installed not more than 500 feet apart around the entire circuit and on each side of a duct crossing. The ground rods shall be of the length, diameter and type specified in the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 1 O feet long nor less than 3/4 inch in diameter. 4 . The counterpoise system shall terminate at the existing counterpoise system. The connections shall be made by exothermic welding as shown in the project plans and specifications. 5. New homerun circuits shall have counterpoise terminated inside the S-1 cutout cabinet. 3.06 EXOTHERMIC BONDING. A. Bonding of bare copper wire to metal light fixtures shall be by the exothermic welding process, except where shown otherwise on plan details. 1. Only personnel experienced in and regularly engaged in this type of work shall make these connections. Welding kits shall be "Cadweld" type by Erico Products, Inc. . 2. Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the CM, the welding kits, products and procedures to be used at for welded connections at light fixture bases, ground rods and other typical installations prior to any installations in . the field. The installations shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following: a. Cut cable with approved cutter without deforming cable . Oil filled or greasy cable shall be cleaned with rapid drying nonflammable solvent (such as mineral spirits), which leave no residue. Wet cable shall be dried with alcohol or heat from hand torch. Corroded cable shall be cleaned of all corrosion products using emery cloth or wire brush. b. All grease, oil, dirt, or other foreign material shall be removed from the surface using suitable hand tools and/or solvents such as mineral spirits. The cleaned surface shall be filed or ground to bright metal using a file, rasp, or grinding wheel. c. Proceed with exothermic welding process, as per manufacturer's instructions. For weld connections on light fixture base cans, weld cartridge shall be sized correctly so as to prevent excessive "melt" of base can galvanizing and weld dry mold shall be properly configured to match the curvature of the respective base size. d . All slag shall be removed from welds. e. For welds at light fixture base cans, all galvanized coated surface areas and "melt" areas, both inside and outside of base cans, damaged by exothermic bond process shall be restored by coating with a liquid cold-galvanizing compound conforming to U.S. Navy galvanized repair coating meeting Mil. Spec. MIL-P-21035, such as Sealube Company Z.R.C. Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared and compound applied following manufacturer's recommendations. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab f. All exposed copper and weld material at weld connections shall be thoroughly coated with heat shrinkable tubing (Raychem Corp. Heat Shrink Sleeves) or coated with coal tar bitumastic material (Carboline Co. Bitumasti~ 50) to prevent surface exposure to corrosive soil or moisture. 3.07 LIGHT BASE GROUNDING FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. The light · base ground wiring specified shall be installed for protection of maintenance personnel from possible contact with energized bases or stakes that may result from a shorted power cable or isolation transformer. 1. The light base ground wire shall be a bare copper wire jumper, No; 6 AWG . minimum size. · 2. It shall be bonded from the ground lug of the fixture base or stake to a copper or copper-clad ground rod that is a minimum of 1 O' long and 3/4" diameter. 3. The ground rod may be installed adjacent to the base or stake or within the light base excavation. · 4. For parallel circuits only, the equipment ground will extend to the electrical panel and terminate on the ground bus. Refer to section 16060 Grounding and Bonding. 3.08 TESTING A. PART4 Contractor shall furnish all necessary products and appliances for testing the installations as required in Section 16031, Airfield Electrical Installation Testing. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit shall be measured by the number of linear feet of cable or counterpoise wire at the specified size and type, installed in trenches, duct banks or conduit, including ground rods (shown on details and required by specification or plan notes) exothermic welds, trench marking tape, splice kits and cable identification markers, ready for operation, _and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit. The measurement for this item shall include additional quantities required for slack. 4.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price for the cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench (direct-buried}, or cable and equipment ground installed in duct bank or conduit, in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and for all ·1abor, equipment, tools, and incidentals, including ground rods and ground connectors and trench marking tape, necessary to complete this item. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab Payment will be made under: 16113-01 16113-02 No. 8, 5kV, L-824C cable, installed in trench, conduit or duct. -Per Linear Foot No 6 copper counterpoise wire installed in conduit trench, including ground rods and ground connectors. -Per Linear Foot MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors FED SPEC J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation (cancelled; replaced by A-A-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) FED SPEC A-A-55809 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic ASTM B 3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire ASTM D 4388 Rubber tapes, Nonmetallic Semiconducting and Electrically Insulating END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16113-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16115 ELECTRICAL MANHOLES AND JUNCTION STRUCTURES (Item L-115) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. PART2 This item shall consist of electrical manholes and junction structures (handholes, pullboxes, junction cans, etc.) installed in accordance with this specification, at the indicated locations and conforming to the lines, grades and dimensions . shown on the plans or as required by the Engineer. This item shall include the installati.on of each electrical manhole and/or junction structures with all associated excavation, backfilling, sheeting and bracing, concrete, reinforcing steel, ladders, appurtenances, testing, dewatering and restoration of surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. All · equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be · . subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. B. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed .that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be rernoved, when directed by the Engineer . and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. C. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate . all optional equipment and delete non-pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable).· Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. D. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the. standards and codes, specified herein. E. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 2.02 CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Cast-in-place concrete structures shall conform· to the details and dimensions shown on the plans. B. Provide precast concrete structures where shown on the plans. Precast concrete structures shall be an approved standard design of the manufacturer. Precast units shaH have mortar or bitumastic sealer placed between all joints to make them watertight. The structure shall be aircraft rated, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Openings or knockouts shall be provided in the structure as detailed on the plans. C. Threaded inserts and pulling eyes shall be cast in . as shown. D. If the Contractor chooses to propose a different structural design, signed and sealed shop drawings, design calculations, and other . information requested by the Engineer ·shall be submitted by the Contractor to allow for a full evaluation by the Engineer. The Engineer shall review in accordance with the process defined in the General Provisions. 2.03 JUNCTION CANS A. · Junction Cans shall be L-867 Class 1 (non-load bearing) or L-868 Class 1 (load bearing) cans encased in concrete. The cans shall have a galvanized steel blank cover, gasket, and stainless steel ha_rdware. Covers shall be 3/8" thickness for L- 867 and 3/4" thickness for L-868. All Cans shall be 2-piece configurations with minimum of (2) 2" threaded hub openings, 2" drain, internal and external ground strap, and copper ground lug. Provide 24"0 can unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2.04 MORTAR A. The mortar shall be composed of one part of portland cement and two parts of mortar sand, by volume. The portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount not to exceed 15 percent of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 6. The water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkalies or organic material. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance ~ith MSHTO T-26. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2.05 CONCRETE A. All concrete used in structures shail conform to the requirements of Item P-61 O, Structural Portland Cement Concrete. 2.06 FRAMES AND COVERS A. The frames shall conform to one of the following requirements: 1. Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 48. 2. Malleable iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 47. 3. Steel castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 27. 4. Structural steel for frames shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A- 283, Grade D. · 5. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 536. 6. Austempered ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTMA897. B. All castings specified shall be aircraft rated. C. All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the . plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. D. Each frame and cover unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it · from being dislodged by traffic, but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. E. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A 123. F. Each cover shall have the word "ELECTRIC" or other approved designation cast on it. · · Each frame and cover shall be as shown on the plans or approved equivalent. No cable notches are required. 2.07 LADDERS A. Ladders, if specified, shall be galvanized steel or as shown on the plans. 2.08 . REINFORCING STEEL A. All reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars of new billet steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 2.09 BEDDING/SPECIAL BACKFILL A. Bedding or special backfill shall be as shown on the plans. 2.10 FLOWABLE BACKFILL A. Flowable material used to backfill shall conform to the requirements of item p-153 "controlled low strength material". Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2.11 PLASTIC CONDUIT A. Plastic conduit shall cornply with item 1-110 -airport underground electrical duct banks and conduits. · 2.12 CONDUIT TERMINATORS A. · Conduit terminators shall be pre-manufactured· for the specific purpose and sized as required or as shown on the plans. 2.13 PULLING-IN IRONS A. Pulling-in irons shall be manufactured with 7/8-inch (22mm) diameter hot-dipped galvanized steel or stress-relieved carbon steel roping designed for concrete applications (7 strand, 1/2-inch diameter with an ultimate strength of 270,000 psi). Where stress-relieved carbon steel roping is used, a rustproof sleeve shall be installed at the hooking point and all exposed surfaces shall be encapsulated with a polyester coating to prevent corrosion. 2.14 GROUND RODS A. PART3 round rods shall be one piece, copper clad. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified on the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8-feet (240 cm) long nor less than 5/8 inch (15 mm) in diameter. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Damage to utility lines, through lack of care in excavating, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall perform excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the plans or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown . C. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-115 pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for L-115 structure installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance with Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L.:.115. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-115 Item. D. Boulders, logs and all other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock and other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped or serr~ted , as directed by the Engineer. All seams, crevices, disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation. Excavation to Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. E. The contractor shall provide all bracing, · sheeting and shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheeting and shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. F. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheeting and shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner that will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. G. After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the engineer. Structures shall be placed after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the suitability of the foundation material. H. Prior to installation the contractor shall provide a minimum of 6 inches of sand or a material approved by the engineer as a suitable base to receive the structure. The base material shall be compacted and graded level and at proper elevation to receive the structure in proper relation to the conduit grade or ground cover requirements, as indicated on the plans. 3.02 CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The concrete and construction methods shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete is placed. 3.03 PRECAST UNIT INSTALLATIONS A.. Precast units shall be installed plumb and true. Joints shall be made watertight by use of sealant at each tongue-and-groove joint and at roof of manhole. Excess sealant shall be removed and severe surface projections on exterior of- neck shall be removed. 3.04 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES AND FITTINGS A. All castings, frames and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. B. Field connections shall be made with bolts, unless indicated otherwise. Welding will not be permitted unless shown otherwise on the approved shop drawings and written permission is granted by the casting manufacturer. Erection equipment shall be suitable and safe for the workman. Errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling and transportation that prevent the proper Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab assembly and fitting of parts shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and approval of the method of correction shall be obtained. Approved corrections shall be made at Contractor's expense. C. Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and built into connection work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately. D. Pulling-in irons shall be located opposite all conduit entrances into structures to provide a strong, convenient attachment for pulling-in blocks when installing cables. . Pulling-in irons shall be set directly into the concrete walls of the structure. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF LADDERS A. Ladders shall be installed such that they may be removed if necessary. Mounting brackets shall be supplied top and bottom and shall be cast in place during fabrication of the structure or drilled and grouted in place after erection of the structure. 3.06 REMOVAL OF SHEETING AND BRACING A. In general, all sheeting and bracing used to support the sides of trenches or other open excavations shall be withdrawn as the trenches or other open excavations are being refilled. That portion of the sheeting extending below the top of a structure shall be withdrawn, unless otherwise directed, before more than six (6) inches of material is placed above the top of the structure and before any bracing is removed. Voids left by the sheeting shall be carefully refilled with selected material and rammed tight with tools especially adapted for the purpose or otherwise as may be approved. B. The Engineer may order the Contractor to delay the removal of sheeting .and bracing if, in his judgment, the installed work has not attained the necessary strength to permit placing of backfill. 3.07 BACKFILLING A. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be backfilled in horizontal layers not to exceed 6 inches in thickness measured after compaction to the density requirements in Item P-152. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. Backfill shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until tests · made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. C. Where required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to add, at his own expense, sufficient water during compaction to assure a complete consolidation Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab of the backfill. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury done to conduits, duct banks, structures, property or persons due to improper placing or compacting of backfill. 3.08 CONNECTION OF DUCT BANK A. To relieve stress of joint between concrete-encased duct banks and structure walls, · reinforcement rods shall be placed in the structure wall and shall be formed and tied into duct bank reinforcement at the time the duct bank is installed. 3.09 GROUNDING A. A ground rod shall be installed in the floor of all concrete structures so that the top of rod extends 6 inches (154 mm) above the floor. The ground rod shall be installed within 1-foot of a corner of the concrete structure. Ground rods shall be . installed prior to casting . the bottom slab. Where the soil condition does not permit driving the ground rod into the earth without damage to the ground rod, the Contractor shall drill a 4-inch diameter hole into the earth to receive the ground rod. The hole around the ground rod shall be filled throughout its length, below slab, with Portland cement grout. Ground rods shall be installed in precast bottom slab of structures by drilling a hole through bottom slab and installing the ground rod. Bottom slab penetration shall be sealed watertight with Portland cement grout around the ground rod. B. A grounding bus of 4/0 bare stranded copper shall be exothermically bonded to the ground rod and loop the concrete structure walls. The ground bus shall be a minimum of 1 foot above the floor of the structure and separate from other cables. No. 2 AWG bare copper pigtails shall bond the grounding bus to all cable trays and other metal hardware within the concrete structure. Connections to the grounding bus shall be exothermic. Hardware connections may be mechanical, · using a lug designed for that purpose. 3.10 CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. After erection of all galvanized items, damaged areas shall be repaired by applying a liquid cold-galvanizing compound conforming MIL-P-21035. Surfaces shall be prepared and compound appfjed in accordance with manufacturer's · recommendations. B. Prior to ac~eptance, the entire structure shall be cleaned of all dirt and debris. 3.11 RESTORATION A. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt and rubbish from the site. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas equivalent to or better than their original condition. All sodding, grading and restoration shall be considered incidental to the respective L-115 pay item. B. The Contractor shall grade around structures as required to provide positive drainage away from the structure. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab C. Areas with special surface treatment, such as roads, sidewalks, or other paved areas shall have backfill compacted to match surrounding areas, and surfaces shall be repaired using materials comparable to original materials. D. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and other equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear and in good condition. 3.12 INSPECTION A. Prior to final approval, the electrical structures shall be thoroughly inspected for conformance with the plans and this specification . Any indication of defects in materials or workmanship shall be further investigated and corrected. The earth resistance to ground of each ground rod shall not exceed 25 ohms. Each ground rod shall be tested utilizing the fall-of-potential ground impedance test as described by ANSI IEEE Standard 81. This test shall be performed prior to establishing connections to other ground electrodes. 3.13 DUCT EXTENSION TO EXISTING DUCT A. PART4 Where. existing concrete encased ducts are to be extended , the duct extension shall be concrete encased plastic conduit. The fittings to connect the ducts together shall be standard manufactured conne"ctors designed and approved for the purpose. The duct extensions shall be installed according to the concrete encased duct detail and as shown on the plans. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. A. Electrical manholes and junction structures shall be measured by each unit completed in place and accepted. This shall include the manhole, handhole or pullbox structure, lid cover and ID tag, saddle racks, ducts plugs, labels, ground rod and connections, sump drain and all required excavation, foundation, dewatering, backfilling , sheeting and bracing, restoration of disturbed areas, sodding, connections, and for drain lines and the termination at the drainage structure , arid ground rod testing. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. 4:02 BASIS OF PAYMENT . A. The accepted quantity of electrical manholes and junction structures will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each, complete and in place . This price shall be full compensation for furnish ing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials , furnishing and installation of appurtenances and connections to duct banks and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: 16115-01 Electrical Junction Structure L-867D -Per Each Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 16115-02 Electrical Handhole 4'x4'x4' -Per Each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ANSI/IEEE Std 81 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System .AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors FED SPEC J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation (cancelled; replaced by AA-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) ASTM 8.3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire ASTM 8.8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16115-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 SECTION 16116 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS (Item L-110) DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. PART2 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishlng and installation of all underground electrical duct banks and individual and multiple underground conduits. It shall also include all turfing, trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved or turfed areas; concrete encasement, mandreling installation of nylon pull string and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed system ready for installation of cables, in accordance with the plans and specifications. EQUIPMENT ANO MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. · All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so reque~ted by the Engineer. B. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these i;;pecifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed. by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications , at the sole cost of the Contractor. C. Refer to section 16010 (Item L-100) General Provisions -Electrical for submittal procedures. D. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials .and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 2.02 STEEL CONDUIT A. Rigid galvanized steel conduit and fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and shall conform to the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6, 5148, and 1242. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall also conform to the requirements of Federal Specification WW-C-581 d. 2.03 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete using 1 inch maximum size coarse aggregate with a minimum 28 day compressive strength Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab of 4000 psi. Where reinforced duct banks are specified , reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615 Grade 60. Concrete and reinforcing steel are incidental to the respective pay item of which they are a component part. 2.04 PLASTIC CONDUIT A. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL-651 and Article 347 of the current NEC and shall Type I Schedule 40 PVC suitable underground use either direct buried or encased in concrete. B. Types of adhesives shall be as recommended by the conduit/fitting· manufacturer. 2.05 CONDUIT SPACERS A. Conduit spacers shall be prefabricated interlocking units manufactured for the intended purpose. They shall be of double wall construction made of high grade, high density polyethylene complete with interlocking cap and base pads, They shall be designed to accept No. 4 reinforcing bars installed vertically. 2.06 FLOWABLE BACKFILL A. Flowable material used to back fill conduit and duct bank trenches shall conform to the requirements of Item P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 2.07 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE A. B. PART3 Plastic, ·detectable, red color magnetic tape shall be min 4 mil thick polyethylene film with a metallized foil core and shall be 6 inches wide .. Detectable tape is incidental to the respective bid item. The Contractor shall furnish and install trench marking tape (warning tape) over the top of concrete encased single and multi-way duct bank for the full length of the duct bank and below the ground surface in the non-encased conduit trench at no separate payment. Distances above duct bank and above non-encased conduit shall be as shown on the plans. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall install underground duct banks and conduit at the approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Duct Banks and conduits shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the conduits shall be not less than 2 inches inside diameter. All duct and conduit lines shall be laid so as to grade toward handholes, manholes and duct ends for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 inches (75 mm) per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. No duct bank or underground conduit shall be less than 18 inches below finished grade. Where under pavement, the top of the duct bank shall not be less than 18 inches below the subgrade. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. The Contractor shall mandrel each individual conduit whether the conduit is direct- buried or part of a duct bank. An iron -shod mandrel, not more than 1/4-inch (6 mm) smaller than the bore of the conduit shall be pulled or pushed through each conduit. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the conduit hole. C . The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can , manhole, pull boxes, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans, manhole, pull boxes, etc. and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept · closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes , etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shall be kept closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts D. For pulling the permanent wiring , each individual conduit, whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank, shall be provided with a 200 pound test polypropylene pull rope. The ends shall be secured and sufficient length shall be left in access points to prevent it from slipping back into the conduit. Where spare conduits are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed for this purpose . E. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place during construction and shall be plugged to prevent contaminate from entering the conduits. Any conduit section having a defective joint shall not be installed. Ducts shall be supported and spaced apart using approved spacers at intervals not to exceed 5 feet. F. All ducts installed under runways, taxiways , aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope and as shown on the plans and details. G. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. H . Trenches for conduits and duct banks may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment unless in pavement, in which case they shall be excavated with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. I. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required conduit or duct bank depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve . Flowable backfill may alternatively be used The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding . All such rock removal shall ~e performed and paid for under Item P-152. J. Underground electrical warning (caution) tape shall be installed in the trench above all underground duct banks and conduits in unpaved areas. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for approval by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located six inches above the duct/conduit or the counterpoise wire if present. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport . 16116-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab K. Joints in plastic conduit shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular type of conduit. Plastic conduit shall be prepared by application of a plastic cleaner and brushing a plastic solvent on the outside of the conduit ends and on the inside of the couplings. The condu it fitting shall then be slipped together with a quick one-quarter turn twist to set the joint tightly. Where· more than one conduit is placed in a single trench, or in duct banks, joints in the conduit shall be staggered a minimum of 2 feet. L. Changes in direction of runs exceeding 1 O degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished using manufactured sweep bends. M. Whether or not specifically ind icated on the drawings, where the soil encountered at established duct bank grade is an unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer, the unsuitable material shall be removed in accordance with Item P-152 and replaced with suita~le material. Alternatively, additional duct bank supports that · are adequate and stable shall be installed , as approved by the Engineer. N. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered · incidental to the respective L-11 O pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for duct installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance with Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L-110. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-110 Item. 0. Unless otherwise specified , excavated materials that are deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for use in backfill or embankments shall be removed and disposed of off site. · P. Any excess .excavation shall be filled with suitable material approved by the Engineer and compacted in accordance with item P-152 . Q. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Where existing active cables) cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall insure that these cable(s) are adequately protected. Where crossings are unavoidable , no splices will be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified on the plans. Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows : 1. Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely no damage has occurred 2. Tre·nching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable, including careful backfilling in area of cable. R. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3.02 CONDUITS ENCASED IN CONCRETE A. Unless otherwis.e shown in the plans , concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 36 inches below the finished grade where installed under runways , taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas,-and not less than 48 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 10 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 1 O feet beyond any underdrains, which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstructions are encountered , proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete , the Contractor shall space them not less than 1 Y:z inches (37 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement where required . 8. Conduits forming the duct bank shall be installed using conduit spacers. No . 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a · minimum of 6 inches to anchor the assembly into the earth prior to placing the concrete encasement. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 -foot intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits . Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use . . C. · When specified, the Contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where otherwise shown on the plans . under such conditions , the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings , piers , or piles located at approximately 5 foot (150 cm) intervals. D. All pavement surfaces that are to have ducts installed therein shall be neatly saw cut . to form a vertical face. All excavation shall be included in the contract with price for the duct. E. Install a plastic, detectable, color as noted , 4-6 inch (75-150mm) wide tape 8 inches (200mm) minimum below grade above all underground conduit or duct lines not installed under pavement. F. When existing cables are to be placed in split duct, encased in concrete, the cable shall be carefully located and exposed by hand tools. Prior to being placed in duct, the Engineer shall be notified so that he may inspect the cable and determine that it is in good condition. Where required , split duct shall be installed as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 3.03 CONDUITS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT A. Trenches for single-duct lines shall be not less than 6 inches (150 mm) nor more than 12 inchE;ls (300 mm) wide , and the trench for 2 or more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for ducts without concrete Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the duct along its entire length B. A layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill , and it shall contain no particles that woulcJ be retained on a %-inch (6 mm) sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. C. Unless otherwise shown in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at least 18 inches (45 cm) below the finished grade. D. When two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without · concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches (50 mm) apart (measured from outsidewall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in . a vertical direction. Where two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall spaced not less than 3 inches (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and lot less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in a vertical direction . E. Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. F. Conduits shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches to anchor the assembly into the earth while backfilling. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 -foot intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. 3.04 MARKERS A. The location of the ends of all duct banks or conduit shall be marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4 inches (100 mm) thick extending approximately 1 inch (25 mm) above the surface. The markers shall be located above the ends of all conduits or duct banks, except where they terminate in a handhole, manhole, or building . B. The Contractor shall impress the word "DUCT'" or "CONDUIT" on each marker slab. He shall also impress on the slab the number and size of conduits beneath the marker. The letters shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high and 3 inches (75 mm) wide with width of stroke 2-inch (12 mm) and 1 /4-inch (6 mm) deep or as large as the available space permits. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. After concrete-encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated material not larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. C. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used , with proper allowance for settlement. · D. Any excess excavated material shall be .removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the City Engineer. E. For conduits without concrete envelope, 8 inches (200 cm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavation and . Embankment" except that material used for back fill shall be select material not larger than 4 inches in diameter. · 3.06 RESTORATION A. PART4 Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FM Standard Turfing Specifications. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Underground conduit or duct banks shall be . measured by the linear feet of conduit or ·duct banks installed, including encasement, casing, grout, locator tape, couplings, end bells, trenching and backfill, excavation, restoration, dewateringwith designated resolution and for drain lines, the termination at the drainage structure, all measured . in place, completed , and accepted . Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. B. Duct Markers shall be measured by each marker installed including marker, earth preparation and restoration all measured in place, completed and accepted 4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of conduit and duct bank completed and accepted, including trench and backfill with the designated material drain lines and the termination at the drainage structure. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all . labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accordance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab Payment will be made under: 16116-01 16116-02 1-Way, 2" PVC Conduit, Schedule 40, Direct Earth Buried -per Linear Foot Duct Marker pe.r Each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Fed.Spec.W-C-1094 Conduit and Conduit Fittings; Plastic, Rigid (cancelled; replaced by UL 514 Boxes, Nonmetallic Outlet, Flush Device Boxes, & Covers, and UL 651 Standard for Conduit & Hope Conduit, Type EB & A Rigid PVC) Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 5148 · Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1242 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651A Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings for Cable and Conduit . Intermediate Metal Conduit Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (for Direct Burial) Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HOPE Conduit (for concrete encasement) END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable, including: 1. Building wire. 2. Cable. 3. Wiring connections and terminations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16116 -Installation of Airport Underground duct (Item L-11 O) 1.03 "REFERENCES A. B. PART2 NEMA WC 3 -Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. NEMA WC 5 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wire and Cable : 1. Carol.· 2. Southwire. 3. Triangle PWC, Inc. Connectors: 4 . Burndy. 5 . T&B. 6. 3M. · B. Power Distribution Blocks: 1. llsco. 2. Square D. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Thermoplastic-Insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 5. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16120-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than No. 6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 Volt insulation, THW, THHNfTHWN, XHHW, RHW. C. Feeders and Branch Circuits No. 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, · 600 volt insulation, THW, THHNfTHWN; smaller than No. 8 AWG, solid conductor. D. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, THW, THHNfTHWN .. E. Plenum Rated Cable: Provide plenum rated cable where cable is installed exposed in plenums. F. Wiring types BX and MC will not be acceptable for use on this project. 2.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND SPLICES A. B. C. D. PART3 Connect and splice wire No. 8 AWG and smaller with self-insulating, wire nut connectors. Terminate and splice all No. 6 AWG and larger copper conductors, except for · load side lugs on Class I and II switchboards, panelboards , motor control centers, fusible switches, circuit breakers, transformers and individual motor controllers with high conductivity, wrought copper, color-keyed compression connector similar to T & B Series 54100 for terminal connection; Series 54500 for two-way copper-to-copper splices; and Series 54700 for tapping and pigtailing copper conductors. · Set screw type connectors are only acceptable on the load side lugs . of Class I and II switchboards, panelboards, circuit breakers, fusible switches and on individual motor controllers. Where three or more conductors larger than No. 8 AWG are installed in wiring gutter, utilize a screw-type power distribution block. Utilize split-bolt mechanical connector, filled and taped for smooth joint, only where specifically requested by Contractor and approved by A/E. EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than No. 14 AWG for control wiring. Provide minimum of No. 12 AWG for all switch legs. Provide neutral conductor of the same size as the phase conductors to which it is associated. B. Use No. 10 AWG conductor minimum for 20 ampere, 120 Volt branch circuits longer than 100 feet, and for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. C. Provide homerun conductors of continuous length without joint or splice from overcurrent device to first outlet. . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16120-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab D. Provide main service and feeder conductors of continuous length without joint or splice for their entire length. E. Install wiring in conduit, unless indicated otherwise. F. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, panelboards, switchgear, motor control centers, wiring gutters, and other equipment using Thomas & Betts "Ty-Wraps." G. Provide equal conductor lengths for all parallel circuits. H. Provide individual neutral for branch circuits. I. Drawings indicate proposed circuiting only, and do not indicate every conductor unless intent is unclear and further clarification is required. Provide the necessary travelers for all three-way and four-way switches . J. Tag each circuit in an outlet box where two or more circuits run to a single outlet as a guide for the fixture hanger in making connections. 3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A. Pull conductors into raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended tension . B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to . injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. D. Remove and discard conductors cut too short or installed in wrong raceway. Do · not install conductors, which have been removed from a raceway. E. Do not install conductors in conduit, which contains wires already in place. 3.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Make taps and splices in accessible junction or outlet boxes only. B. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. C . Make splices , taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. D. Provide joints in branch circuits only where such circuits divide. Where circuits divide, provide one through circuit to which the branch is spliced from the circuit. Do not leave joints in branch circuits for fixture hanger to make. Make all taps and splices with approved type compression connector. E. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. F. Identify and label all conductor terminations as specified in electrical identification. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16120-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab G. Properly terminate indicated conductors in equipment furnished and provide properly sized lugs. 3.04 COLOR CODING A. Color code distribution systems as follows: 1. 120/208V S t ;vsem: Phase Color A Black B Red C Blue N White G Green 2. 277/480V S t ,vsem: Phase Color A . Brown B Orange C Yellow N Gray/White G Green 3. For areas where local authority color coding differs· froin that specified, contact A/E for instructions. · B. Provide color coding throughout the full length of all wire No. 6 and smaller. Identification by permanent paint bands or tags at the outlets will be acceptable for wire sizes larger than No.6. Provide the same color and shade of color throughout the project. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. B. PART4 Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values . MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on items in this Section. All work is considered incidental and necessary to complete the component of work for which it is necessary. · END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16120-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install wall and ceiling outlet boxes, floor boxes, and interior pull and junction boxes. 1:02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16070 -Supporting Devices. B. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification. C. Section 16120-Wire and Cable. D. Section 16131 -Empty Raceway Systems. E. Section 16132 -Conduit. F. Section 16140-Wiring Devices. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. B. C. PART2 A. B. C. D. E. NEMA OS 1 -Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. PRODUCTS Provide galvanized or cadmium-plated pressed steel outlet boxes suitable for the conditions of each outlet. Provide multi-gang outlets of single box design; sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Provide deep type cast metal outlet boxes located in damp locations exposed to weather or exposed areas subject to damage, or where surface mounted below 8' above finished floor, complete with gasketed cover and threaded hubs. Provide outlet boxes of sufficient volume to accommodate the numbe.r of conductors entering the box in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70, and not less than 4 inches square and 1-1/2 inch deep unless shallower boxes are required by structural conditions and are specifically. approved by A/E. Provide non-metallic type outlet boxes only in corrosive areas. Provide 4-inch octagonal ceiling outlet boxes. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16130-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide galvanized sheet metal boxes conforming to NEMA OS 1. Provide hinged enclosures for any box larger than 12 inches in any dimension . B. Provide cast metal boxes for outdoor and wet locations conforming to NEMA 250 ; Type 4 and Type 6, flat-flanged, surface-mounted junction box, UL listed as C. D. E. PART3 · r~intight with cover and ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. Provide precast concrete. or fiberglass handholes for underground installations. Where fiberglass handholes are provided, provide die-molded type with pre-cut 6"x6" cable entrance at center bottom of each side and fiberglass weatherproof cover with non-skid finish. Provide pre-cast reinforced concrete type pull/splice boxes with flush cover as manufactured by Brooks Products, for underground circuits. Size boxes as indicated. Provide separate pull boxes and junction boxes for electric power, control, and communication systems. EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings , and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections , and code compliance . · B. Electrical box locations shown on Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify with A/E the location of floor boxes and outlets in offices and work areas · prior to _rough-in . C. Locate and install boxes to allow access. Provide access doors where · installation is inaccessible. Coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors with those specified in Division 15 -Mechanical. D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. 3.02 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum 6 inch separation, except provide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic-rated walls. B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes. C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. Provide blank plates for all · junction boxes. D. Securely fasten boxes to the building structure using an approved bracket (i.e., "H" bracket), independent of the conduit, except for splice boxes that are Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16130-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab connected to two metal conduits, both supported within 12 inches of box. E. Provide access to all boxes. F. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. G. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation. H. Coordinate with A/E for mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above coun.ters, benches, and backsplashes. I. Set boxes installed in concealed locations flush with the finish surfaces, and provide with the proper type extension rings and/or covers where required. J. Position outlets to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling plans. K. In inaccessible ceiling areas, do not install junction boxes which are accessible only through luminaire ceiling opening. L. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish th ickness. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outletboxes. M. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for S\'.lfilches, thermostats, and similar devices. Install all grouped device locations neat and symmetrical. Coordinate with A/E before rough-in . 3.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. B. C. D. E. PART4 Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit. Provide pull boxes in feeder circuits as required but at least every 150 feet in straight runs . · Identify all junction boxes by circuit number on cover with legible permanent ink marker. Provide weatherproof pull boxes or junction boxes where installed outdoors with watertight gasketed covers fastened by means of corrosion resistant screws . MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on items in th is Section. All work is considered incidental and necessary to complete the component of work for which it is necessary. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16130-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 GENERAL 1 ;01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES A. Furnish and install specification grade wiring devices, including: 1. Wall switches. 2. Receptacles. 3. Device plates and box covers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 -Boxes. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Switches and Receptacles 1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Equivalent product approved by the engineer B. Cover Plates: Match device manufacturer. 2.02 SWITCHES A. 20A, 120-277V Single Pole: "1221", Hubbell. B. 20A, 120-277V Double Pole: "1222", Hubbell. 2.03 RECEPTACLES 20A, 125V, 2P3W Simplex: NEMA 5-20R; "5361", Hubbell. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex: NEMA 5-20R; "5362", Hubbell. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex Ground Fault Interrupting: NEMA 5-20R; "GF5362", Hubbell. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex Isolated Ground: NEMA IG5-20R; "IG5362", Hubbell. 2.04 COVER PLATES A. Provide one piece cover plates for all group mounted devices. B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with · hinged gasketed device covers. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16140-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab C. Exposed Box Cover Plate: Stamped steel handy box covers. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install receptacles and switches only in electrical boxes which are clean and free from excess building materials, debris, etc. B. Install wall switches with OFF position down . C. Where switches and other devices are mounted at one location, provide single coverplate to cover all devices. D. Align the tops of all group mounted devices. Install plumb and aligned in the plane of the wall. · ~-Derate ganged as instructed by manufacturer; do not use common neutral. F. Install convenience receptacles in vertical position with grounding pole on bottom unless otherwise noted . G. Provide ground fault circuit interrupting type devices in all locations requiring weatherproof devices. H. Do not use feed through feature for ground fault interrupting devices. Install GFI device at each location. GFI circuit breaker will not be acceptable. I. Install plates on all devices and blank outlets in finished areas . Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in ·masonry walls. J . Install galvanized steel plates on outlets in unfinished areas. K. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings. · L. Mounting Heights: PART4 1. Refer to drawing cover sheet or contact the HAS project manager. 2. Convenience Receptacles Above Counter or Backsplash: 6 inches above counter or backsplash in horizontal position. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it · is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16140-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16150 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install splicing and terminating devices. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16120 -Wire and Cable. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Burndy. Corp. B. Dossert Manufacturing Corp. C. Ideal Industries, Inc. D. llsco Corp. E. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. F. Thomas & Betts Co., Inc. MATERIALS A. B. C. Cable and . wire connections for splicing or terminating shall be made with compression deforming type connectors. Connectors for cable sizes 250 kcmil and larger shall be the long barrel type for double indentation. Soldered connections will not be permitted. Twist-on insulated connectors may be used which are resistant to vibration and are used in the proper sizes. · Provide terminal connectors with hole sizes and spacing in accordance with NEMA standards. Provide terminal connectors with two holes in tongue for use on conductor sizes 250 kcmil and larger. Terminal connectors will not be required for connections to the circuit breakers in the lighting and/or receptacle panels. Provide connections made with non-insulated connectors insulated with three layers of plastic tape, each layer being half lapped. Provide No. 33+ plastic tape. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide electrical connections to equipment furnished under other contracts and furnish wiring, conduit, outlet boxes, and safety switches, as required; Verify Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16150-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab locations, horsepower, and voltages of equipment prior to installation of feeders. If apparent conflict arises in power wiring , advise the Engineer immediately for clarification. B. Provide switches as required by national or local codes. C. If the motor is integral to the equipment, isolate the entire piece of equipment with a short section of flexible metal conduit to prevent vibration and/or noise amplification to be transferred to the building structure . D. If the motor is adjustable, install an additional length of flexible metal conduit at the motor. E. Connect a ground wire from the conduit termination to the motor frame on the inside of flexible conduit. Use approved grounding lugs or clamps or the conduit connection. F. Major equipment furnished under mechanical and other sections of specifications may require different rough-in requirements than those indicated on Drawings. Secure detailed drawings from source furnishing equipment to determine actual rough-in locations, conduit and conductor requirements to assure proper installation. G. Before connecting any piece of equipment, verify the name plate data corresponds with information shown on Drawings. Discrepancies shall be called to attention of the Engineer. H. Change any feeders installed incorrectly as a result of not verifying equipment requirements, of equipment provided by others, prior to feeder installation. · PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16150-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART1 GENERAL SECTION 16411 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install disconnect switches, including: 1. Fuses. 2. Enclosures. · 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16070 -Supporting Devices. B. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification. 1.03 . REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. B. UL 198E -Class J Fuses. 1.04 SUBMITT ALS A. B. PART2 Furnish dimensions and ratings for voltage, ampacity, horsepower and short circuit. Indicate enclosure material finish and NEMA classification type . PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Disconnect Switches 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 8. Fuses 1. Bussman. 2. Gould-Shawmut. 3. Littelfuse. 2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Fusible Switch Assemblies: Heavy duty; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class J. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16411-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Nonfusible Switch Assemblies: Heavy duty; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed switch with externally o·perable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosures: Unless indicated otherwise, provide general purpose, NEMA 1 for indoor locations; and weatherproof, NEMA 3R for outdoor locations; except at cooling tower; provide NEMA 4, stainless steel. D. General-Us~ Snap Switch: Motors of one HP or less as allowed by code. E. Construct all current carrying parts of high conductivity copper with silver-plated switch contacts. F, Provide solid copper neutral bar where a neutral is present in the circuit. 2.03 FUSES A. B. C. D. E. PART3 Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: UL 198E, Class J; as indicated on drawings; time delay, dual element, current limiting, 600 volt. Fuses Over 600 Amperes: Class L, bolt-on type with time delay and capability to hold 5.00 percent rated fuse current for a minimum of four seconds and clear 20 times rated fuse current in .01-second or less. Provide fuses with 'O' ring seals · between end bells and glass melamine barrel similar to Bussman time delay KRP-C . Interrupting Rating: 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes. Provide all fuses of the same manufacturer. Install fuses in motor circuits in accordance with . motor manufacturer's recommendations. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide disconnect switches, where required by NFPA 70 , where indicated on drawings, and where req·uired by equipment manufacturer, in a location convenient for maintenance on each switch and adjacent equipment. B. Provide fused disconnect switches when required to maintain equipment manufacturer's warranty. Coordinate with Division 15 for warranty requirements of equipment approved by submittal. C. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches . Provide permanent marking inside switch enclosure for fuse type. D. Wall mount switches, where possible, or mount on Uni-Strut supports. E. Provide spare fuse cabinet in main electrical room complete with three spare fuses fot each rating installed for fuse sizes over 600 amperes, and ten percent spare fuses (minimum of three) of each type and rating installed for 600 amperes or less .. F. Provide fuse identification label showing type and size inside door of each switch. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16411-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16411-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16461 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TO ITEM SP-L-109 INSTALLATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT FOR AIRFIELD CIRCUITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION · . . A. This item provides for the renovation of the Airfield Lighting Vault (vault) to support the upgrade to the In Pavement Runway Guard Lights system, and PAPI. This work includes modifications to existing constant current regulators (CCR), circuit selector switches (CSS), shown on contract drawings .. B. The CCRs and CSSs described herein shall be replaced to provide all the functionality required to support the features of the ALCMS system design. C. · This item shall replace Item L-109 of FAA Standards for Specifying Installation of Airport Transformer Vault and Vault Equipment in its entirety. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CODES AND STANDARDS 1. Comply with the provisions of the current editions of following specifications · and · standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified .. a. AC 150/5340-30 -Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids . b. NFPA 70 (2005 .Edition)-The National Electrical Code (NEC) c. AC 150/5345-10 -Specification for constant current regulator for Electrical Equipment. d. AC 150/5345-5 -Specification for L-847 Circuit Selector Switches e. AC 150/5345-56-Specification for L-890, Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System f. AC 150/5345-7-Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PART2 Shop Drawings. Follow Section 16010 and other Division 16 sections for product data, shop drawings and samples. PRODUCTS AND REQUIREMENTS 2.01 FERRORESONANT REGULATORS A. General: 1. Each airfield lighting regulator assembly shall conform to FAA Advisory Circular AC 150/5345-10, latest revision, for L-829 and shall have been Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab tested, and certified by the FAA Airport equipment certification program. 2. Each Ferroresonant type regulator assembly shall be suitable for operation on 208 V, 1 phase, 60 Hz, 2 wire as shown on the Contract Drawings. 3. The equipment shall be designed for indoor service and shall be housed in NEMA Type 1 enclosures 4. Each regulator assembly shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gauge steel bolted together to form a rigid unit assembly. Individual stackable regulator assemblies shall be nominally 24 or 36 inches wide by 31.5 inches deep by 40 inches high for a Ferroresonant type. Regulator assemblies shall be designed using the two high design shall stack two units high for a maximum developed height of 80 inches. 5. Individual· power feeds to each regulator shall be through cables entering either at the top or bottom of the regulator as shown on the .contract Drawings. . 6. Power shall be distributed individually to each regulator with an individual circuit and circuit breaker, with wire and breaker ratings according to applicable electrical codes and FAA requirements. 7. Each regulator assembly shall contain a continuous 0.25 inch by 2 inch wide horizontal ground bus. For installations using the two high design, a ground bus shall be provided for the lower units and for the upper units. 8. The regulators specified herein shall provide all .the functionality in support of the requirements of the ALCMS system design in the contract drawings and specifications including all inputs, and output functionality. 2.02 REGULATOR A. General Construction 1. Stackable Regulator KW ratings shall be available in the standard ratings and designs as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Regulators shall be 6.6 A constant current output, as indicated on the contract drawings. 3. All regulators shall be Ferroresonant type as indicated on contract drawings. 4. The regulator shall be metal-enclosed, free-standing, completely coordinated and self-contained. All regulating, control and power components, including output transformer shall be contained within the regulator cubicle. 5. Primary con\rol voltage for each regulator shall be obtained internally not from an external source. 6. The solid state power devices, transformers and essential components of their control, regulating and protective .circuits shall be mounted on a subassembly in the unit. The entire subassembly shall be readily removable · to so the exterior of the regulator will not have to be disassembled to facilitate maintenance and trouble-shooting. 7. The regulating controls shall be mounted on printed circuit boards with plug- in connectors for quick exchange if necessary. Control relays shall also be of the plug-in type, except where mounted on printed circuit boards. 8. · The inside and outside of the regulator enclosure shall be given one coat of primer and one finish coat of grey semi-gloss enamel. The paint finish shall be durable, shall not chip, flake or become chalky. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Basic Requirements 1. The regulator shall have a main contactor that interrupts the input power before it reaches the main regulating device. It shall be operable by remote control and shall not interrupt internal control power. The contactor shall have an interrupting rating of 65,000A'. · 2. The power component shall be a convection air-cooled solid state switch . controlled by a Digital Control Unit (DC_U). 3. Each Ferroresonant type regulator shall operate with a power factor shown in the table below. Brightness Input Output Step PF THD Efficiency 85 0.97 3.0 .93% 84 0.97 3.0 93% 83 0.90 5.0 90% 82 0.65 5.5 85% 81 0.40 5.5 80% 4. Regulators of 15KW and above, shall be field configurable to operate at 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of rated power, and retain the efficiency shown in the above table at each tapping of the fully sized regulator. 5. The regulator power factor shall be measured with the regulator operating at rated input voltage and a unity power factor load. 6. Each regulator shall contain an integral dry-type, step-up output transformer. 7. The efficiency of the regulator at room temperature, operated with rated input voltage into a full load having unity power factor, shall not be less than 93%, at full tapping and not less than 90% at the lower three taps. · 8. There shall be no interruption of current to the airfield lighting circuit when switching from one brightness level to another. 9. The regulator shall include an overcurrent protective device that shall operate to limit the output current to the selected brightness step. 10. The regulator shall include an over voltage shut down capability based on its rated set maximum output. The threshold voltage shall be field configurable via the keypad on the CCR. This shall function within 1 second of the overvoltage condition. 11. The regulator shall include an open-circuit protective device to de-energize the regulator within 1 second after an open circuit condition occurs in the field circuit. The open circuit protective device shall not be tripped by switching of load circuits or other transients. 12. Regulators shall be capable of operating at three ~nd five brightness steps, configurable in the field with the Digital Control Unit (DCU). · 13. Output current settings for each brightness level shall be adjustable with a suitable menu on the display panel of the DCU. 14. Local status and fault indication shall be provided with the display panel of the DCU on each regulator. As a minimum, these shall include local and -remote brightness level indication, on/off status and overcurrent and overvo(tage trip indication. 15. Each unit shall be provided with safety door interlocks to de-energize the regulator before access is gained, and to prevent energizing the unit with the door(s) opened. · Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 16. The regulator shall contain a Load Disconnect Test (LDT) type cutout to allow the isolation of the outgoing field cables for the purpose of insulation resistance measurements by means of a 5,000-volt megger. When the test plate is inserted, the device shall short out the regulator outputterminals and pr<;>vide access to the field load circuit by means of binding posts. When the ground search plate is inserted, the isolator shall also provide ground search capability. C. Additional Performance Requirements 1. Regulator shall support proper stable operation of the regulator and connected load, on the entire population of series circuit components that is shown on contract drawings. The contractor shall follow manufacturer's instructions and recommendations concerning the combinations of loads on each circuit, and coordinate the selection of regulators and lighting components for compatibility of operation. The compatibility must be ensured for the combinations of elements that include but are not limited to LED fixtures, and flashing loads. Refer to AC 150/5340-30_, appendix 6 for application notes regarding these components. 2. Regulators shall support stable regulation when presented with non linear loads from Light Emitting Diode · (LED) fixtures, or other electronic components that are required for .this project. . 3. Constant current regulators shall support stable regulation when presented with synchronou~ flashing loads 4. Constant current regulators shall support stable regulation when presented with r~active loads that rriight be present on a circuit with a number of open secondary isolation transformers as described in the qualification test of AC 150-5345/10 D. Control & Monitoring Requirements 1. The regulator shall be provided with and controlled and monitored with a Digital Control Unit (DCU). The DCU shall be door mounted, or in a protected enclosure and include an integrated display and keypad. 2. . The DCU shall include a compact card cage mounted in a protected enclosure in-the regulator The card cage shall include, but not be limited to separate circuit boards for specific functions. All circuit boards shall be easily replaced without removing fasteners or disconnecting power or control wires. Circuit boards shall be provided on separate assemblies for the following functions. a. Power supply circuit board for card cage backplane. b. Processor circuit board with digital signal processor. . c. Input circuit board for a minimum of 14 separately opto-isolated circuits control inputs. d. Output relay circuit board for a minimum of 14 separate circuits.CCR status e. Analog to Digital circuit board and all electronics for a fully self- contained Insulation Resistance Measuring System (IRMS). f. Dual Ethernet communication circuit board for connection to the ALRCS vault network g. The Dual Ethernet communications ports shall support redundant . operation with a fa1lover mechanism that shall seamlessly switch Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab from a failed network to the operational network, and continue normal operations with the ALRCS h. All control components that connect to the series circuit shall be electrically isolated from the digital and communications portion of the control interface i. All analog measured values shall be converted instantaneously to digital codes and processed using an optimized algorithm speqifically designed for use in the regulators j . The display of the DCU shall be an alphanumeric type consisting of a minimum of 4 rows of 20 characters each.· The DCU shall display, but not be limited to the following information 1) Regulator On/Of · 2) Regulator incoming power supply normal 3) Open circuit alarm 4) Overcurrent alarm 5) Status of regulator; OK/Failure , and cause of fault 6) Output current · 7) Brightness step 8) Control source, Local/Remote k. All settings, adjustments, configuration and calibration shall be done digitally using the integrated display and membrane function keys. I. Failsafe Control : .In the event of communication/control system failure; the CCRs shall enter the failsafe state . The CCR shall provide the failsafe function internally. m. Each regulator failsafe function shall be independently programmable such that upon communication or system failure, the regulator shall automatically revert to either remain in the last state or switch to OFF, Brightness B1, B2, B3, B4 or BS. n. If failsafe mode occurs , all regulators and circuits will set to their failsafe settings. o. The failsafe settings shall be determined by the airport operations and maintenance staff and shall be field adjustable without changing the software. p. A watchdog timer shall be installed to check the status of the control system and commun ications and the failsafe mode shall be entered if malfunction occurs. q. When the control system returns to normal, control shall automatically be transferred back to the tower. r. The DCU shall provide text messages and information on the display · panel to guide · a user through all menus by means of clear instructions oil the display. s. Configuration changes to the regulator for the number of brightness steps, brightness step current setting or any other configuration or calibration value shall be with a suitable access code that can be entered using the DCU function keys. t. All configuration settings and calibration values shall be stored to a suitable non-volatile memory chip on the Processor circuit board. u. The DCU shall be capable of being operation to the L-829 specification with a menu selection The L-829 monitoring shall include: 1) Lamp failure and alarm (two settings) 2) Number of failed lamps Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3) Additional user configurable warning and alarm output relays 4) Display of input voltage, current and power measurement 5) Display of output voltage and power measurement v. The DCU shall support insulation resistance monitoring system (IRMS) functionality with the following features. 1) Insulation measurement warning and alarm (two settings) 2) Insulation resistance value w. The DCU shall be powered from 120 Volts AC supplied by the regulator electronics, and as a backup, from 24 Volts DC supplied externally as shown on contract drawings. Turning off the regulator shall cause the DCU to automatically select the 24 Volt DC power · source. x. The CCR shall be supplied with an insulation-monitoring unit, which shall be integral to the CCR. The insulation monitoring unit shall be capable of automatically or manually monitoring and reporting the insulation value of the airport series lighting · circuit cable. The insulation-monitoring unit shall also be capable of measuring the cable leakage current and display the actual insulation resistance in . ohms, display the readings for view on the CCR control panel, and transfer all .collected data to the ALRCS PLC via the dual Ethernet interface.· y. The keypad button functions shall be either labeled on each button or indicated based on the context, on the alphanumeric display 2.03 BACKUP COMPONENTS A. Supply a complete set of back up components required for the maintenance operation of the systems for one year. As a minimum, 2 of each replaceable assembly shall be provided until the factory warranty replaces the failed product and replaces component. 2.04 NAMEPLATES A. Nameplates of laminated phenolic material with engraved letters shall be installed to designate the regulator cubicles, components, circuit descriptions and circuit numbers. Nameplates shall be white phenolic material with black engraved letters. B. The minimum height of letters used shall be 3/16 inch. Main titles for circuit or cubicle designations shall be in letters 3/8 inch in height. 2.05 . CIRCUIT SELECTOR SWITCH A. General 1. The circuit selector switch shall be an FAA L-847 with an output of 6.6 amps rated at 5,000 volts unless otherwise noted on the contract drawings. 2. The switch shall be make before break operation and shall not require field callibration or adjustments. 3. Provide switch for the individual control of up to two (2) circuits and 120V control voltage unless otherwise noted on the contract drawings. 4. The switch shall be capable of operating multiple circuits from a single regulator and shall include a reverse option to allow a single load to be provided from multiple regulators. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART3 5. The CSS are controlled by contact closures, rated at 120 VAC 6. The CSS shall be able to be controlled either locally or by the airport lighting control and monitoring system. 7. The CSS shall be furnished in a suitable housing that is rated for the environment in which it is installed. 8. Provide the CSS with a safety interlock which will trip the CCR when the door is opened. . · 9. The CSS shall be able to be configured for FAIL ON, FAIL OFF and FAIL STATE which upon control system failure will hold in its current state prior to failure. EXECUTION 3.01 SITE ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. All New Constant Current Regulators, and ancillary devices installed and/or modified as per this specification, shall be tested to certify that they are functional in all modes and settings of operation, fully compatible with the ALCMS, and that they are calibrated to FAA and manufacturer's standards; B. The contractor(s) shall submit for review by the engineer, a plan for the complete functional testing and calibration of all equipment. Test documentation shall be provided on suitable forms that include, but are not limited to the following data: Date Time Test Engineer Witness Item Under Test Test Equipment Attribute(s) Tested Mode of Operation Tolerance range for all quantitative measurements Actual Readings Results C: Testing shall be performed by a qualified factory trained service engineer approved by the engineer. D. The contractor shall have all discrepancies, out of tolerance conditions, instabilities, and functional defects corrected to the satisfaction of the engineer and the owner. Additional acceptance tests shall be performed to verify that problems have been corrected. 3.02 WITNESSING OF TESTS A. Tests of all equipment covered by these specifications shall be witnessed by an owner representative. The contractor shall provide the owner with advance notice of a minimum of three weeks prior to the scheduling of site testing. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 3.03 INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING A. The contractor shall install the equipment according to the final review shop drawings and the equipmentmanufacturer's recommendations. B. Final adjustments to the equipment shall include verification of the proper mechanical operation, verification of the regulator operation and review of the protective features and devices. . C. The contractor shall provide a qualified factory trained service engineer to provide technical direct!on for the installation and final verification of the equipment. D. The service engineer shall certify that the equipment has been installed according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. E. A site acceptance test shall be completed according to additional requirements in Section 16031, Item L-111. 3.04 TRAINING A.· Provide a qualified factory-trained service engineer to conduct an on-site familiarization, operation, and maintenance training program for the new CSSs and CCRs, Training shall be conducted after the equipment is fully commi~sioned. B.. Provide 1 - 4 hour session of on-site training for maintenance personnel covering operational, maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. C. As a minimum, training shall include the following: 1. Familiarization with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Review of schematic drawings -how to read them and how to use them to troubleshoot system function and control problems. 3. Physical check-over of equipment, noting device locations and relationships to schematics. 4. Equipment functional tests and checks. 5. Equipment operating instructions. 6. Equipment routine service requirements. 7. Equipment troubleshooting instructions and procedures -review equipment self-diagnostic features and indications, define most likely problems, symptoms and corrective actions. 8. Trouble shooting shall include causing simulated faults throughout the system so that they can be diagnosed by maintenance personnel. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide 3 copies of Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Provide a detailed description of the DCMU operation principles and information on troubleshooting, servicing, and maintenance of the equipment, the actions required in the event of faults. C. Manuals shall be in full color fully describing all equipment at site Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab D. Provide a typical step-by-step procedure describing use and systematic troubleshooting of the system. Maintenance manuals· shall describe in detail specifically how DCMU symptoms are diagnosed, isolated and repaired. E. Provide individual manuals for specific equipment as appropriate. Provide identified tabs and sections in master manuals for individual equipment data/manuals. F. Include schematics and detailed power and control/monitoring diagrams for all equipment supplied. G. Include detailed material lists with parts numbers 3.06 WIRING AND CONNECTIONS A. The Contractor shall make all necessary electrical connections in the vault following the wiring diagrams furnished and as directed engineer. In wiring to the terminal blocks, the Contractor shall leave sufficient extra.length on each control lead to make future changes in connections at the terminal block. This shall be accomplished by running each control lead the longest way around the box to the proper terminal. Leads shall be neatly laced in place. 3.07 MARKING AND LABELING A. All equipment, control wires, terminal blocks, etc., shall be tagged, marked, or labeled as specified below: B. Wire Identification: The Contractor shall furnish and install self-sticking. wire labels or identifying tags on all control wires at the point where they connect to the control equipmentortotheterminal blocks. Wire labels, if used, shall be of the self-sticking preprinted type and of the manufacturer's recommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be followed. Tags, if used , shall be of fiber not less than %-inch (13 mm) in diameter and not less than 1/32-inch (1 mm)thick. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be stamped on tags by means of small tool dies. Each tag shall be securely tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord. C. Labels: The Contractor shall stencil identifying labels on the cases of regulators, breakers, and distribution and control relay cases with white oil paint as designated by the City Engineer. The letters and numerals shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in height and shall be of proportionate width . The Contractor shall also mark the correct circuit designations following the wiring diagram on the terminal marking strips, which are a part of each terminal block. 3.08 WARRANTY A. Products in this specification shall be warranted for a period of 1 year from acceptance. This includes any and all costs of repair and all spare parts shall be included in this warranty. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab PART4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Installation of new regulators shall be measured per each. This shall include all work to provide and install the 6.6 amp regulator, complete and accepted . Work shall include, but not be limited to, the S1 cut-out, cut-out enclosure, the L-829 regulator with alarm contact output, terminations , testing, labels, grounding, lightning protection, control system conduit a·nd cables ; 208V power system conduit and cables, control circuits , plug-in fused disconnect, fuses, all termi.natiolis and all incidentals required for a complete working system. Separate payment will be made for various sizes. B. Measurement for the ALCMS Upgrade shall include all work and materials required by this specification and plan details. · C. The Electrical Vault Demolition Work shall be measured j:>er lump sum. This shall include all materials and labor to remove or relocate all items as noted in the contract drawings. The work shall include, but not be limited to the regulator, CSS, S1 cut-out arid enclosure, cables, conduit, plug-in breakers , fuses, repair of wall and floor surfaces to match surroundings, bus duct plates to cover exposed sections if required, new labels, etc. · 4.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted · vault or prefabricated metal housing equipment installation. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation , assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: 16461-01 4 KW Regulator-per each 16461-02 Modifications to the Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS) -Per Lump Sum 16461-03 Vault Demolition -Per Lump Sum END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16461-10 Phase 7Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 16536 ALTERATIONS, REMOVAL AND DEMOLITION (Item L-105) PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Alterations shall mean any · change or rearrangement in the component parts, including structural, mechanical, electrical systems, or internal or external · arrangements of an existing structure. s: Removal shall mean the dismantling of existing materials, components, equipment, and utilities. Removed items shali be handled, prepared for storage, transported to storage areas as specified. C. Demolition shall mean the dismantling and disposal of existing materials, components, equipment, and utilities which cannot or will · not be reused or which will have no salvage value , or which cannot be reused due to unrepairable damage caused by age, non-demolition related reasons, etc. All demolished items not designated to be turned over to the Owner shall be disposed of in a safe manner and at a location acceptable to the Owner. · D. All items to be turned over to the Owner shall be properly enclosed or boxed to protect the items from damage and transported by the Contractor to a location on the Owner's property, designated by the Engineer and/or the Owner. E. The installation and/or removal of lighting equipment may be critical to airport operations; therefore·, the Contractor shall follow the work schedule established in the plans and specifications or as directed by the Engineer. The system shall be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or local code requirements . F. The Contractor shall provide temporary wiring as required to reconnect existing · circuits to provide guidance for aircraft to pass through the construction areas on those taxiways/runways which must remain open. The Contractor shall check all temporary circuits before dark each day to assure that they are operational. In the event of failure, the Contractor shall immediately take steps to restore operation. The cost of temporary and reconnected lighting shall be absorbed in the various work items. 1.02 CONDITION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. A. The Contractor shall verify the areas, conditions, and features necessary to tie into existing construction. Th is verification shall be done prior to submittal of shop drawings, fabrication or erection, construction or installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accurate tie-in of the new work to existing facilities. · 8 . Special attention is called to the fact that there may be piping, fixtures or other . items in the existing systems which must be removed or relocated in order to · perform the alteration work. All conduit, wiring, boxes, etc., that do not comply Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16536-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab with these specifications shall be removed or corrected to comply with these specifications. All unused conduit not removed shall be identified and a pull line shall be installed. The work shall include all removal and relocation required for completion of the alterati.ons and the new construction. C. Whenever the scope of work requires connection to an existing circuit, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be tested, in ·the presence of the Owner and Engineer. The Contractor shall record the results on the forms included in these specifications. When the circuit is returned to its final condition, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be checked again in the presence of the Owner and Engineer. The Contractor shall record the results on the forms included in these specifications. The second reading shall be equal to or greater than the first reading or the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs to the circuit to bring the second reading above the first reading. All repair costs including a complete replacement of the cable, if necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor. All test results shall be submitted in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals as described in Item ·l-106, Submittals, Record Documents and Maintenance Manuals. 1.03 OCCUPANCY AND USE OF EXISTING FACILITIES. A. The Owner will occupy and use the facilities · within the areas of work during the entire construction period. The Contractor shall be required to plan and coordinate his activities in order to provide all necessary controls for the abatement of dust, noise, and inconvenience to the Owner personnel during all phases of the work. 1.04 VACATING OCCUPIED AREAS. A. The Owner will remove all portable items of furniture, equipment, and fixtures prior to the start of work. 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. A. The Contractor shall conduct alterations and removal operations in a manner that will ensure the safety of persons in accordance with the requirements of CFR 29 PART 1926 and 1910. 1.06 CLASSIFICATION OF REMOVED/DEMOLISHED ITEMS. A. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed will be classified as "salvageable" and shall remain the property of the Owner or will be classified as "debris" and shall be disposed of legally off the airport. B. Reusable salvaged items: 1. Salvaged materials and equipment shall be reused in the work as described on the contract drawings, unless noted otherwise. 2. Items classified as debris ·shall be legally disposed of off the airport property. The cost of such disposal shall be included in the cost of other items of work. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport . 16536-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab C. Retained salvaged items: 1. Salvaged materials and equipment to be retained by the Owner but not reused in the work shall be turned over to the Owner at a site at the facility to be determined by the Owner. Retained salvaged items shall be stored on Owner property where indicated by the Owner. 1.07 TEMPORARY PROTECTION. A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain the following requirements: PART2 PART3 1. Protection of persons and property shall be provided throughout the progress of the work in accordance with these specifications. 2. Provide temporary enclosures and partitions prior to starting alterations and removal of work. Such items shall protect existing materials, equipment, and other remaining building or system components from damage by weather and construction operations. · 3. Provide temporary enclosures to isolate space utilized by equipment during construction, from dirt, dust, noise, and unauthorized entry. 4. Provide temporary exits, entrances, and protected passages . where work prevents the use of existing facilities. · 5. Provide weathertight temporary enclosures over and around openings to be made in existing exterior construction prior to the start of work. The Contractor shall maintain such temporary enclosures until new construction will protect the interior of existing facilities from the elements. 6. Provide temporary exterior wall construction which will be designed and fabricated to resist an applied horizontal wind pressure of not less than 130 mph. 7. Provide temporary exterior roof construction which will be capable of supporting an applied vertical live load of not less than 200 psf I uniformly distributed over the entire roof area. 8. Design and fabricate temporary enclosures to maintain temperatures inside the existing facilities within a range of plus-or-minus S degrees F of normal operating conditions. 9. Provide temporary jet blast structures which will withstand the jet blast with a safety factor of 2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) CONSTRUCTION METHOD 3.01 EXECUTION A. Disconnecting Utilities. 1. Prior to the start of work, the necessary utilities serving each area of alteration or removal will be shut off by the Owner and shall be disconnected and sealed by the Contractor, as required. LockouUTagfrry procedures shall be utilized in accordance with Item L-104, General Electrical Safety Requirements and Temporary Airfield Lighting. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16536-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Temporary Utility Services 1. The Contractor shall install temporary utility services in satisfactory operating condition before disconnecting existing utilities. Such temporary services shall be maintained during the period of construction and removed only after new permanent services have been tested and are in operation. C. Removal Work 1. The Contractor shall not disturb the existing construction beyond that indicated or necessary for installation of new work. Temporary shoring and bracing for support of building components to prevent settlement or other movement shall be as indicated and as required to protect the work. 2. The Contractor shall provide protective measures to control accumulation and migration of dust and dirt in all areas of work, particularly those adjacent to occupied areas. The Contractor shall remove dust, dirt, and debris from the areas of work daily. D. Salvageable Materials and Equipment. 1. The Contractor shall remove all salvageable materials and equipment in a manner that will cause the least possible damage thereto. Removed .items which are to be retained by the Owner shall be carefully handled, stored, and protected. 2. The Contractor shall provide identification tags on all items boxed or placed .in containers, indicating the type, size, and quantity of materials. E. Buildings and Structures 1. The Contractor shall perform removal operations in existing buildings as indicated and as otherwise ·required to complete the work. 2. Existing concrete shall be demolished, removed, and disposed of. Square, _straight edges shall be provided where existing concrete adjoins new work and at other locations where indicated . Existing steel reinforcement shall be. protected where indicated; otherwise, it shall be cut off flush with face of concrete. 3. Th _e Contractor shall dismantle steel components at field connections and in a manner that will prevent bending or damage. 4. The use of flame-cutting torches will be permitted only when other methods of dismantling are not practical, and when approved in writing by the Owner and/or Engineer. F. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. 1. Wiring systems and components shall be salvaged. Loose items shall be boxed and tagged for identification. 2. All unused conduit not removed shall have a pull string installed and shall be noted on the record drawings. 3. Primary, secondary, control, communication, and signal circuits shall be disconnected at the point of attachment to their distribution system. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16536-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab 4. The Contractor shall remove and salvage electrical fixtures. Incandescent lamps, mercury-vapor lamps, and fluorescent lamps shall be salvaged, boxed and tagged for identification, and protected from breakage. 5. The Contractor shall remove and salvage switches, receptacles, fixtures, transformers, constant current regulators, meters, instruments, plates, circuit breakers, panelboards, outlet boxes , and similar items. These items shall be boxed, and tagged for identification according to type and size. 6. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of conductors and conduits not used in the finished work and shown to be demolished on the plans. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Demolition Operations 1. Demolition operations shall be conducted to ensure the safe passage of persons to and from facilities occupied · and used by the Owner and to prevent damage by falling debris or other cause to adjacent buildings, structures, and other facilities. 2. The sequence of operations shall be such that maximum protection from inclement weather will be provided for materials and equipment located in partially disma_ntled structures. 8. Maintaining Traffic 1. Demolition operations and removal of debris to disposal areas shall be conducted to ensure minimum interference with runways, taxiways, aprons, roads, streets, walks, and other facilities occupied and used by the Owner. 2. Streets, walks, runways, taxiways and other facilities occupied and used by .the Owner shall not be closed or obstructed without written permission from the Owner. C. Reference Standards Requirements 1. Demolition operations shall be conducted to ensure the safety of persons in accordance with ANSI A 10.6 Safety Requirements for Demolition. 2. Demolition shall be conducted in accordance with OSHA, State and local requirements. 3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General. 1. The Contractor shall dispose of debris, rubbish, scrap, and other non- salvageable materials resulting from demolition operations. Demolished materials shall not be stored or disposed of on Airport property. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16536-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab B. Removal from Owner Property. 1. · Materials classified as debris shall be transported from Owner property and legally disposed of at no ad~itional cost to the Owner. Permits and fees for disposal shall be paid by the Contractor. 3.04 AL TERA TION WORK A. General. PART4 1. Cutting, patching, repairing , and other alteration . work shall be done by tradesman skilled in the particular trade or work required. 2. Where required to patch or extend existing construction , or both , such alteration work shall · match existing . exposed surface materials in finish, color, texture, and pattern. 3. Salvaged items for reuse shall be as approved by the Engineer and Owner. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Airfield Nav-Aid Removal. This item includes all materials, labor,. transportation incidentals and services required for the airfield nav-aid demolition as shown on the plans. It is the intent of the demolition pay item that all equipment, devices, fixtures, boxes, stakes, materials, systems and appurtenances; etc. which are no longer required as a result of the project to be removed shall be measured by each item removed. Removal of the item shall include the associated foundation, base can, concrete encasement, boxes, stakes, isolation transformers, structures, disconnect of the wiring, repair of the disturbed area to match surrounds, etc for a complete removal of the .item and its components. Furthermore , this item shall include disposal or salvage as directed by owner or as noted on the contract drawings. Separate measurement will be made for each nav-aid type only. There is no separate measurement for installed location, nav-aid size variations, etc. B. In Pavement Light Removal. This item includes all materials, labor, transportation incidentals and services ·required for the removal of the in- pavement light where surrounding pavement is removed as shown on the plans . Removal of the item shall include the fixture, flasher, controller, base can, isolation transformer, connectors, etc for a complete removal of the item and its components. This item shall include disposal or salvage as directed by owner or as noted on the contract drawings. Removal of surrounding pavement is paid for under separate line item. C. Elevated RGL Removal. This item includes all materials, labor, transportation incidentals and services required for the removal of the L-804 RGL as shown on the plans. It is .the intent of the demolition pay item that all equipment, devices, fixtures, boxes, stakes, materials, systems and appurtenances, etc. which are no longer required as a result of the project to be removed shall be measured by each item removed. Removal of the item shall include the fixture, frangible column, tether, controller, base plate, canopy , disconnect of the wiring, repair of Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16536-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab the disturbed area to match surrounds, etc for a complete removal of the item and its components. This item includes a new L-867 blank base plate and gasket. Furthermore, this item shall include disposal or salvage as directed by owner or as noted on the contract drawings. · D. Electrical Infrastructure Removal. This item includes all materials, labor, transportation incidentals and services required for the airfield electrical infrastructure demolition as shown on the plans. It is the intent of the demolition pay item that all equipment, devices, fixtures, wiring,. materials, systems and . appurtenances, etc. which are no longer required as a result of the project to be removed shall be measured by the lineal foot. Where wires are to be abandoned in each, this item include.s the tagging and labeling at each end or accessible area of the cable. Where section of existing active circuits are removed, this item shall include associated cable splicing and circuit modification required to keep existing circuit active. 4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract price for the required airfield demolition. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, equipment and for all preparation, removal of the salvageable materials or debris and equipment and for . all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. This item includes any temporary wiring, fixtures, etc. required to maintain the existing airfield lighting systems to the satisfaction of the · Owner and Engineer. B. Payment will be made at the contract price for required airfield electrical infrastructure demolition. This item includes . all materials, labor, transportation, incidentals and services required for the demolition as shown on the plans. This item includes any temporary wiring, fixtures, etc. required to maintain the existing airfield lighting systems to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. It is the intent of the demolition pay item that all conduit, conductors and counterpoise no longer required as a result of the project be removed. Payment will be made under: Item 16536-1 Item 16536-2 Item 16536-3 Item 16536-4 Item 16536-5 Demolish L-880B PAPI -per Each Demolition No. 8 AWG, L-824C Cable in Conduit -per Linear Foot Demolition No. 6 AWG, Bare Counterpoise in Conduit Trench - per Linear Foot Demolition 2" Conduit -per Linear Foot Demolish handhole -per each END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16536-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions · of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specificat ion Sections , apply to this Section . 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for HVAC system piping and equipment: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports . 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Equipment supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS : Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. B. Terminology : As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports ." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting comb ined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components . 1.5 SUBMITTAL$ A . Product Data: For the follow ing : 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Fiberglass pipe hangers. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230529-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. PART 2 • PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. 8. Available Manufacturers: 1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. 2. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports. 3. 8-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 4. Grinnell Corp. 5. GS Metals Corp. 6. National Pipe Hanger Corporation . 7. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 8. PHS Industries, Inc. 9. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 10. · Tolco Inc. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings : Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop-or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA-3, shop-or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components. 8. Available Manufacturers: 1. 8-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co .; ERISTRUT Div. 3. GS Metals Corp . 4. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230529-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 5. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 6. Tolco Inc. 7. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D . Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop-or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel shapes. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel : ASTM A 36/A 36M , steel plates , shapes, and bars; black and galvan ized . B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged , dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining , noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2 . Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa}, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for pip ing and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections , install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1 }: For suspension of non insulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (ON 15 to ON 750). 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C} pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16 (ON 100 to ON 400), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm} of insulation. 3. Carbon-or Alloy-Steel , Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (ON 20 to ON 600), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm} of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (ON 15 to ON 600), if little or no insulation is required . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230529-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. G. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500). 2. Carbon-or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers , NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500), if longer ends are requ ired for riser clamps . H. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. I. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections , install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation . 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. K. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. L. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A . Steel Pipe Hanger Installation : Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports , clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230529-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M , steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1 .1. C. Metal Framing System Installation : Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. D. Fastener System Installation : 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured . Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechan ical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured . Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts , rods, nuts, washers , and other accessories. F. Equipment Support Installation : Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. I: Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves , flanges , and strainers , NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in di rection of piping . Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. J. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. K. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide ind icated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME 831.1 (for power piping) and ASME 831.9 (for_ building services piping) are not exceeded. L. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following : 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping . a. Piping Operat ing above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation . b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits accord ing to ASME 831 .1 for power piping and ASME 831.9 for building services piping . 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 , protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated . Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used . Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230529-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 3. Install MSS SP-58 , Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option : Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1 .22 mm) thick. 5. Insert Material : Length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same th ickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting : Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. C. Provide lateral bracing , to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill , and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports . B. Fit exposed connect ions togethe r to form hairline joints . Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipp ing size limitations. C. Field Welding : Comply with AWS D1 .1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusioh without undercut or overlap . 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours . 3.5 ADJUSTING A . Hanger Adjustments : Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve ind icated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). 3.6 PAINTING A . Touch Up : Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting . Comply with SSPC -PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport . 230529-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0 .05 mm). · B. Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. C. Galvanized Surfaces : Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 230529 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230529-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels . 3. Pipe labels. 4. Warning tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label . 1.4 COORDINATION A . Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT STENCILING A . All equipment including but not limited to Air Conditioning Units , Fans, Pumps, and Unit Heaters shall be neatly and clearly stenciled with the same designation as appears on the drawings. Stenciling shall be paint, with letter size of 1" minimum . Color shall be of high contrast with equipment's color. Location shall be appropriate for ready identification from a normal position standing on the floor or roof. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230553-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 2.2 EQUIPMENT LABELS (FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT) 2.3 A . Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic · labels for mechanical engraving , 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having pred rilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Colo r: Black. 3. Background Color: White . 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 6. Minimum Letter Size : 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater v iewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering . 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive : Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equ ipment is indicated (plans , details , and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Include manufacturer, model number and serial number. C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equ ipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. A. B. C. D. E. F. WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS Material and Thickness : Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving , 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment ha rdware. Letter Color: Red. Background Color: WhiteYellow. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size : 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of un its if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances . Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230553-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 2.4 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted , color-coded, with lettering indicating service , and showing flow direction. B . Pretensioned Pipe Labels : Precoiled , semirigid plastic formed to [partially cover] [cover full] circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labe ls: Printed plastic with contact-type , permanent-adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of pip ing service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identifi cation devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers , paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color-Coding : Pa inting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting " B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in fin ished spaces ; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts , tunnels, and plenums ; and exterior exposed locations as follows : 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection , excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. · 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed pip ing. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run . Reduce intervals to 25 · feet (7 .6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Ref rigerant Piping : a. Background Color: White. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230553-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . b. Letter Color: Blue . D. Pipe Label Sizes Pipe Size 3/4" to 1-1/4" Letter Height 1/2 " E. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required (by manufacturer or OSHA). END OF SECTION 230553 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230553-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections , apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A . This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives fo r the following: 1. Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A . Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows w ithin the distribution system , including submains, branches , and terminals , according to indicated quantities. C. Barrier or Boundary: Construction, either vertical or horizontal , such as walls, floors , and ceilings that are designed and constructed to restrict the movement of airflow, smoke , odors, and other pollutants. D. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity , low ambient temperature , or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally _ dissipated. E. NC: Noise criteria. F. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. G. RC : Room criteria. H. Report Forms : Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. I. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. J. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. K. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. L. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. M. TAB: Testing , adjusting, and balancing. N. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. 0 . Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of systems or equipment. P. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Firm : The entity responsible for performing and reporting TAB procedures. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 4 copies of evidence that TAB firm and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 6 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 4 copies of TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. D. Certified TAB Reports : Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm . E. Sample Report Forms: Submit two sets of sample TAB report forms. F. Warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Firm Qualifications: Engage a TAB firm certified by either MBC or NEBB. B. TAB Conference: Meet with Owner's and Architect's representatives on approval of TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of TAB team members, equipment manufacturers' authorized service representatives, HVAC controls installers, and other support personnel. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: Include at least the following: a. Submittal distribution requirements. b. The Contract Documents examination report. c. TAB plan. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. d. Work schedule and Project-site access requirements. e. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. · f. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C. Certification of TAB Reports: Certify TAB field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that TAB team complied with approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from TAB firm's forms approved by Architect. E. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every six months or more frequently if required by instrument manufacturer. 1. Keep an updated record of instrument calibration that indicates date of calibration and the name of party performing instrument calibration. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. B. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 1.8 WARRANTY A. National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. B. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stat ing that NEBB will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee shall include the following provisions: 1. The certified TAB firm has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. PART 2 • PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 • EXECUTION 3 .1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in · the General and Supplementary Conditions of Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells , flow- control devices , balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers , are requ ired by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine Project Record Documents described in Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions , statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls . E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equ ipment when installed under cond itions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory . To calculate system effects for air systems , use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10 ; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems-Duct Design ," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing , cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine system and equipment test reports. H. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. I. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. J . Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and · equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. K. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, to verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. L. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. M. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. N. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts , and cold walls. 2. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 3. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 4. Controller set points are set at indicated values. 5. Interlocked systems are operating. 6. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to indicated values . 0. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following : 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed . 4 . Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedu res on each system according to the procedures outlined by AABC or NEBBand this Section . B. Cut insulation, ducts , pipes , and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed . Restore vapor barrier and finish according to insulation Specifications for this Project. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . C. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve pos ition indicators, fan-speed- control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A . Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks , and motor starters. D. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. E. Check condensate drains for proper connections and funct ioning. 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fan speed to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design cfm versus actual supply cfm . Recommend co rrective action to align design and actual conditions. B. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-read ing hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS A. During TAB, report the need for adj ustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature-control system. B. Measure indoor wet-and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of two successive eight-hour days, in each separately controlled zone , to prove correctness of fina l temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. C. Measure outside-air, wet-and dry-bulb temperatures . 3.7 TOLERANCES A . Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances : 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 5 to plus 1 O percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 3.8 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. 3.9 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in three-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of TAB firm. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents . 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from ind icated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following : a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil , wet-and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils . e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diamete r. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating cond itions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following : 1. Quantities of outside , supply, return , and exhaust airflows . 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations . 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. a. Inlet steam pressure in psig {kPa}. F. Compressor and Condenser Reports: For refrigerant side of unitary systems, stand-alone refrigerant compressors, air-cooled condensing units, or water-cooled condensing units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Unit make and model number. d. Compressor make. e. Compressor model and serial numbers. f. Refrigerant weight in lb {kg}. g. Low ambient temperature cutoff in deg F {deg C}. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values}: a. Entering-air, dry-bulb tempe rature in deg F (deg C}. b. Leaving-air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F (deg C}. c . Control settings. d. Unloader set po ints . e. Low-pressure-cutout set point in psig (kPa}. f. High-pressure-cutout set point in psig {kPa}. g. Sudion pressure in psig {kPa}. h. Suction temperature in deg F {deg C}. i. Condenser refrigerant pressure in psig (kPa}. j. Condenser refrigerant temperature in deg F (deg C}. k. Oil pressure in psig (kPa}. I. Oil temperature in deg F {deg C}. m. Voltage at each connection . n. Amperage for each phase. o. Kilowatt input. p. Crankcase heater kilowatt. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . q. Number of fans. r. Condenser fan rpm. s. Condenser fan airflow rate in cfm (Us). t. Condenser fan motor make, frame size, rpm, and horsepower. u. Condenser fan motor voltage at each connection. v. Condenser fan motor amperage for each phase. G. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.10 INSPECTIONS A . Initial Inspection: 1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating accord ing to the final test and balance readings documented in the Final Report. 2. Randomly check the following for each system : a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets . b. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the reading to the set point, c. Measure sound levels at two locations. d. Note deviations to the Contract Documents in the Final Report. B. Final Inspection : 1. After initial inspection is complete and evidence by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by Architect. 2. TAB firm test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Architect. 3. Architect shall randomly select measurements documented in _the final report to be rechecked. The rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded, or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. 4. If the rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." 5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected . 6. TAB firm shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes and resubmit the final report . 7. Request a second final inspection. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner shall contract the services of another TAB firm to complete the testing and balancing in Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. accordance with the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the final payment. 3.11 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional testing, inspecting, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions . END OF SECTION 230593 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 230593-10 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. SECTION 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS (DUCTLESS SYSTEMS) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes split-system air-conditioning and heat pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and compressor-condenser components. Units are designed for exposed or concealed mounting, and may be connected to ducts. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.4 A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. B. C. D. E. A. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring . Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split-system air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. QUALITY ASSURANCE Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of split-system units and are based on the specific system indicated. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Energy-Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings," and 2003 International Energy Code . D. Coefficient of Performance: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings," and 2003 International Energy Code. E. Units shall be designed to operate with HCFC-free refrigerants. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 238126-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for units. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." . · B. Coordinate size, location, and connection details with roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to . repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover all parts and labor. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: Two sets of filters for each unit. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : 1. Carrier Air Conditioning; Div. of Carrier Corporation. 2. Friedrich Air Conditioning Company. 3. Lennox Industries Inc. 4. Trane Company (The); Unitary Products Group. 5. York International Corp. 6. Multi Aqua 7. Samsung 2.2 WALL-MOUNTING, EVAPORATOR-FAN COMPONENTS A. Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 1:3. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins, complying with ARI 210/240, and with thermal-expansion valve. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 238126-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. Electric Coil: Helical , nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements with refractory ceramic support bushings; automatic-reset thermal cutout; built-in magnetic contactors; manual-reset thermal cutout; airflow proving device; and one-time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection. D. Fan : Direct drive, centrifugal fan . E. Fan Motors: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements ·for HVAC Equipment." 1. Special Motor Features: Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. F. Filters: Permanent, cleanable . 2.3 AIR-COOLED, COMPRESSOR-CONDENSER COMPONENTS 2.4 A. Casing : Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base . Provide brass service valves, fittings , and gage ports on exterior of casing . 8 . Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation . C. D. E. F. G. A. 8 . Compressor motor shall have thermal-and current-sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay , and contactor. 1. Compressor Type : Scroll. 2. Refrigerant Charge: R-41 OA. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins , complying with ARI 210/240, and with liquid subcooler. Reta in first paragraph below for heat pump units. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F (7 deg C). ACCESSORIES Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features : 1. Compressor time delay. 2. 24-hour time con trol of system stop and start. 3. Liquid-crystal display indicating temperature, set-point temperature, time setting, operating mode , and fan speed. 4. Fan -speed selection , including auto setting . C. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 238126-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. D. Refrigerant Line Kits : Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned , dried , pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fitt ings at both ends. Insulate suction lines with 1-1/2" Armaflex. Provide aluminum jacketing over insulation for suction lines. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install ground-mounting, compressor-condenser components on 4-inch-{100-mm-) thick, reinforced concrete base; 4 inches (100 mm) larger on each side than unit. Concrete, reinforcement , and formwork are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base. D. Install ground-mounting, compressor-condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. E. Install roof-mounting compressor-condenser components on equipment supports. Anchor units to supports with removable , cadmium-plated fasteners . F. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping , fittings , and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to unit to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D.. Electrical Connections: Comply with requirements in Div ision 26 Sections for power wiring, switches, and motor controls. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service : Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation , including connections, and to assist in field testing . Report results in writing . B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and p repare test reports : 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized , start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 238126-4 Phase 7 Runway Design .and Taxiway Rehab. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A . Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written fnstructions . 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 238126-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 • GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electrical installation requirements . 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTAL$ A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." Ft. Worth Alliance Airport . 260500-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves : ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel , plain ends . B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe ," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated . C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings : Galvanized sheet steel . 1. Minimum Metal Thickness : a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side more than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3 .5 mm). · 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description : Modular sealing device , designed for field assembly , to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable . 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or approved equal a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico , Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable . 3. Pressure Plates : Carbon steel . Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time , Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260500-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 3.2 A. . Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. A. B. C. D. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. · SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor orwall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth , and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants.". J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls , partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260500-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals . Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations : Install' cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A . Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Pos ition raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway ,or cab le and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRE STOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping ." END OF SECTION 260500 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260500-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 • GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. B. Related Sections include the following: 1.3 A. B. 1.4 A. B. C. 1. Division 27 Section "Communications Infrastructure" for cabling used for voice and data circuits. DEFINITIONS EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Qualification Data: For testing agency. Field quality-control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the lnterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the lnterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260519-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories : Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 , Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use . C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A . Set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls , and other structural components as they are ·constructed . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers : Subject to compl iance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include , but are not limited to , the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requ irements , · provide products by one of the following 1. Alcan Products Corporation ; Alcan Cable Division . · 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation . 4. Senator Wire & Cable Company. 5. Southwire Company. C. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70 . D. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THW, THHN-THWN, XHHW and UF. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include , but are not limited to, the following : B. Manufacturers : Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. 0-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC . 4. 3M ; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp . C. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size , ampacity rating, material , type, and class for application and service indicated . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260519-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves : ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade 8, Schedule 40; galvanized steel , plain ends. 8. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings : Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052-or 0.138-inch (1.3-or 3.5-mm) thickness as indicated and of length to suit application . D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 2.4 SLEEVE SEALS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products by one of the following : 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Calpico, Inc. 3. Metraflex Co. 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. C. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable . 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements . Include one for each sealing element. PART 3 • EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Stranded for all conductor sizes. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Stranded for all conductor sizes . 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MUL TICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance : TypeTHHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway or Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260519-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings , Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in. E. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN , in raceway . 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings , and floors , unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation . Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values . C. Use pulling means, including fish tape , cable, rope , and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A . Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values . If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868. B. C. 3.5 A. B. C. D. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm} of slack. SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Concrete Slabs and Walls : Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used . Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1. For sleeve rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches {1270 mm} and no side greater than 16 inches (400 mm}, thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm}. 2. For sleeve rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches (1270 mm} and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches (400 mm}, thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3 .5 mm}. · Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260519-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. E. Fire-Rated Assemblies : Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor orwall. F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. I. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry J. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and cable , using joint sealant appropriate for size , depth, and location of joint according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls , partitions , ceilings , and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves : Seal penetration of individual cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. M. Aboveground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. N. Underground Exterior-Wall Penetrations : Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A . Install to seal underground exterior-wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and size . Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal . 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-res istance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping ." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports . B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports . C. Tests and Inspections: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260519-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized , test service entrance and feeder conductors , for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Infrared Scann_ing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final .Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equ ipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values . Provide calibration record for device. · c. Record of Infrared Scanning : Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results . Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. D. Test Reports : Prepare a written report to record the following : 1. Test procedures used . 2. Test results that comply with requirements . 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements . E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 260519 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260519-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases . 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing . B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A . Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. · B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components . D. Rated Strength : Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data : For the following : 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Nonmetallic slotted support systems. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260529-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Nonmetallic slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 4. Equipment supports. C. Welding cert ificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedu~es and personnel according to AWS 01 .1/01 .1 M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete , reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports , and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories ." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A . Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply w ith MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. . Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper 8-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation . f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. 3. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 5. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 6. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260529-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. B. Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch-(14-mm-) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (200 mm) o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper 8-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. d. Seasafe, Inc. 3. Fittings and Accessories : Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 4. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles except metal items may be stainless steel. 5. Rated Strength : Selected to suit applicable load criteria. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101 . D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported . Body shall be malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints : ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. G. Mounting, Anchoring , and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co ., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260529-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following : b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance w ith requ irements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B-Line , Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Emp ire Tool and Manufacturing Co ., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head ; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC . 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58 . 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 , type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type . 7. Hanger Rods : Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description : Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes , shop _or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Divis ion 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC , and RMC as required by NFPA 70 . Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system , sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps. D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260529-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. · B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 5. To Steel: Spring-tension clamps. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. 3.4 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on mis<=ellaneous metal. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260529-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections , and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260529-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. . SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1.3 A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures , and cabinets for electrical wiring . A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. DEFINITIONS EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes , hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets. 2. For handholes and boxes for underground wiring , including the following : a. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. b. Frame and cover design. c. Grounding details. d. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling-in and lifting irons. e. Joint details. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. Source quality-control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories : Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 • PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requi rements, provide products by one of the following : 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2 . Alflex Inc. 3. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd . Co. 4. Anamet Electrical , Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 5. Electri-Flex Co. 6 . Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 7. Maverick Tube Corporation. 8. 0-2 Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 9. Wheatland Tube Company. B. IMC: ANSI C80.6. C. PVC-Coated Steel Condu it: PVC-coated IMC. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch (1 mm), minimum. D. EMT: ANSI C80 .3. E. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT , and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness , 0.040 inch (1 mm), with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. F. Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit or IMC: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect th readed raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products by one of the following : 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 2 .3 B. C. D. E. F. A. 3. Arnco Corporation. 4. CANTEX Inc. 5. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 6. Condux International , Inc. 7. ElecSYS , Inc. 8 . Electri-Flex Co. 9. Lamson & Sessions ; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 11. RACO ; a Hubbell Company. 12. Thomas & Betts Corporation. ENT: NEMA TC 13. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC. LFNC: UL 1660. Fittings for ENT and RNC : NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. Fittings for LFNC: UL 5148. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE RACEWAY AND FITTINGS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: · 1. Arnco Corporation. 2. Endot Industries Inc. 3. IPEX Inc. 4. Lamson & Sessions ; Carlon Electrical Products. B. Description: Comply with UL 2024 ; flexible type, approved for plenum installation . 2.4 METALWIREWAYS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : 1. Cooper B-Line , Inc. 2. Hoffman . 3. Square D; Schneider Electric. B. Fittings and Accessories : Include couplings, offsets, elbows , expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. C. Finish : Manufacturer's standard enamel finish . 2.5 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1. Hoffman. 2. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. Retain one of first two paragraphs below. B. Description: PVC plastic, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with snap-on cover and mechan ically coupled connections with plastic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows , expansion joints, adapters , hold- down straps, end caps , and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system . 2.6 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company . 4. Hoffman . 5. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co . Division . 6. 0-2/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet Division . 10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 13. Woodhead , Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries , Inc. Subsidiary. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes : NEMA OS 1. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes : NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Metal Floor Boxes : Cast or sheet metal, fully adjustable , rectangular. F. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, round . G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes : NEMA OS 1. H. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. I. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch , unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel , finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant paint. J. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front , finished im;ide and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltag~. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.7 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. Description: Comply with SCTE 77. 1. Color of Frame and Cover: Green. 2. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have close bottom, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure. 4. Cover Finish : Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 5. Cover Legend : Molded lettering , "ELECTRIC." 6. Conduit Entrance Provisions : Conduit-terminating fitt ings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall . 7. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long (300 mm wide by 600 mm long) and larger shall have inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured. B. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass or a combination of the two . 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products by one of the following : a. Armorcast Products Company. b. Carson Industries LLC . c. CDR Systems Corporation. d. NewBasis . C. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Frame and Cover: Sheet-molded , fiberglass-reinforced, polyester-resin enclosure joined to polymer-concrete top ring or frame. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , provide products by one of the following : a. Armorcast Products Company. b. Carson Industries LLC . c. Christy Concrete Products . d. Synertech Moulded Products , Inc.; a division of Oldcastle Precast. D. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes : Molded of fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, with covers of fiberglass . 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : a. Carson Industries LLC. b. Christy Concrete Products . c. Nordic Fiberglass , Inc. 2.8 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe ," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe , with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings : Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052-or 0.138-inch (1.3-or 3.5-mm) thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping ." 2.9 SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers : Subject to compliance with . requirements , provide products by one of the following : 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Calpico, Inc. 3. Metraflex Co. 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B. Description : Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates : Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each seal ing element. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A. Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied . 1. Tests of materials shall be performed by a independent testing agency. 2. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 3. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors : Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated : 1. Exposed Conduit: IMC . 2, Concealed Conduit , Aboveground: IMC or EMT 3. Underground Conduit: RNC , Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC . 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 6. Application of Handholes and Boxes for Underground Wiring: a. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Polymer concrete, SCTE 77, Tier 15 structural load rating . b. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Polymer-concrete units , SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating. c. Handholes · and Pull Boxes Subject to Light-Duty Pedestrian Traffic Only : Fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, structurally tested according to SCTE 77 with 3000-lbf (13 345-N) vertical loading. 8 . Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage : EMT . 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage : EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit for 3a and 3b and IMC for 3c. Includes raceways in the following locations: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units. c. Mechanical rooms. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations : IMC. 7. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable in Spaces Used for Environmental Air: EMT 8. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable Risers in Vertical Shafts EMT . 9. Raceways for Concealed General Purpose Distribution of Optical Fiber or Communications Cable: Plenum-type, optical fiber/communications cable raceway 1 O. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250 , Type 1, except use NEMA 250 , Type 4, nonmetallic in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location . 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated . 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits : Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requi rements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter .. 8. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping . C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits , for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls , ceilings, and floors , unless otherwise indicated. H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch (27-mm) trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place condu it close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. . 3. Change from ENT to RNC , Type EPC-40-PVC, rigid steel conduit , or IMC before rising above the floor. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp , Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration : Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. · L. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: Install raceways, metallic and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows: 1. 3/4-lnch (19-mm) Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet (15 m). 2. 1-lnch (25-mm) Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet (23 rri). 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. M. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations , such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2 . Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. N. Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C), and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet (7.6 m). 1. Install expansion-joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change .. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F (75 deg C) temperature change. . e. Formula in first subparagraph below provides about 15 percent safety factor (extra expansion-contraction capability). 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. 0. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration , noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. P. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Q. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. R. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for pipe less than 6 inches (150 mm) in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving ." 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finished grade , make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 4. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated . Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout the length of the elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose , and encase coupling with 3 inches (75 mm) of concrete. b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches (1500 mm) from edge of equipment pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 6. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches (300 mm} above direct- buried conduits, placing them 24 inches (600 mm} o.c. Align planks along the width and along the centerline of conduit. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections requ ired fo r proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support un its on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel , graded from 1/2-inch (12.5-mm} sieve to No. 4 (4 .75 -mm} sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch (25 mm} above finished grade. D. Install handholes and boxes with bottom below the frost line, below grade. E. Install removable hardware, includ ing pulling eyes , cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables, but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in the enclosure. · F. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for m·aterial to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used , and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopp ing ." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls : Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requ ires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness : 1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm} and no side greater than 16 inches (400 mm}, thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm}. 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches (1270 mm} and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches (400 mm}, thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3 .5 mm}. E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm} above fin ished floor level. H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm} annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-10 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. I. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry. J. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials . Comply with Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. M. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. N. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. · 3.6 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3. 7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.8 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion . 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 260533-11 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. PART 1 • GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section . 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SVR: Suppressed voltage rating . B. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. 1.4 SUBMITTAL$ A. Product Data : For each type of panelboard , switch ing and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics , ratings , and finishes. B. Shop Drawings : For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration , current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings , and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring . 8. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. C. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. D. Field Quality-Control Reports : 1. Test procedures used . 2. Test results that comply with requirements . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. E. Panelboard Schedules : For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2 . Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. B. Source Limitations : Obtain panelboards , overcurrent protective devices, components , and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Selection for Restricted · Space: . Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Comply with NEMA PB 1. F. Comply with NFPA 70 . 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Remove 1.oose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating (250 W per panelboard) to prevent condensation. B. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NEMA PB 1. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels . B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor- bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement , and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03 . Ft. Worth Alli~nce Airport 262416-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. 2. Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and Ground Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP} Types: Two spares for each panelboard. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Enclosures: Flush mounted cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Lc;>cations: NEMA 250, Type 1 b. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R c. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250,Type 4X d. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 4. Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with flanges for attachment to panelboard, wall, and ceiling or floor. 5. Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard enclosure; integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. 6. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: galvanized steel factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. c. Fungus Proofing : Permanent fungicidal treatment for overcurrent protective devices and other components. 7. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted B. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 3. Isolated Ground Bus : Adequate for branch-circuit isolated ground conductors; insulated from box. 4. Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and UL listed as suitable for nonlinear loads. C. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs : Compression type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Compression type. 4. Feed-Through Lugs: Compression type, suitable for use w ith conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. · 5. Subfeed {Double) Lugs: Compressiontype suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. · D. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards or load centers with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. E. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. F. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating : Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circu it current available at terminals. 2.2 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A . Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following : 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 1. . For doors more than 36 inches (914 mm) high, provide two latches, keyed alike. D. Mains: Circuit breaker E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug in or Bolt-on circuit breakers. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A : Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Subject to compliance w ith requirements , provide product by one of the following : 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Bus iness Unit. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only as specified on drawings. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. 8. . Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents . 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers : Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads , and instantaneous magnet ic trip element for short circuits. · Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front- mounted , field-adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing ; field-replaceable rating plug or field- replicable electronic trip ; and the following field-adjustable settings : a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long-and short-time pickup levels. c. Long-and short-time time adjustments . d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay , and 12t response. 4. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 5. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). 6. Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers : Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 7. Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) Circuit Breakers : Comply with UL 1699; 120/240-V, single-pole conf iguration. 8. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories : a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings , and number of poles . b. Lugs: Mechanical style , suitable for number, size, trip ratings , and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application ; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d. Ground-Fault Protection : Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings , push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. e. Communication Capability: Circu it-b reaker-mounted communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system specified in Divis ion 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control ." f. Shunt Trip : 120 V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of rated voltage. g. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage with field- adjustable 0.1-to 0.6-second time delay. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . h. Auxiliary Contacts: Two SPDT switches with "a" and "b" contacts ; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts and "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit- breaker contacts . i. Alarm Switch : Single-pole, normally open con tact that actuates only when circuit breaker trips . j. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation ; key shall be removable only when circu it breaker is in off position. k. Zone-Selective Interlocking : Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking ground-fault protection function with other upstream or downstream devices . I. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a single unit. · m. Handle Padlocking Dev ice: Fixed attachment , for locking circuit-breaker handle in on or off position. n. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit-breaker handle in on position . 2.5 PANELBOARD SUPPRESSORS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following : 1. Current Technology; a subsidiary of Danahar Corporation . 2. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 3. Liebert Corporation . 4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 5. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. 8 . Surge Protection Device : IEEE C62.41-compliant, integrally mounted , solid-state , parallel- connected, non-modular type, with sine-wave tracking suppression and filtering modules , UL 1449 , second edition , short-circuit current rating matchihg or exceeding the panelboard short-circuit rating, and with the following features and accessories: 1. Accessories : a. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. b. Audible alarm, with silencing switch , to indicate when protection has failed . c. One. set of dry contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, for remote monitoring of protection status. 2.6 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test , inspection, maintenance , and operation. 8. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard . Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays . PART 3 • EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.1. 8. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. D. 3.2 A. B. C. D. E. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1 . Temporary Lifting Provisions : Remove temporary lifting eyes , channels , and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from panelboards. · Mount top of trim 90 inches (2286 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable , circuit-breaker trip ranges. F. Install filler plates in unused spaces. · G. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. H. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after con:,pleting load balancing . I. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring , and components ; provide warning signs complying w ith Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in distribution panelboards with a nameplate . complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A . Testing Agency : Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections: B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representat ive to inspect, test , and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service : Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components , assemblies , and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing . D. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus , component , connecting supply, · feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site , where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports : a. Initial Infrared Scanning : After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each panelboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion . c. Instruments and Equipment: 1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values . Provide calibration record for device. F. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports , including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected , remedial action taken and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable .component to function smoothly , and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance , measure load balancing and make circuit changes . 1. Measure as directed during period of normal system loading. 2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility and at time directed . Avoid disrupting crit ical 24-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing , transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period . Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4. Tolerance : Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads , within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating : Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 262416 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262416-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART f -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 1.3 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Receptacle switches. 4. Shunt trip switches. 5. Molded-case circuit breakers (MCCBs). 6. Molded-case switches. 7. Enclosures. DEFINITIONS A. NC: Normally closed. B. NO: Normally open. C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. · Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 4. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. 6. Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Submit on translucent log-log graph paper. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-1 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Qualification Data: ·For qualified·testing agency. D. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provis ions . 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. E. Field quality-control reports. 1. Test procedures used . 2 . Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements . F. Manufacturer's field service report. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in , emergency , operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following : 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 2. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcu rrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Submit on translucent log-log graph paper. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications:· Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. B. Source Limitations : Obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers , overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories, within same product category, from single source from single manufactu rer. C. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 , by a qualified testing agency , and marked for intended location and application. E. Comply with NFPA 70. Ft. Worth Alliance Ai rport 262816-2 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations : Rate equipment for cont inuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated : 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F (m inus 30 deg C) and not exceeding 104 deg F (40 deg C). 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2010 m). B. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then on ly after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requ irements indicated : 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Indicate method of providing temporary electric service. 3. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written perm ission. 4. Comply with NFPA 70E. 1.7 COORDINATION A . Coordinate layout and install~tion of switches , circuit breakers , and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces . Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with la~els describing contents . 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type . 2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not lim ited to, the following : B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company ; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation , Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-3 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. C. Type GD, General Duty, Single Throw, 240-V ac, 800 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with cartridge fuse interiors to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks , and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 600-Vac, 1200A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. E. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked w ith cover in closed position. F. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. G. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted ; insulated , capable of being grounded and bonded ; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit : Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified . 5. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Two NO/NC (Form "C") auxiliary contact(s), arranged to activate before switch blades open . 6 . Hookstick Handle: Allows use of a hookstick to operate the handle. 7. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 8. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2 . General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution . 3 . Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4 . Square D ; a brand of Schneider Electric. C. Type GD, General Duty, Single Throw, 600 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle w ith capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw,600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-4 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. E. Typ,e HD, Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks , and interlocked with cover in closed position. F. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. G. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors . 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded ; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Two NO/NC (Form "C") auxiliary contact(s), arranged to activate before switch blades open. 5. Hookstick Handle: Allows use of a hookstick to operate the handle. 6. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 2.3 RECEPTACLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following : B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution . 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. C. Type HD, Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw Fusible Switch 600-Vac, UL 98 and NEMA KS 1; horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks; interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Type HD, Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw Nonfusible Switch: 600-Vac, UL 98 and NEMA KS 1; horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks; interlocked with cover in closed position. E. Interlocking Linkage: Provided between the receptacle and switch mechanism to prevent inserting or removing plug while switch is in the on position, inserting any plug other than specified, and turning switch on if an incorrect plug is inserted or correct plug has not been fully inserted into the receptacle. F. Receptacle: Polarized, three-phase, four-wire receptacle (fourth wire connected to enclosure ground lug). Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-5 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab . 2.4 SHUNT TRIP SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include , but are not limited to, the following : 8. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following : 1. Cooper Bussmann , Inc. 2. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. 3. Littelfuse, Inc. C. General Requirements : Comply with ASME A17.1, UL 50, and UL 98, with 200-kA interrupting and short-circuit current rat ing when fitted with Class J fuses. D. Switches: Three-pole , horsepower rated, with integral shunt trip mechanism and Class J fuse block ; lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks; interlocked with cover in closed position. E. Control Circuit: 120-V ac; obta ined from integral control power transformer, with primary and secondary fuses , with a control power source of enough capacity to operate shunt trip, connected pilot, and indicating and control devices. F. Accessories : 1. Oiltight key switch for key-to-test function . 2. Oiltight red ON pilot light. 3. Isolated neutral lug ; 200 percent rating. 4. Mechanically interlocked auxiliary contacts that change state when switch is opened and closed . 5. Form C alarm contacts that change state when switch is tripped . 6. Three-pole, double-throw, fire-safety and alarm relay ; 120-V ac coil voltage. . 7.. Three-pole, double-throw, fire-alarm voltage monitoring relay comply ing with NFPA 72. 2.5 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A . Manufacturers : Subject to compliance with requirements , available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following : 8 . Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requ irements, provide comparable product by one of the following : 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. C. General Requirements: Comply with UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents . D. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-cu rrent element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits . Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-6 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. E. Adjustable, Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted, field-adjustable trip setting. F. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Field-replaceable rating plug, rms sensing, with the following field-adjustable settings: 1. Instantaneous trip. 2. Long-and short-time pickup levels. 3. Long-and short-time time adjustments. 4. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and 12t response. G. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller, and let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. H. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with integral limiter-style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker and trip activation on fuse opening or on opening of fuse compartment door. I. Ground-Fault, Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI} Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip}. J. Ground-Fault, Equipment-Protection (GFEP} Circuit Breakers: With Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip}. K. Features and Accessories: 1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. 3. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge lighting circuits. 4. Ground-Fault Protection: Comply with UL 1053; integrally mounted, self-powered type with mechanical ground-fault indicator; relay with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, internal memory, and shunt trip unit; and three-phase, zero- sequence current transformer/sensor. 5. Communication Capability: Universal-mounted communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system, specified in Division 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." 6. Shunt Trip: Trip coil energized from separate circuit, with coil-clearing contact. 7. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without intentional time delay. 8. Auxiliary Contacts: Two SPDT switches with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit-breaker contacts. 9. Alarm Switch: One contact that operates only when circuit breaker has tripped. 10. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. 11 . Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic, ground-fault trip unit; for interlocking ground-fault protection function. 12. Electrical Operator: Provide remote control for on, off, and reset operations. 2.6 MOLDED-CASE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-7 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation , Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. C. General Requirements : MCCB with fixed, high-set instantaneous trip only , and short-circuit withstand rating equal to equivalent breaker frame size interrupting rating . D. Features and Accessories : 1. Standard frame sizes and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechan ical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings , and conductor material. 3. Ground-Fault Protection : Comply with UL 1053 ; remote-mounted and powered type with mechanical ground-fault indicator; relay with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, internal memory, and shunt trip un it ; and three-phase, zero- sequence current transformer/sensor. 4. Shunt Trip: Trip coil energ ized from separate circuit, with coil-clearing contact. · 5. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without intentional time delay. 6. Auxiliary Contacts: Two SPOT switches w ith "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic switch contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of switch contacts. 7. Alarm Switch: One contact that operates only when switch has tripped . 8. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit switch operation; key shall be removable only when switch is in off position. 9. Zone-Selective Interlocking : Integral with ground-fault shunt trip unit; for interlocking ground-fault protection function. 10. Electrical Operator: Provide remote control for on , off, and reset operations. 2.7 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers : NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250 , and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 3. Kitchen , Wash-Down Areas: NEIVIA 250, Type 4X. 4. Other Wet or Damp , Indoor Locations: NEMA 250 , Type 4. 5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripp ing Noncorrosive Liqu ids : NEMA 250, Type 12. 6. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings : NEMA 250 , Type 7. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements · and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-8 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway R.ehab. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26 Section 'Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. D. Install fuses in fusible devices. E. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure wit~ engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. D. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. · 2. Test continuity of each circuit. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each enclosed switch and Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-9 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab. circuit breaker. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning : Perform an add itional follow-up infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equ ipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 4. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring , and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. F. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prep are test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed switches and circuit breakers and that describes scanning results . Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken , and observations after remedial action. 1.5 ADJUSTING A . Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly , and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breake r trip ranges as specified in Division 26 Section "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study". END OF SECTION 262816 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 262816-10 Phase 7 Runway Design and Taxiway Rehab.